PG El 2023
PG El 2023
To, To,
The Manager (Listing) The Manager (Listing)
BSE Limited, National Stock Exchange of India Limited,
Phiroze Jeejeebhoy Towers, Exchange Plaza,
Dalal Street, Bandra Kurla Complex,
Mumbai – 400 001 Bandra (East),
Mumbai - 400 051
Dear Sir,
Thanking you,
Yours Faithfully,
For PG Electroplast Limited
Sanchay Digitally signed by
Sanchay Dubey
Encl: as above
Sterling performance
94.03% 91.4% 107%
21,599 1,804 775
Revenue EBITDA PAT
(H in million) YoY growth (H in million) YoY growth (H in million) YoY growth
Improving. Contents
Integrating. Corporate Overview 02-27 Financial Statements 90-249
Innovating. 02
03
Sharpening our innovative precision
Expanding our reach
Standalone
91 Independent Auditor’s Report
04 Clients who rely on us 100 Standalone Balance Sheet
05 Transforming over the years 101 Standalone Statement of Profit and Loss
At PG Electroplast (PGEL), We have grown ~3x in two 06 Chairman’s message 102 Standalone Statement of Cash Flow
we are performing and
transforming ourselves with
years with total income 08
10
Financial metrics
Offerings that set us apart
104
105
Standalone Statement of Changes in Equity
Notes to the Standalone Financial Statements
emphasis on improvement rising at a ~75% CAGR from 11 Developing an innovative product line
Consolidated
in operations, integration ~ J 7,058 million in fiscal 12
13
Plastic moulding
Product business 169 Independent Auditor’s Report
and innovation. Strong 2021 to ~ J 21,643 million in 14 Consumer electronics 178
179
Consolidated Balance Sheet
Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss
relationships with fiscal 2023. 15 Tool manufacturing
16 Improving our operations 180 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow
prominent brands and 182 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
18 Leading with an integrated business model
forays into emerging Rapid urbanisation, a growing aspirational 20 Macro trends shaping our strategies 184 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
segments have sustained population and rising income levels, along with 22 Building a future-ready workforce
favourable government policies, augur well for
our growth momentum. 24 Board of Directors
our sustainable growth even in the coming years.
Through adept cost management, strategic product
26 Key managerial persons Notice 250-257
27 Corporate information
Building on our engineering pricing and operational leverage, we have been able 250 Notice of the 21st Annual General Meeting
expertise, we have continued to improve our operating margins. Going forward,
to integrate cutting-edge
technologies into our products,
we remain focused on leveraging the growing
market potential for our products. Statutory Reports 28-89
further enhancing and future- 28 Management Discussion and Analysis
proofing our portfolio.
Innovating for new products, 37 Directors’ Report
‘one stop’ destination for our technologies and customer Sustainability Report Some information in this report may contain forward - looking statements
which include statements regarding Company’s expected financial position
esteemed clients. With every step
insights and further improving
and results of operations, business plans and prospects etc. and are
generally identified by forward - looking words such as “believe,” “plan,”
forward, we have strengthened “anticipate,” “continue,” “estimate,” “expect,” “may,” “will” or other similar
relationships with customers, our financial and operational words. Forward - looking statements are dependent on assumptions or
reaffirmed our market leadership basis underlying such statements. We have chosen these assumptions or
and explored avenues to diversify metrics remain our foremost basis in good faith, and we believe that they are reasonable in all material
respects. However, we caution that actual results, performances or
1
Unit
We are an established Original Design In our pursuit of organic growth, we
Manufacturing (ODM) and contract ROORKEE, UTTARKHAND
focus on enhancing our capacities
manufacturer (CM) in India, specialising and capabilities across all product Washing Machines, Plastic
in consumer durables such as air verticals. This strategic approach aims Moulding
conditioners, washing machines and to augment the value proposition of
plastic moulding. We offer end-to-end our offerings, while simultaneously
solutions to over 50 renowned Indian benefiting from better economies
STATUTORY REPORTS
and global brands, including product of scale through extensive backward
design, tool manufacturing, supply integration efforts.
chain development and final assembly.
Our revenue has grown at a 50% CAGR
from 2020 to 2023, primarily owing
to our ability to adapt to our clients'
Vision Mission
evolving needs.
4
To emerge as a global At PGEL, it is our mission to provide
Unit
the highest quality products –
one-stop solution partner
competitively priced, along with
in the field of Plastic GREATER NOIDA, UTTAR
services exceeding our customers’
PRADESH
Moulding and Electronic expectations. We are committed to
Washing Machines, PCB
Manufacturing Services by maximise value for all stakeholders and
Assemblies, Air Coolers, LED
build an environment that encourages
maximising efficiency and TVs, Plastic Moulding, Tool
continual improvement to address a
technological innovation. dynamic business environment. Manufacturing, Crossflow Fans
2
Unit
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our core competencies AHMEDNAGAR,
MAHARASHTRA
Air Conditioners, Plastic
One-stop-solution for Robust end-to-end Backward integrated Moulding, Sheet Metal, Heat
our customers product development facilities Exchangers, Crossflow fans
capabilities
02 03
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted Annua l R eport 2022-23
STATUTORY REPORTS
domestic appliances
industry by setting up a The assembly
Expanded footprint by Expanded the plastic state-of-the-art motor plant plant for the
setting up a state-of-the-art injection moulding and started manufacturing set-top-box gets
plastic injection moulding business by adding a new juicers, mixer grinders for commenced
plant near Pune factory in Greater Noida leading Indian brands operations
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Achieved the highest ever Crossed ₹ 20 billion
revenue – crossed the ₹ 10 (₹ 2000 crore) mark in
billion (₹ 1000 crore) mark. consolidated revenues. PG
AC Outdoor Unit Assembly Developed and launched Technoplast crossed ₹ 10
Achieved the highest ever capabilities were 2 new platforms of SAWM billion (₹ 1000 crore) mark.
revenue. Crossed the H 6 developed. Developed and and FATL washing machines. Doubled capacities for
billion (H 600 crore) mark. launched an ODM platform Developed and launched 4 Air Conditioners, Washing
Commissioned the assembly for fully Automatic Washing platforms ODM platform for Machines, and Air Coolers.
of the AC IDU (Indoor Machines. Developed and air conditioners. Got approved Developed and launched new
Unit) along with the heat launched an ODM platform under the PLI Scheme for air ODM platform for Washing
exchanger coil. for Air Coolers. conditioner components. Machines.
04 05
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted Annua l R eport 2022-23
Chairman’s message
STATUTORY REPORTS
plastic moulding. We provide end- tailored to customer requirements PG Electroplast. Together, we are
to-end solutions across the entire along with a recent introduction of Fully confident of embarking on an exciting
value chain of the products we supply Automatic Top Load (FATL) washing journey towards a brighter and more
to our customers, which include machines to our product portfolio. prosperous future.
more than 50 leading domestic and
international brands. This includes Future roadmap Warm regards,
product conceptualisation, designing
and prototyping, tool design We believe in the immense potential Anurag Gupta
and manufacturing, supply chain of the consumer durables industry. It Chairman
Dear Shareholder, Growth outlook across current focus development and final assemblies for propels us to capitalise on emerging
segments remains robust and with products like RACs, washing machines, opportunities, and to develop
I am delighted to present you new initiatives, Company’s addressable LED TVs and air coolers. With our innovative products for our customers.
Focus on capital an update on the company’s market in Consumer Electronics and distinctive portfolio offering end-to- With our backward integrated
manufacturing plants, we are constantly
efficiency, driven performance for 2022-23. Consumer Durables will see multifold end solutions across the product value
honing our processes and policies,
increase. chain, we have consistently reported
by improving asset Our teams managed to scale strong performances across our and adopting technology to aid our
turns through product operations at an incredible Performance review
business verticals. productivity and enhance efficiency
across the value chain.
business growth has pace and have delivered In the last seven years, we have grown
The products division, primarily
been the hallmark of another stellar performance
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
an a 35% Compounded Annual Growth The order book for our products
responsible for the manufacturing
this year through meticulous Rate (CAGR), expanding over 8 times business continues to be robust and
our strategy and we in terms of revenue, reaching H 2,148
of washing machines, room air
we have witnessed significant traction
aim to deliver industry planning and tireless efforts. conditioners and air coolers, has
crores in the fiscal year 2022-2023. for the newly launched products.
reported growth of 182%, from around
leading growth with This year saw us cross multiple Our EBITDA has also grown in tandem,
H 475 crores in FY22 to approximately Our relentless emphasis on Research
at a CAGR of 36%, a testament to and Development (R&D) has played
best in class return milestones and was full of important
the strength of our steady financial
H 1,338 crores during the current
highlights. All engines of growth for financial year. To fulfil evolving a significant role in developing new
ratios in coming years. the company are now firing and the performance.
consumer demands, we remain products that are aligned to cater to the
company has firmly established itself committed to launch innovative belly of the market. We are now also
During the year, our consolidated sales
as a credible contract manufacturer & products at different price points. It is working on developing cutting-edge,
grew by 95.7%, surpassing H 2,147
ODM player in Room AC and Washing not only expected to solidify our market line-leading products which can help us
crores. The product business reported
Machine industry. presence but, also deepen our reach. crack new niches.
06 07
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted Annua l R eport 2022-23
Financial metrics
STATUTORY REPORTS
Electronics. This can be attributed Our sustained growth across
(H million) (%) (H) (H million)
to effective cost control, favourable various financial indicators can
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
775 3.59 174.1
FY 2023 775 FY 2023 3.59 FY 2023 174.1
08 09
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted Annua l R eport 2022-23
STATUTORY REPORTS
Consumer Electronics
Semi-automatic top load Others
Fully automatic top load
Tool manufacturing
Air coolers Consumer Durables
Window Sanitaryware
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FY 2020 9% FY 2021 FY 2022 15% FY 2023
3% 1% 7%
11%
7% 6% 30%
2%
69% 50%
5%
61%
(H million)
RAC 737 1,441 2,969 10,413
Washing machine 556 761 1,670 2,589
Air cooler 203 140 142 382
Electronics 428 364 696 1,572
Plastic moulding 4,406 4,281 5,463 6,541
Tool Manufacturing 64 46 38 103
10 11
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted Annua l R eport 2022-23
STATUTORY REPORTS
Determined to serve the diverse needs of our clientele, we deliver an extensive Way forward Consequently, our focus remains on bolstering this division. We plan on Way forward
array of products, ranging from small to large-sized, high-precision, surface-critical increasing our investments in this segment primarily to foray into additional
injection-moulded components. These components are subsequently employed in We have over 300 moulding product categories and enhance our existing offerings. We are an innovation led company
the production of an array of automotive, electronic equipment and sanitaryware machines, ranging from 90T to with a dedicated focus on
products, such as in-wall tank assemblies, toilet seats and fan parts painting. We 1,850T, across five manufacturing developing products, customized to
also provide a comprehensive array of post-moulding processes, including ultrasonic units in Greater Noida, Roorkee Downstream industries served the specific needs of our customers.
welding, heat staking, hot stamping, pad printing and screen printing. and Ahmednagar. We specialises in We will continue to leverage our
developing small, medium and large ability to launch new products in
sized, high-precision, surface critical order to increase our revenues and
plastic moulded components which market share in our target markets.
are used to manufacture a wide With the ever-evolving consumer
variety of automotive and electronic needs and preferences, we intend
Downstream industries served
equipment. We have capacities to continuously work towards
for various specialised moulding launching new products and
operations such as vertical injection categories at various price points
moulding, plastic blow moulding with an aim to increase our market
and thermoset moulding and also share and our share of the wallets
offer a number of specialised of our consumers. In this regard,
post-moulding operations to meet we intend to further improve our
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
customer needs. Semiautomatic Air Conditioner Indoor Units product offerings and are looking
Washing Machines at opportunities in similar product
While our product portfolio includes categories.
Automotive components Sanitaryware RACs, washing machines, and
electronics, we have also diversified We cater to our customers across
into engineered plastics for multiple industries. We believe
sanitaryware, automotive and other that the repeated business we
specialized applications. We intend have received from our customers
to explore further applications for is an indicator of our position as a
our plastic moulding capabilities, preferred supplier. We intend to tap
sheet metal capacities and PCB into the market share of existing
assembly lines, to further grow our customers for other products as
component business. well as the corresponding market
Fully Automatic Air Conditioner Coolers and supply chain for other products.
washing machines Outdoor Units
Fans Consumer Durables
12 13
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted Annua l R eport 2022-23
STATUTORY REPORTS
Our manufacturing capacity enables us to produce up to 5,00,000 television units Way forward Way forward
with screen sizes of up to 70 inches. We operate from a fully integrated facility,
featuring SMT lines for PCB assembly, dedicated Clean Rooms for LCM Module The company is seeing an increased Outlook for tool manufacturing
assembly and capabilities for Final Product assembly and Plastic Moulding. opportunity in this segment. We business remains very promising as
have We are planning to ramp up an increasing number of customers
Downstream industries served capacity utilisation in FY23 along are looking to localize their tool
with increasing value addition to sourcing. The customers are also
be more cost-competitive which looking for end-to-end solutions
will help us in both, acquiring new for product conceptualization,
customers, and increasing our wallet research and development,
share. tool manufacturing, product
manufacturing, and supply chain
We are also starting the production management. We have taken
of Controller Assemblies for Air a decision to focus on catching
Conditioners in Supa, Maharashtra tool manufacturing orders from
and will also explore more EMS Consumer Durables and the
opportunities for the new facilities. Sanitaryware industries where we
can leverage these factors to tie in
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
with our company’s current business
objectives to create good synergies
for both our company and our
EMS customers.
LED TV
14 15
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted Annua l R eport 2022-23
Improving our
operations
STATUTORY REPORTS
With state-of-the-art manufacturing units strategically We have implemented backward integration Prioritising R&D, we invest prudently in product We conduct rigorous in-house quality testing of our
located across Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand and in our supply chain strategy, streamlining our development, enhancing our product development products, ensuring that they consistently meet our
Maharashtra, we have gained a strong footprint in manufacturing operations across a spectrum of services across the entire product lifecycle. customers’ expectations. Our adherence to quality
production. Our facilities are equipped with high- critical components. From plastic moulding, sheet control ensures that each product leaving our facilities
quality machinery, efficient assembly lines and full metal fabrication, powder coating paint shops, to Our competent R&D teams employ best-in- is marked by precision, reliability and efficiency.
power backup, ensuring that we meet stringent quality heat exchangers, copper tubing, crossflow fans, class technologies and are involved from the
standards and deliver on time. PCB assemblies, NABL-accredited psychometric labs very conceptualisation and design phases to We have received third-party certifications for
and complete product assembly lines for Room Air prototyping, and assembly of products under our our quality management systems, environmental
Among our manufacturing facilities, our unit in Conditioner (RAC) Indoor Units (IDUs) and Outdoor Original Design Manufacturing (ODM) model. management systems and occupational health
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Ahmednagar, Maharashtra, stands as a testament to Units (ODUs), we have effectively woven every aspect and safety management systems across our
our commitment to innovating and scaling. It ranks We focus on enhancing our in-house manufacturing units. These certifications, including
of the production process into our supply chain.
as one of the largest and most backward integrated manufacturing capabilities for various components ISO 9001:2015, 14001:2015, ISO 45001:2018, UL
AC manufacturing plants at a single location in India, This comprehensive approach reinforces our value to deliver comprehensive end-to-end solutions for E520496 and IATF 16949:2016, reflecting our
showcasing our dedication to integrating cutting-edge proposition, offering end-to-end solutions to our all the products we manufacture. dedication to ensuring compliance with the highest
technologies to create futuristic solutions. clientele. We serve various industries, including air standards across every organisational aspect.
conditioners, washing machines, LED TVs and air
We specialise in Original Design Manufacturing (ODM), coolers, automotive components, bathroom fittings and
Original Equipment Manufacturing (OEM) and plastic consumer electronics. Our diverse offerings underscore
injection moulding for the consumer durables industry. our commitment to providing our clients with the
This unique blend of capabilities enables us to offer quality products and solutions; and reaffirms our
end-to-end solutions to consumer durable brands, position as a trusted partner across multiple sectors.
positioning us as a trusted partner in their quest for
quality and innovation.
16 17
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted Annua l R eport 2022-23
STATUTORY REPORTS
Designing and
Capital forming partnerships with our protyping We deliver quality products dynamics, we foster a sense
stakeholders and encouraging direct and services, while continually of trust with our business
We operate state-of-the-art in- Research
Social and Relationship
communication with our customers, Product improving our operational efficiency partners, further bolstering our
house manufacturing facilities Capital
supply partners and communities. conceptualisation through constant investments in our competitive edge.
that can produce a wide range of
existing capabilities. Throughout our journey, we
products, including plastic-moulded Employees
components, painted and unpainted Shareholders: 13,160 have built healthy stakeholder
Sales of - We work diligently to
sheet metal components and so CSR expenditure: H 3.4 million relationships, made a positive
provide our personnel with
on, by employing cutting-edge Washing machines: H 2,589 million impact on the communities
a comfortable working
equipment and technologies. Air-coolers: H 382 million we serve and conducted our
environment, having fair
business ethically.
LED TVs: H 1,219 million remuneration and a scope for
Gross block: H 6,946 million
Natural Air-conditioners: H 10,413 million career advancement through
CAPEX: H 1,546 million Total customers: 93
Capital various learning and skill
Plastic components: H 6,541 million Public Shareholding (as of March enhancement programmes
As a responsible organisation, we Strategies 31, 2023): 38.66%
Intellectual are cognisant of our environmental • Driving innovation Society
Capital footprint and have implemented • Delivering quality We aspire to uplift our local
several measures to mitigate it. We • Ensuring excellence Intellectual
We encourage continuous Natural communities and contribute to
have installed a solar power plant, • Enhancing efficiency Capital
improvement and innovation by their holistic development. Also,
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
water conservation facilities and Capital
driving new product development • Strengthening operational capabilities We strive to innovate continuously we undertake several community
integrated facility management • Fostering engineering excellence We strive to optimise
and integrating advanced and develop new products, while development programmes for
systems to reduce waste and renewable energy and reduce
technologies to enhance our maintaining a strong brand identity ensuring their well-being.
promote renewable energy carbon emissions to promote
product quality. Backed by a to ensure customer satisfaction.
consumption. sustainability. Planet
skilled R&D team, we provide
comprehensive end-to-end product Industries served New products developed: 387 Committed to making our world
Capacity of the solar power plant: a better place to live in, we
development services, spanning • Air conditioners Renewable energy consumed:
5,150 kW Product SKUs: 795
from concept creation and • Washing machines 28,08,826 kWh are striving hard to contribute
prototype development to design • LED televisions to the global fight against
verification and product release. • Air coolers climate change and ensure
• Automotive components the conservation of natural
R&D expenditure: H 126.65 million • Bathroom fittings resources.
• Consumer electronics
R&D team: 32 members
18 19
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted Annua l R eport 2022-23
STATUTORY REPORTS
Atmanirbhar Bharat and expand our reach. manufacturing units to meet demand.
We also intend to undertake an
(Make in India initiative) ongoing assessment of our in-house
product development strategy, explore
Facilitating domestic and Explore adjacent applications Unlocking the potential benefits of
opportunities for expansion and engage
international companies to for our robust capabilities in the PLI scheme
in projects designed to enhance our
establish manufacturing bases in plastic moulding
production capabilities. PGEL is set to become eligible for PLI
India with special funds for mobile
phones and electronic components. With the capability to undertake disbursements starting in FY 2024
a variety of specialised moulding due to a shorter project gestation
operations such as vertical injection period. Our subsidiary, PG Technoplast,
Production-Linked moulding, plastic blow moulding and has obtained approval for specific
Incentive thermoset moulding, our aim is to products such as plastic moulding
Major government (PLI) Scheme further expand the applications of our components, sheet metal components,
plastic moulding capabilities, sheet heat exchangers, crossflow fans,
initiatives
Encouraging investment and metal capacities and PCB assembly motors and control assemblies under
sales in mobile phones and lines to drive the long-term growth of the PLI Scheme. The PLI Scheme offers
components, with a focus on our component business. us a potential cumulative benefit of
increasing exports. ₹1,987.50 million during the five fiscal
years from 2023–2024, provided that
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
revenue targets are met, investment
Phased Manufacturing conditions are satisfied and other
requirements are fulfilled.
Plan Programme (PMP)
Promoting indigenous
electronic product
manufacturing through
incentives, such as duty
exemptions.
20 21
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted Annua l R eport 2022-23
Building a
future-ready workforce
STATUTORY REPORTS
We value diversity and
inclusion, empowering
Our management’s
each individual to excel
expertise has contributed
in their respective roles.
to our organic growth
Moreover, to stay abreast of
by tapping into new
evolving market dynamics,
opportunities within
we provide our people with
existing channels and
numerous avenues for skill
leveraging strong customer
enhancement. Our induction
relationships. Their
programmes seamlessly
guidance enables us to tailor
integrate newcomers into
solutions to meet customer
our Code of Conduct and
needs.
vibrant work culture.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
regular safety training
opportunities to our team
and vigilant awareness
members to help them reach
initiatives, we minimise the
their full potential.
occurrence of hazards and
ensure employee health and
well-being.
22 23
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted Annua l R eport 2022-23
Board of Directors
Mr. Anurag Gupta has Mr. Vishal Gupta holds Mr. Vikas Gupta has 28 Mr. Raman Uberoi is a Ms. Mitali Chitre is a Mr. Ram Dayal Modi has Ms. Ruchika Bansal is a Mr. Sharad Jain is a
experience of more a Master’s Degree in years’ experience in the Chartered Accountant and Principal at Baring Private over four decades of rich management consultant Chartered Accountant
than 30 years in the Business Administration field of EMS. He holds an Associate Member of Equity Partners India. experience in Banking with over 20 years’ and a Fellow Member
STATUTORY REPORTS
field of Electronic from University of Pune. a Master’s Degree in the Institute of Chartered She has 17+ years of & Financial services experience, specializing of the Institute of
Manufacturing Services. He has an experience of Business Administration Accountants of India. investment experience of SBI Group. He has in wealth advisory, Chartered Accountants
He has a Bachelor’s 28 years in the field of from University of Pune. He holds a bachelors’ & leads deals across expertise in areas of investment banking, of India (ICAI). He has
Degree of Electronics in electronic manufacturing He is responsible for degree in commerce consumer durables, Credit, FOREX, Project private equity, corporate experience of over
Computer Engineering services. His core business operations, (Honours) from Delhi capital goods, building Appraisal & funding, finance, business strategy 38 years in Financial
and Science from responsibilities include strategy, industry University. He has around materials, logistics and Business Planning, Branch and acumen in the areas & Strategic Planning,
Bengaluru University. Finance & Administration, relations and organization 30 years of experience energy sectors. She serves Expansion, Training of mergers & acquisitions Taxation, Accounting,
He is responsible for Budgeting & Planning governance. He ensures in the area of financial as the Chief Economist system, Operations & and private equity Budgeting and Auditing.
development and process of the Company, to create and develop analysis, credit ratings, for Baring and heads the Branch Banking. He syndication. She is a He is presently engaged
implementation of Government and customer business opportunities mergers and acquisitions, Deal Origination practice. is a Gold medalist in Commerce graduate from in the profession of
technical policies, quality relationships and oversees and increasing the business development She has a Bachelor’s MA (Political Science), SRCC (Delhi University) Chartered Accountancy
assurance, technological monthly and quarterly operational efficiencies functions, etc. Presently, degree in Electronics University of Udaipur, and Post Graduate- for over 15 years. He
advancement, plant & assessments and forecasts with right product mix to he is a Senior Advisor- Engineering from Mumbai Rajasthan and holds Diploma in management is the Chairman of
machinery monitoring and of organization’s financial achieve organizational Government & Regulatory University and MBA from Certified Associate from MDI, Gurgaon. She Stakeholders Relationship
Research & Development. performance. He is a growth and objectives. Relations with CRISIL Cardiff Business School, of Indian Institute of is a member of Audit Committee, Nomination &
He is a member of member of Stakeholders Ratings Limited, and is U.K. She is a member Bankers (Part I). He is the Committee of the Board. Remuneration Committee
Stakeholders Relationship Relationship Committee, also a member of the of the Nomination & Chairman of Corporate and Audit Committee
Committee and Corporate Audit Committee Market Data Advisory Remuneration Committee, Social Responsibility of the Board. He is also
Social Responsibility and Corporate Social Committee of the Risk Management Committee. He is also a a member of the Risk
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Committee of the Board. Responsibility Committee Securities and Exchange Committee and Audit member of Nomination & Management Committee
of the Board. Board of India (SEBI). He Committee of the Board. Remuneration Committee of the Board.
is a member of the Audit and Audit Committee of
Committee of the Board. the Board.
24 25
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted Annua l R eport 2022-23
STATUTORY REPORTS
Degree in Finance from IIM, Lucknow member of Institute of Company Company Secretary
Telephone No: 91-120-2569323
and B-Tech (Hon) in Electronics & Secretaries of India. He holds a
Communication from IIT, Kharagpur. bachelor degree in Commerce Fax No: 91-120-2569131
Statutory Auditors:
He has over 24 years of experience from Devi Ahilya Vishwavidyalaya
in Indian Equity markets across (DAVV), Indore. He is responsible Board of Directors: M/s S.S. Kothari Mehta & Company,
brokerage firms, Mutual funds and for legal and secretarial Chartered Accountants
Insurance Company. He had been compliances of the Company. He Mr. Anurag Gupta Plot No. 68, Okhla Industrial Area,
involved in Business Strategies has experience of more than 7 Chairman Phase-III, New Delhi - 110020
and financial consulting to listed & years in the field of Secretarial & 00184361
unlisted companies and investment Legal Affairs. Banker:
advisory. Mr. Vishal Gupta
Managing Director-Finance State Bank of India
00184809 HDFC Bank
ICICI Bank
Mr. Vikas Gupta
Managing Director-Operations
Registrar & Share Transfer Agent:
00182241
Selenium Building, Tower-B, Plot No 31
Mr. Sharad Jain
& 32, Financial District, Nanakramguda,
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Independent Director Serilingampally, Hyderabad, Rangareddy,
06423452 Telangana, India - 500 032
26 27
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
According to the IMF (July 2023 Outlook), the global economy During FY 2023, the government’s fiscal policy exhibited a
is likely to register a growth rate of 3% in both CY23 and CY24. strong commitment to consolidation. It effectively directed
Emerging markets and developing economies, including India public expenditure towards a substantial increase in growth-
are witnessing encouraging growth despite several headwinds supportive capital expenditure. Capital formation emerged
emanating from the advanced economies of the world. as a key growth driver in FY 2023. Also, the index of industrial
production (IIP) indicated a growth of 5.1% in the industrial
Global GDP (%)
4.0 4.0 4.1 output.
3.5 [Source- the Reserve Bank of India]
3.0 3.0
2.7
India GDP forecast for FY 2024 (%)
1.5 1.4
6.5 6.3 6.5
6.0 6.0 6.0
5.5
May-23
May-23
May-23
Mar-22
Mar-22
Mar-22
Jan-22
CRISIL
Moody
S&P
Fitch
Goldman Sachs
RBI
Outlook
https://indbiz.gov.in/indias-per-capita-income-to-increase-7-5x-by-2047-report/
1
28
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
India’s Index of industrial production- Manufacturing and specifications are provided primarily by the OEMs to EMS
providers, there is not much scope for product differentiation.
(Base: 2011-12=100)
In the Indian industry landscape, ODMs are currently being
147.1
144.9
145.5
depended on primarily to manufacture the entry-level
142.3
137.5
137.6
138.5
134.6
134.6
136.8
135.0
131.3
128.5
131.6
STATUTORY REPORTS
hub for contract manufacturing. The government’s ambitious in both urban and rural regions, a surge in urbanisation and
goal of the domestic electronics sector reaching a output evolving consumer trends. The Indian appliances and consumer
of USD 300 billion by 2025-2026 presents an opportunity electronics industry is set to achieve a size of approximately
for international enterprises to consider India as a reliable USD 21.18 billion by 2025. 4
manufacturing hub.2
The consumer durables sector is currently undergoing
The electronics system design and manufacturing (ESDM) significant transformation, with large set of consumers
sector, driven by the silicon age paradigm and globally spending on home automation and exploring new, time-
prevalent digital lifestyle, has emerged as one of the fastest saving solutions. Today's fast-paced lifestyle, especially for
growing industries worldwide. The Global EMS market is employed women who juggle responsibilities between their
expected to reach USD 1,145 billion by 2026, with a compound home and professional commitments, drives the demand for
annual growth rate (CAGR) of 5.4%. India’s internal demand appliances that are convenient and easy to use. Consequently,
for consumer electronics is also increasing and is expected to a fiercely competitive landscape has emerged, with various
reach USD 21.18 billion by 2025.3 domestic and international businesses striving for the market
share in this segment.
The government’s emphasis on promoting domestic
manufacturing, coupled with the adoption of the China Consumer Electronics & Appliances (CEA) (includes room
+1 strategy by Global OEMs seeking to establish their air conditioners, washing machines, television, air cooler,
manufacturing bases in India, has been instrumental in driving refrigerator and others): In India, CEA has the largest market
share after mobile phones. Sales are driven by rising income
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2
https://www.investindia.gov.in/team-india-blogs/indias-emergence-global-electronics-manufacturing-hub
3
https://www.pwc.in/research-and-insights-hub/india-calling-decoding-the-countrys-electronics-manufacturing-journey-and-the-way-forward.html
https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/blogs/voices/indian-consumer-durable-market-a-trends-and-prospects/
4
29
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Automotive: Automotive electronics sales are expected to With the new star rating norms, Products in India’s AC market
go up, driven by rising income levels, and an increasing level are today having higher energy efficiencies and are more
of in-vehicle digital experience. Rising awareness among advanced in comparison to many other countries.
people about advanced safety and communication services,
coupled with more embedded connectivity service offerings
Key growth drivers for the industry
by automakers, is also one of the drivers for this market.
Strong push towards Make in India: India is witnessing
Industrial: Industrial electronics play a vital role in improving
a major drive by the government of India to push for the
the efficiency and productivity of industries and are
domestic manufacturing of Electronics especially in segments
anticipated to grow in industries like energy, transportation,
such as Mobile Phones, Televisions, and Medical & Strategic
petroleum, chemical, semiconductor, mining, agriculture, and
Electronics. The Government of India’s “Aatmanirbhar Bharat
others. Current emphasis is also placed on a branch of power
Abhiyaan” or Self-Reliant India campaign provides an increasing
conditioning dealing with power electronic switches, sensors,
range of incentives to attract and localize manufacturing and
actuators, meters, intelligent electronic devices (IEDs),
production in India. These incentives promote manufacturing
automation equipment, semiconductors, nanotechnology,
and exporting products in various industries.
etc., using power semiconductor devices in modernizing
industry technology. New regulations like BS VI for Auto, Digital India program,
Digital payments and Smart Cities program is going to drive
The Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) has implemented star
more usage of electronics in India and therefore will lead to
rating system across appliances and consumer durables in the
a far greater thrust on Make in India than it was seen before.
sector,. The Star Labelling Programme has led to significant
improvements in energy efficiency for split air conditioners, Influx of new electronic applications going forward:
with a 43% increase for one-star ACs and 61% for five-star New emerging opportunities like Electric Vehicles, IoT, and
ACs. Window ACs also saw improvements, with 17% increase Electronic Security system (Cameras or Storage) are opening
for one-star-rated models and 13% for five-star-rated up new electronic market for India and these industries will
counterparts. also be driven by the Make in India thrust.
The Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) has implemented star Increased electrification through various initiatives:
rating system across appliances and consumer durables in the Electricity consumption is one of the most important indices
sector,. The Star Labelling Programme has led to significant that determines the development level of a particular nation.
improvements in energy efficiency for split air conditioners, The Indian government is committed to enhancing the quality
with a 43% increase for one-star ACs and 61% for five-star of life of its citizens by increasing electricity consumption. The
ACs. Window ACs also saw improvements, with 17% increase objective of the government is to provide each household
for one-star-rated models and 13% for five-star-rated with access to round-the-clock electricity. The "Power for All"
counterparts.5 program is a significant step in this direction, which is a joint
initiative of the Government of India and state governments
Improvement in 1 star and 5 star for Window and Split ACs
with the primary goal of making 24x7 power available to all
households, industries, commercial businesses, public needs,
Window type Split type and any other entity that consumes electricity.
61%
41%
40%
16%
15%
13%
https://pib.gov.in/PressReleaseIframePage.aspx?PRID=1923031
5
30
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Increasing financing options and no-cost EMI schemes: The Washing Bathroom
growth of Indian electronics market is driven by technological machines fittings
advancements and rising disposable income. The Indian
consumer market has been cautious, with a mix in purchase
LED Consumer
of small and large consumer appliances. In recent years,
televisions electronics
due to the availability of no-cost EMI as a payment method,
the purchase behaviour of Indian consumers has shifted
significantly. In addition, trends such as digitalization and new
business models have enabled India's financial institutions to
reach consumers in rural and semi-urban areas and meet their Overview of our operational segments
growing demand. Various brands are also partnering with
Products
consumer finance firms, which not only benefits consumers
but also increases brand visibility in smaller markets. PGEL’s products business has exceeded H 1,300 crore in FY
2023. The order book for the product business remains strong
Company overview with the Company poised to substantially expand its products
business in FY 2024.
PG Electroplast Limited (PGEL) serves as the flagship entity
STATUTORY REPORTS
within the PG Group, an enterprise that commenced its Room air conditioners (RAC)
operations in 1977. PG Electroplast was officially established
During FY 2023, the Room air conditioning (RAC) business
in 2003 and offers electronic manufacturing services in
made a notable contribution of H 1041 crore, achieving a
India. Specialising in original design manufacturing (ODM),
substantial 255% year-on-year growth. The Company has
original equipment manufacturing (OEM) and plastic injection
strategic plans for augmenting its room AC capacity through
moulding, PGEL caters to a distinguished clientele comprising
the establishment of an integrated unit in Rajasthan, dedicated
over 50 Indian and global brands.
to the production of room ACs. Simultaneously, the Company
The Company has a wholly owned subsidiary, PG Technoplast is also in the process of constructing a new building within a
Private Limited (PGTL), that is engaged in the manufacturing Supa factory. The Company is also planning on doubling its
of air conditioners and various components for the consumer printed circuit board (PCB) assembly capacities for AC controls
durables and consumer electronics sectors. in the Supa factory.
backward integration.
31
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Electronics
Washing
In the Electronics division, the Company assembles printed
Machines
circuit board assemblies for a wide range of applications on
a turnkey basis (including procurement, assembly, testing,
Semi-Automatic Top-Load packing & shipping) for leading TV manufacturers and also
assembles LED TVs. This business contributed 7% to the
Fully-Automatic Top-Load
FY2023 Sales and grew 126% over last year. This business
segment on a smaller base is likely to post strong growth as TV
business is witnessing good client addition and also increased
With Increased capacity in FY2024, company is on a strong
share of business in existing clients.
footing. In FY2023, company serviced 22 brands and with
increasing market share in the existing clients and addition of
new brands, company expects to post strong growth in FY2024.
Electronics
Air coolers
32
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Key focus areas for the Company include R&D, new product Key ratios
development and capacity expansion across the product
businesses. The Company intends to bolster its product Change
Ratios FY 2023 FY 2022
offerings in both the air conditioning and washing machine (%)
segments. Strong interest from both new and existing clients Debtors Turnover (x) 6.63 6.17 0.46
STATUTORY REPORTS
• Operating Profit Margin decline due to higher growth in
expanded market share in the customer outsourcing domain
low margin electronics and TV business and lower growth
underscores the Company's determination to carve out a more
in state incentives income.
substantial footprint. With enhanced operational efficiency,
the Company is expected to achieve a healthy balance sheet, • Return on Net worth has improved as company’s profit
strengthening its resilience and capacity for long-term growth. growth was much higher at 107%, while Net worth
Improved by only 26.7%.
With a forward-looking approach, the Company anticipates a
gradual improvement in margins, facilitated by both refined
operational efficiencies and heightened operating leverage. Human resources
This optimism is further underscored by the Company's keen
focus on diversifying its product portfolio. As the Company The Company acknowledges its people as the true contributors
gears up to introduce new, innovative offerings, the upcoming to its success. It has implemented people-friendly policies
quarters hold promise for the realisation of these ventures, and procedures to foster a diverse and inclusive work
offering an exciting trajectory for all business segments of culture. Employee engagement is yet another focus area
PGEL. for PGEL. Through comprehensive measures such as regular
feedback sessions, team-building activities and professional
development opportunities, PGEL aims to ensure that
Financial review employees feel valued and motivated to contribute their best.
Additionally, the company promotes open communication
FY 2023 has been marked by robust growth, evident in the
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
33
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
in their roles and contribute effectively to the organisational safety protocols and training programmes are in place to
objectives. Career development plans and mentorship mitigate workplace hazards and ensure the well-being of all
opportunities are also offered, encouraging employees to team members. Moreover, PGEL conducts regular safety audits
advance professionally within the organisation. and assessments to identify and address potential risks.
PGEL believes in giving back to its employees by offering The Company’s commitment to health and safety extends to
competitive compensation and benefits packages. These its products as well. It adheres to stringent quality control
packages not only acknowledge employees’ contributions processes to manufacture electronic products that meet
but also demonstrate the Company’s commitment to their highest safety standards.
financial stability and overall well-being.
In addition, PGEL engages with local communities to raise
awareness about environmental conservation and safety
measures. Through collaborations, workshops and educational
initiatives, the Company aims to promote sustainable practices
The Company believes its employees are an integral part of the • CO2 Flooding systems installed at high risk areas
organisation and hence kept a sharp focus on their personal and
professional development and at the same time aligning their • Daily/Weekly/Monthly/Quarterly Safety audits
goals with that of the Company to create a win-win situation.
• Disaster Management Organization
In pursuance of the Company's commitment to develop
and retain the best available talent, PGEL organises various • Fire Control Room with zone-wise control panels
training programmes for upgrading skill and knowledge of its
employees in different operational areas. In the endeavour to • Work permit issue system for heavy duty machine
promote on the job knowledge and training, the Company had operators
entered into an agreement with Maruti Centre for Excellence
• Accident monitoring management
(MACE) for Industrial, behavioural and safety related Trainings.
• Management review system for EHS activities
In a bid to alleviate some of the mental pressures brought upon
by the pandemic, the company also continued with a scheme The company, in an effort towards reducing the carbon
called “PG Cares”. As per the scheme, should any employee footprint, has begun sourcing some of its required electricity
have an untimely death, the company shall ensure that the from renewable sources. In FY 2022-23, your Company have
family of the employee will continue receiving the former entered into a power purchase agreement with a company to
employee’s salary for two years. All education expenses for obtain at least 3.1 MW of solar energy for our manufacturing
their children until graduation from high school will also be unit at Uttar Pradesh for a period of 25 years. Also have
borne by the company. installed a 1.4 MW rooftop grid system solar panel at our Unit
2 – Subsidiary in Maharashtra, and a 0.65 MW solar plant at our
Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) Unit – 4 in Maharashtra.
PGEL prioritises Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) in all In addition to various laws and regulations, the Company also
its business operations. As a responsible corporate citizen, have a health and safety policy that it has established internally.
it promotes the adoption of sustainable practices across its The Company also have an emergency evacuation plans in
manufacturing units. The Company has implemented several place for our units. The Company conduct training programs
targeted measures to reduce its carbon footprint, conserve and mock drills, to educate and prepare our employees for
resources and ensure eco-friendly operations. In addition, emergency and evacuation situation.
the Company employs eco-friendly technologies and waste
These initiatives are expected to help the company lower
reduction and recycling programmes help manage its waste
energy costs and reiterate the company’s commitment to
output, reducing pollution.
sustainable development philosophy. The main goal behind
The Company also emphasises employee health and safety all the initiatives is to promote safe, healthy and green work
and strives to foster a conducive work environment. Rigorous environment by adopting efficient technologies.
34
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Risks and mitigation measures the efficacy of risk management processes and systems for risk
reduction. The Company further ensures that the appropriate
Risks and liabilities might have an impact on the Company’s protocols, frameworks and methodologies are in place to track
business, financial situation and operational results. The and assess risks associated with the Company's operations.
Executive Management Team monitors internal and external
The Company’s operations rely on a complex In line with our focus to develop better control
supply chain for sourcing raw materials, on our supply chain and improve our margins,
components and parts. Any disruptions in the The Company consistently strive to strategically
Supply chain supply chain, whether due to transportation backward integrate our manufacturing processes
disruptions issues, geopolitical factors, or natural disasters, and localization.
could impact production and delivery timelines.
The electronics manufacturing industry is The Company believe that its ability to offer end-
highly competitive, with both domestic and to-end solutions to our customers, to meet our
international players. PGEL may face challenges customers’ varying requirements, differentiate
in maintaining its market share and pricing us from our competition. The Company believe
Intense competitiveness, especially if new entrants that maintaining a high standard of quality of our
STATUTORY REPORTS
competition or existing competitors offer more innovative products is critical for our business, adhering to
products or cost-effective solutions. customer specifications and continued growth.
The electronics industry is subject to various The Company has established a comprehensive
regulations regarding safety, quality and internal control structure encompassing
environmental concerns. PGEL must ensure governance, compliance, auditing, oversight and
compliance with these regulations, failure reporting. This framework ensures adherence to
of which could lead to legal issues, fines, or local regulatory obligations, promotes orderly
Regulatory reputational damage. and efficient business conduct, safeguards assets,
compliance detects and prevents fraud and errors, ensures
the sufficiency and completeness of records and
facilitates the prompt generation of reliable data.
Rapid advancements in technology could render The Company invest in R&D to sustain or enhance our
existing products or manufacturing processes existing products and to develop new technologies
obsolete. PGEL needs to continually invest in and processes that would better allow us to
R&D to stay abreast of the latest technological customize products for our clients. The Company
trends and offer advanced solutions to its allocated higher capital expenditure towards our
Technological clients. R&D to meet our customer requirements which
changes enables the Company to offer end – to – end
product development services across the lifecycle
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
of product.
As a Company that caters to both Indian The company has in place a policy to manage
and global clients, PGEL might be exposed exposure to fluctuation in the prices of the key
to currency exchange rate fluctuations. raw materials used in operations. The Company
Currency These fluctuations could impact the cost of evaluates exchange rate exposure arising from
fluctuations imported materials, affect export revenues and foreign currency transactions and follows an
potentially cause financial uncertainty. established risk management policy.
The manufacturing industry often faces The Company engaged third- party independent
challenges related to labour availability, skill contractors through whom we engage contract
gaps and labour disputes. Maintaining a skilled labour for performance of certain functions as per
workforce and managing labour-related issues is the requirements at our manufacturing units. The
Labour concerns crucial for PGEL’s operational efficiency. number of contract labourers varies from time to
time based on the nature and extent of work.
35
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
The Company maintains a robust and reliable internal control The contents of this report’s Management Discussion and
framework. Aligned with its operational scope, PGEL has Analysis section, detailing the Company’s objectives, forecasts,
established a comprehensive internal control structure estimations and anticipations, might qualify as ‘forward-
encompassing governance, compliance, auditing, oversight looking statements’ as defined by applicable laws and
and reporting. This framework ensures adherence to local regulations. These statements rely on specific presumptions
regulatory obligations, promotes orderly and efficient and anticipations regarding future occurrences. The actual
business conduct, safeguards assets, detects and prevents outcomes could substantially deviate from those expressed or
fraud and errors, ensures the sufficiency and completeness implied due to numerous external and internal factors beyond
of accounting records and facilitates the prompt generation the Company’s direct control. The Company disclaims any
of reliable financial data. The effectiveness of internal checks obligation to publicly modify, amend, or revise such forward-
and control mechanisms is endorsed by internal auditors and looking statements in light of subsequent developments,
subjected to managerial reassessment. The Audit Committee information, or events. Readers are advised that the risks
oversees the Company’s financial reporting process, ensuring mentioned here are not exhaustive and are urged to exercise
accurate and punctual disclosures marked by the utmost their judgement when evaluating the risks associated with the
transparency, integrity and quality. Moreover, the Committee Company.
verifies the adequacy and efficiency of internal control systems
while proposing enhancements as needed.
36
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Directors’ Report
The Board of Directors have pleasure in presenting the Annual Report of your Company along with Audited Financial Statements
(Standalone and Consolidated), for the financial year ended March 31, 2023.
1. FINANCIAL RESULTS:
(Rupees in Lakh)
Standalone Consolidated
Particulars
FY 2022-23 FY 2021-22 FY 2022-23 FY 2021-22
STATUTORY REPORTS
Profit for the year 4,419.99 3,296.78 7,746.86 3,741.56
Other Comprehensive Income 4.28 64.02 (3.04) 47.09
Total Comprehensive Income 4,424.27 3,360.80 7,743.82 3,788.65
EPS (Basis) 20.42 15.93 35.78 18.08
EPS (Diluted) 19.27 15.00 33.77 17.03
2. PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW:
During the year under review on a consolidated basis, our lakh for FY 2022-23 from H 2,312.63 lakh for FY 2021-22,
total income increased by 93.94% to H 2,16,433.32 lakh primarily due to increase in the gross borrowings and
for FY 2022-23 from H 1,11,595.88 lakh for FY 2021-22. the interest rates on these borrowings. As a result, our
Our revenue from operations increased by 94.30% to profit for the year increased by 107.05% to H 7,746.86
H 2,15,994.75 lakh for FY 2022-23 from H 1,11,163.50 lakh lakh for FY 2022-23 from H 3,741.56 lakh for FY 2021-22.
for FY 2021-22, primarily due to growth in our sales of Other comprehensive income for the year decreased to
the product business driven by growth in sales of RACs H (3.04) lakh for FY 2022-23 from H 47.09 lakh for FY 2021-22
and washing machines. Other income increased by 1.43% due to difference in the actuarial liabilities on account
to H 438.57 lakh for FY 2022-23 from H 432.38 lakh for of change in the interest rate. On account of the above,
FY 2021-22, primarily due to increase in the interest income our total comprehensive income increased by 104.40% to
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
on deposits with banks and others. Our total expenses H 7,743.82 lakh for FY 2022-23 from H 3,788.65 lakh for
increased by 93.55% to H 2,06,679.00 lakh for FY 2022-23 FY 2021-22. FY 2022-23 had been a strong growth period
from H 1,06,784.72 lakh for FY 2021-22, on account of for your Company. The detailed operational performance
the factors like Cost of materials consumed, Purchase of of your Company is provided in the Management
traded goods, Employee Benefit Expense, Finance Costs Discussion and Analysis Report forming part of this report.
etc. Our finance costs increased by 107.26% to H 4,793.17
37
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
a) During the period under review, the Company on August 12, 2022 allotted 53,200 Equity shares to ‘PG Electroplast
Limited Employees Welfare Trust’ under the PG Electroplast Employees Stock Options Scheme - 2020. Following is the
summary of allotment of shares:
Date of members approval February 28, 2021 & March 28, 2022
Date of allotment August 12, 2022
Method of allotment Allotment of equity shares pursuant to PG Electroplast Stock
Option Scheme – 2020.
Issue price, basis of computation of issue price Issue price of H 250/- as determined by Nomination &
Remuneration Committee pursuant to PG Electroplast Stock
Option Scheme – 2020.
Particulars of person to whom shares have been The equity shares were allotted to the PG Electroplast Limited
issued Employees Welfare Trust.
Shareholding of promoters and promoter group 65.71%
prior to allotment
No. of share allotted 53,200 Equity Shares of H 10/- each
Shareholding of promoters and promoter group 65.55%
post allotment
Post Issue Public Shareholding 34.20%
Post Issue Employees Welfare Trust Shareholding 0.25%
Consideration details The company received consideration in cash of H 1,33,00,000/-
pursuant to issue of 53,200 Equity Shares at an issue price of
H 250/- each.
Date of listing and trading approval of NSE & BSE September 23, 2022
b) Further, during the year, the Company on September 27, 2022 allotted 1,00,000 Equity Shares of face value of H 10/- each
pursuant to conversion of 1,00,000 Fully Convertible Warrants at an issue price of H 150/- each, by way of preferential
allotment to the following persons belonging to “Non-Promoter” category.
Details w.r.t. allotment of equity shares on preferential basis pursuant to conversion of warrants are mentioned below:
38
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
c) During the year 2022-23, the Company allotted 13,64,551 Equity Shares of Face Value of H 10/- each upon conversion of
1,076,904 Compulsorily Convertible Debentures (“CCDs”) and interest @ 17.96% accrued thereon; issued on preferential
basis to the person belonging to the Public Category.
Details w.r.t. allotment of equity shares on preferential basis pursuant to conversion of CCDs and interest accrued thereon
STATUTORY REPORTS
Shareholding of promoter and promoter group post 61.33%
allotment
Post Issue Public Shareholding 38.66%
Post Issue Employees Welfare Trust Shareholding 0.01%
Consideration details The company has received the consideration in cash pursuant
to issue of 10,76,904 CCDs at an issue price of H 337/- each
pursuant to which Equity shares were allotted upon conversion
of CCDs and interest accrued as following:
At the end of the year, the Company’s issued, subscribed 6. STATE OF THE COMPANY’S AFFAIRS:
and paid-up capital was 2,27,42,617 Equity Shares of
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
growth of our revenue from operations which grew at a The Company is an end – to – end solutions provider across
CAGR of 75.26% from FY 2021 to FY 2023. The Company the entire value chain of the products we supply to our
is the fastest growing B2C focused ODM players in India, customers. We serve across varied industries such as air
having recorded the highest revenue CAGR amongst listed conditioners, washing machines, LED TVs, air coolers,
peers over FY 2022-23. automotive components, bathroom fittings and consumer
electronics.
The Company, including its wholly owned subsidiary,
operates seven manufacturing units located in Greater Key business developments:
Noida, Uttar Pradesh; Roorkee, Uttarakhand; and
Ahmednagar, Maharashtra. We also operate a unit at • The Company’s 100% subsidiary PG Technoplast
Ahmednagar, Maharashtra, where we operate incoming Private Limited (PGTL), has in its Supa plant expanded
and outgoing quality control of products, storage of raw the capacity to 100,000 Outdoor Units per month
materials and finished goods and dispatch operations for and over 150,000 Indoor Units per month during the
our other manufacturing units in the location. financial year.
The manufacturing units are equipped with high quality The RAC business clocked 255% growth over FY2022
machinery, assembly lines and full power backup that and had H 1,04,127.31 lakh in Sales. The outlook for
enable us to meet the quality requirements of our the segment remains robust as the Company plans to
customers in a timely manner. put new manufacturing plant for RAC manufacturing
in North India and also work on improving the
The Company has continuously evolved our product value addition further by adding more component
portfolio to meet the needs of our customers and cater to manufacturing in-house.
the prevailing industry technologies. Post incorporation
in 2003, the Company started manufacturing plastic • In FY2023, the Company commissioned its new
moulded components. Thereafter, in 2014, the Washing Machine (WM) manufacturing line in
Company started focusing on the products business and Greater Noida. The expanded capacity for Washing
commenced manufacturing air coolers. We set up an in machines stands at 100,000 Units per month for SEMI-
– house tool room for our tool manufacturing business Automatic category. In FY2023, company supplied
vertical in 2016 and thereafter started manufacturing WM to 22 brands across customers and clocked over
semi – automatic washing machines in 2017. In 2018, we H 25,885.02/- lakh with 56% growth over FY2022. The
started manufacturing RAC IDUs and subsequently RACs outlook for the segment remains robust as company
ODUs in 2021. Additionally, in 2021, we commenced is seeing increased order flow from new and existing
manufacturing FATL and subsequently LED TVs in 2022. customers.
Presently, our product portfolio includes complete RAC
• In FY2023, Air Cooler business clocked sales of
sets, washing machines, and televisions, all of which today
H 3,824.92/- lakh, which was just 157% growth over
contribute significantly to our revenue.
FY2022. In FY2022, sharp increases in plastic raw
The Company has been manufacturing RAC IDUs since materials prices impacted the Air Cooler business
2018 and RAC ODUs since 2021. We offer RACs CBU in significantly and therefore on low base sales growth
the capacity ranging from 1.0T to 2.0T in both fixed speed looks exaggerated. However, the outlook remains
and invertor categories for various star ratings. We are the good for next season as we continue to see improved
second largest player in terms of RAC finished goods sales interest from existing and new customers.
to the OEMs / brands, basis Fiscal 2023 data. The Company
• On a consolidated basis, the Plastic moulding
is a largest manufacturer of plastic moulding for consumer
component segment had a YoY sales growth of about
durables and consumer electronics industry, in terms of
17% and contributed H 65,410.75 lakh to the topline in
revenue in India, as on March 31, 2023. Through the plastic
FY2023. There are specific segments like specialised
moulding business, we offer a wide range of products
plastic components in Sanitaryware and Fans, which
including small, medium and large sized, high – precision,
are growing at a higher rate and driving sales growth
surface critical injection moulded components for consumer
in this segment. The outlook for this segment remains
durables and the consumer electronics industry.
in line with consumer durable industry growth.
The Company is the second largest ODM player for washing However, due to slightly inferior financial metrics
machines in India in terms of volume of units sold as of (return ratios) in this business, management wants to
March 31, 2023, which provides end – to – end assembly allocate relatively low capital to this, and therefore
solutions for final products. The Company commenced growth rates will be muted in comparison to the
manufacturing semi – automatic washing machines in 2017 product business of the Company.
and presently offer semi – automatic and fully automatic
• In the Electronics division, the Company assembles
washing machines in capacities ranging from 6 – 14 kg and
printed circuit board assemblies for a wide range
6.5 – 7.5 kg, respectively.
of applications on a turnkey basis (including
40
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
All our businesses segments have performed well in d) The Board of Directors appointed Mr. Raman
FY23, particularly the company’s current focus area - Uberoi (DIN: 03407353) as an Additional Director
the products business that achieved 182% growth over in capacity of Non-Executive Independent
FY2022. Director w.e.f. March 22, 2023.
STATUTORY REPORTS
e) The appointment of Mr. Raman Uberoi (DIN:
03407353) as Non-Executive Independent
During the year, the company on a consolidated basis has
Director of the Company w.e.f. March 22, 2023 was
incurred H 15,456.60/- lakh on capital expenditure primarily
regularised through Postal Ballot Process by the
for the purchase of plant and equipment. Further, the
shareholders of the Company on June 21, 2023.
Company allocated higher capital expenditure for certain
identified eligible white good products such as control Disclosures under Section II of Part II of Schedule V of
assemblies for IDU or ODU or remotes, plastic moulding the Companies Act, 2013:
components, sheet metal components, heat exchangers,
cross flow fan, and display panels (LCD / LED) and towards (i) All elements of remuneration package such
our R&D to meet our customer requirements to sustain as salary, benefits, bonuses, stock options,
or enhance our existing products and to develop new pension, etc., of all the directors including detail
technologies and processes that would better allow us to of fixed component is mentioned in Corporate
customize products for our clients. Also, the Company has Governance Report as Annexure I.
invested in the construction of new building/floors which
(ii) Service contracts, notice period, severance fees:
has increased the covered area.
N.A.
During the year, the Credit Rating Agency ‘Crisil Ratings In accordance with the provisions of the Companies
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Limited’ has assigned to your Company a Long-Term Act 2013, Mr. Anurag Gupta (DIN:00184361), Director
rating "CRISIL A-/Stable" on December 07, 2021. Further, of the Company will retire by rotation at the ensuing
on January 23, 2023 CRISIL Ratings Limited reaffirmed Annual General Meeting and being eligible, offer
your Company's Long-Term Rating at "CRISIL A-/Stable himself for re-appointment.
(Reaffirmed)”.
None of the Directors have incurred any disqualification
on account of non-compliance with any of the
8. INVESTOR EDUCATION AND PROTECTION provisions of the Act. During the year 2022-23, Non-
FUND: Executive Independent Directors of the Company had
no pecuniary relationship or transactions with the
Your Company did not have any outstanding amount of
Company, other than sitting fees for the purpose of
unclaimed/unpaid dividend and the corresponding shares.
attending meetings of the Company.
41
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
The Company has received declarations from each of The details of program for familiarization of Independent
the Independent Directors confirming that they meet Directors of your Company are available at web-link http://
the criteria of independence as prescribed under www.pgel.in/pdf/codes-policies/FP_ID.pdf
Section 149(6) of the Companies Act, 2013 as well
as under Regulation 16 of SEBI (Listing Obligation &
12. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT,
Disclosure Requirements) Regulation, 2015 and there
MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
has been no change in the circumstances which may
REPORT AND BUSINESS RESPONSIBILITY &
affect their status as independent director during the
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT:
year. The independent directors have also confirmed
that they have complied with the Company’s code of The Corporate Governance Report is presented as
conduct. ‘Annexure I’; Management Discussion & Analysis Report
and Business Responsibility & Sustainability Report as
• Key Managerial Persons:
stipulated under SEBI (Listing Obligations & Disclosure
During the year under review, there was no change in Requirements) Regulations, 2015 forms integral part
Key Managerial Persons of your Company. of this report. Compliance certificate on Corporate
Governance, issued by M/s Puja Mishra & Co., Practicing
Company Secretary also form a part of the said Corporate
10. MEETINGS OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS & ITS Governance Report.
COMMITTEES.
7 (Seven) meetings of the Board of Directors were 13. COMPANY’S POLICY ON DIRECTORS’
held during the period under review. For details of the APPOINTMENT AND REMUNERATION:
Composition & Meetings of the Board and its Committees,
please refer to the Report on Corporate Governance, The Company has adopted a Nomination and
which forms part of this Report as Annexure I. Remuneration Policy. Salient features of this policy are
attached as ‘Annexure II’ to this report.
During the year, no such instances occurred where the
Board has not accepted any recommendation of the Audit
14. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS AND
Committee.
EMPLOYEES:
11. BOARD EVALUATION AND FAMILIARIZATION The disclosure pertaining to remuneration and other
PROGRAMME: details of directors and employees as required under
section 197(12) of the Companies Act 2013 read with Rule
The Nomination & Remuneration Committee has carried 5 of the Companies (Appointment and remuneration of
out a formal annual evaluation of performance of the Managerial Personal) Rules, 2014 and the amendment
Board itself through a structured questionnaire after thereof have been provided in the ‘Annexure III’ forming
taking into consideration the various aspects of the part of this report.
Board’s functioning, composition of the Board and
its Committees, culture, execution and performance During the period under review, the Managing/Whole
of specific duties, obligations and governance, of its time Director of the company were not in receipt of any
Committees and individual Directors, pursuant to the commission from the company.
provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and Regulation 17
of SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) 15. DIRECTORS RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT:
Regulations, 2015. The evaluation of individual Directors
including chairman was done by the Directors other To the best of knowledge and belief and according to
than the one being evaluated by Board & Nomination the information and explanations obtained by them,
Remuneration Committee. your Directors make the following statement in terms of
Section 134(3)(c) of the Act:
The Nomination & Remuneration Committee evaluated
the performance of each and every director of the a) that in the preparation of the Annual Accounts for the
company and each member of the committee and year ended March 31, 2023, the applicable accounting
expressed satisfaction over their performance. standards have been followed along with proper
explanation relating to material departures, if any;
Further, the Independent Directors also, at their
separate meeting held on March 31, 2023 reviewed the b) the directors had selected such accounting policies
performance of chairman of the Board, Non-Independent and applied them consistently and made judgements
Directors and the Board as a whole and assessed the and estimates that are reasonable and prudent so as
quality, quantity and timeliness of flow of information to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of
between the company management and the Board. They the Company as at March 31, 2023 and of the profit of
expressed satisfaction over the said subject matter. the Company for the year ended on that date;
42
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
c) that the Directors have taken proper and sufficient 17. STATUTORY AUDITORS & THEIR REPORT:
care for the maintenance of adequate accounting
records in accordance with the provisions of the M/s S.S. Kothari Mehta & Company, Chartered Accountants,
Companies Act, 2013 for safeguarding the assets of (Firm Registration No. 000756N) were appointed as the
the Company and for preventing and detecting fraud Statutory Auditors of the Company from the conclusion of the
STATUTORY REPORTS
adverse remarks. The auditors have also given a certificate
and accordingly your Company works to strengthen such
of Non-Disqualification of Directors as on March 31, 2023
structures. Your Company has developed & implemented
annexed with Board Report as ‘Annexure V’.
a Risk Management framework for identification,
evaluating and management of risks, including the risks Other parts of this report are self-explanatory and do not
which may threaten the existence of the Company. In line call for any further clarifications.
with your Company’s commitment to deliver sustainable
value, this framework aims to provide an integrated and
19. COST AUDITORS:
organized approach for evaluating and managing risks.
Regular exercise has been carried out to identify, evaluate, The Board of Directors have re-appointed M/s Amit Singhal
manage and monitor the risks. & Associates, Cost Accountants, having Firm Registration
Number: 101073, as Cost Auditors to audit the cost
Your Company’s internal control systems are records of the financial year 2023-24 and recommended
commensurate with the nature of its business and the ratification of their remuneration by the shareholders
size and complexity of its operations. The Company has in at the ensuing annual general meeting. The Company
place adequate controls, procedures and policies, ensuring has maintained cost records as specified by the Central
orderly and efficient conduct of its business, including Government under sub-section (1) of section 148 of the
adherence to the Company’s policies, safeguarding of its Companies Act, 2013 w.r.t. the business activities carried
assets, prevention and detection of frauds and errors, out by the Company.
accuracy and completeness of accounting records, and
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
timely preparation of reliable financial information. The 20. DISCLOSURES RELATING TO SUBSIDIARIES,
internal controls cover operations, financial reporting, ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES:
compliance with applicable laws and regulations,
safeguarding assets from unauthorized use and ensure As on March 31, 2023, the Company has 2 (Two) Wholly
compliance of corporate policies. Internal controls are Owned Subsidiaries i.e. M/s PG Technoplast Private
reviewed periodically by the internal auditors and are Limited and M/s PG Plastronics Private Limited.
subject to management reviews with significant audit
During the year, M/s PG Technoplast Private Limited
observations and follow up actions reported to the Audit
became the Material Subsidiary of the Company.
Committee. The Audit Committee actively reviews the
adequacy and effectiveness of internal control systems Pursuant to the provisions of Section 129 (3) of the
and suggests improvements for strengthening them in Companies Act, 2013, a statement containing the salient
accordance with the changes in the business dynamics, if features of the financial statements of all the Subsidiaries
required. in form AOC-1 is annexed hereto as ‘Annexure-VI’ and
hence, not repeated here for the sake of brevity.
43
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
A copy of the audited financial statements of each of the 24. CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR):
subsidiary companies and English translation thereof will
be kept for inspection for any Member of the Company at Your Company has been constantly working towards
Corporate Office during business hours. Further, pursuant providing and encouraging medical aid, treatment of poor
to the provisions of Section 136 of the Companies Act, people, rendering medical care and advice and promoting
2013, these financial statements are also placed on the education and financial assistance to the children and
Company’s website www.pgel.in. Copy of these financial women of weaker sections of society including overall
statements shall be made available to any member of the development and upliftment. Your Company’s constant
Company, on request. endeavor has been to support initiatives in the chosen
focus areas of CSR.
21. DEPOSITS:
Your Company has a duly constituted CSR Committee,
The Company has not accepted any deposits from public which is responsible for fulfilling the CSR objectives of
and as such, no amount on account of principal or interest your Company. Details of composition of CSR Committee
on deposits from public was outstanding as on the date of and Annual Report on CSR Activities of your Company are
the balance sheet. enclosed as ‘Annexure VIII’ and form a part of this report in
the format prescribed in the Companies (Corporate Social
Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014.
22. PARTICULARS OF LOAN GIVEN, INVESTMENTS
MADE, GUARANTEE GIVEN AND SECURITIES The CSR Policy of your Company lays down the philosophy
PROVIDED UNDER SECTION 186 OF THE and approach of your Company towards its CSR
COMPANIES ACT, 2013: commitment. CSR Policy, adopted by the Company, is
Details of loans, guarantees and investments covered available on its website at link http://www.pgel.in/pdf/
under the provisions of Section 186 of the Companies Act, codes-policies/CSRPOLICY.pdf
2013 are given in the notes to Financial Statements.
25. EMPLOYEES STOCK OPTION SCHEME:
23. PARTICULARS OF CONTRACTS OR
Your Company has in place a ‘PG Electroplast Employees
ARRANGEMENTS WITH RELATED PARTIES:
Stock Option Scheme – 2020’ (Scheme) to enhance the
The particulars of contract or arrangements entered by employee engagement, reward the employees for their
the Company with related parties referred to in section association and performance and to motivate them to
134 of the Companies Act, 2013 are disclosed in form contribute to the growth and profitability of the Company.
AOC-2 as ‘Annexure VII’.
The Board of Directors in its meeting held on November
During the year, the Company had not entered into 05, 2020 and the shareholders of the company through
any contract/arrangement/ transaction with related postal ballot on February 28, 2021 approved the Scheme
parties which could be considered material except for to create, grant, offer, issue and allot Employee Stock
transactions with wholly owned subsidiary in accordance Options (“Options”) to the employees of the Company
with the Companies Act, 2013, SEBI (Listing Obligations & and its subsidiary company(ies) under the Scheme, in one
Disclosure Requirements) Regulations 2015 and policy on or more tranches, a maximum of 2% of issued and paid-up
dealing with Related Party Transactions of the Company. capital of the Company. Further, approvals of the Board
Details of related party transactions entered into by the
of Directors and Shareholders of the Company at their
Company, in terms of Ind AS-24 have been disclosed in the
meetings held on February 14, 2022 and March 28, 2022,
notes to the standalone/consolidated financial statements
respectively, was accorded to increase the existing pool of
forming part of the Annual Report 2022-23.
the Scheme from 3,90,578 Options to 6,09,422 Options.
All related party transactions entered into by your Accordingly, the options reserved under the Scheme
Company, during the year under review, were approved are 10,00,000 Options convertible into equal number of
by the Audit Committee. Prior omnibus approval has been Shares of H10/- each.
obtained for related party transactions which are repetitive
in nature and/or entered in ordinary course of business and The Scheme was in compliance with erstwhile Securities
at arm’s length. There are no materially significant related and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee
party transactions that may have potential conflict with the Benefit) Regulations, 2014 (hereinafter referred as SEBI
interest of the Company at large. (SBEB) Regulations). During FY 2021-22, the Scheme was
amended to align with the Securities and Exchange Board
The policy on materiality of Related Party Transactions of India (Share Based Employee Benefit and Sweat Equity)
and policy on dealing with Related Party Transactions Regulations, 2021 (hereinafter referred as SEBI (SBEB &
are available at web-link http://www.pgel.in/pdf/codes- SE) Regulations) which were notified on August 13, 2021.
policies/RelatedPartyTransactionsPolicy.pdf
During the year, your Company granted 1,60,000 (One Lakh
Sixty Thousand Only) Options to the employees of the
44
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Company and its subsidiary company under the Scheme. a) The company, in an effort towards reducing the
Further, your company allotted 53,200 (Fifty-Three carbon footprint, has begun sourcing some of
Thousand Two Hundred Only) Equity Shares of face value its required electricity from renewable sources.
of H 10/- each to the ‘PG Electroplast Limited Employees In FY 2022-23, your Company have entered into
Welfare Trust’ under the PG Electroplast Employees Stock a power purchase agreement with a company to
STATUTORY REPORTS
actual or suspected fraud/ violation of codes & policies of roofs which has reduced the use of exhaust fans.
the Company.
e) The Company is also maintaining a power factor
Your Company hereby confirm that no directors/employee of about close to 1.
have been denied access to the chairman of the Audit
Committee. There were no complaints received through f) All streetlights & main machine flow highbay
the said mechanism during the financial year 2022-23. lights have been substituted for greener LED
alternatives.
The Vigil Mechanism or whistle blower policy may be
accessed at web-link http://www.pgel.in/pdf/codes- g) The Company has installed variable frequency
policies/VigilMechanismWhistleBlowerPolicy.pdf drivers in all electric motors which have helped
sustain a lower power factor.
27. ANNUAL RETURN: h) Using invertor technology to control the speed
of the compressor’s motor in the AC plant better
Pursuant to Section 92(3) read with section 134(3)(a) of
temperature regulation has been achieved and
the Companies Act, 2013, copies of the Annual Returns of
has hence reduced energy consumption.
the Company prepared in accordance with Section 92(1) of
the Act read with Rule 11 of the Companies (Management i) The Company continuously evaluate new
and Administration) Rules, 2014 are placed on the website technologies and techniques to make
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
of the Company and is accessible at the http://www.pgel. infrastructure more energy efficient.
in/pdf/Annual_Return_2022-23.pdf
The main goal behind all the initiatives is to promote
a safe, healthy and green work environment by
28. CONSERVATION OF ENERGY, TECHNOLOGY
adopting efficient technologies.
ABSORPTION, FOREIGN EXCHANGE EARNING
& OUTGO: (B) Technology absorption:
(A) Conservation of Energy: In striving for continuous excellence in technology
and best quality product, several initiatives have been
The key focus area in our operations is conservation
taken:
of energy. We endeavor to conserve energy and
continuously make efforts to optimize use of fuels, a) The bigger moulding machines on the shop floor
power & water. The following steps have been taken have been fitted with an automatic conveyor
for conservation of energy: line, thereby reducing production cost while
enhancing product quality.
45
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
b) With technology from Hoti (Xiamen) Plumbing The QIP Committee – 2022-23 on September 02, 2023,
Inc, the company has added a PU paint shop and approved the issue and allotment of 32,05,128 Equity Shares,
a UF thermoset moulding seat facility, giving it to eligible QIBs at the issue price of H 1,560/- per Equity Share
new manufacturing capabilities. aggregating to H 499,99,99,680/- (Rupees Four Hundred
Ninety-Nine Crore Ninety-Nine Lakh Ninety-Nine Thousand
c) New Blow Moulding Equipment has also been Six Hundred Eighty Only), pursuant to the QIP.
installed.
The post allotment, paid-up equity Capital of the
d) Additional PCB & SMT assembly-cum-automation Company stands increased to H 26,02,46,450/- consisting
machines have been purchased thereby of 2,60,24,645 Equity Shares of face value of H10/- each.
increasing production capacity.
Your Company on July 13, 2023 entered into a 50-50
e) Industrial robots are being installed on injection Joint Venture (JV) Agreement with Jaina Group [Jaina
moulding machines which will reduce manpower Marketing & Associates (JMA), Jaina India Private Limited
cost. (Jaina India) and Goodworth Electronics Private Limited
(Goodworth)] to create a strong and competitive business
f) Injection moulding machines with servo drive
that can meet the growing demand for high-quality
technology have been added to the facilities.
televisions. Further, on July 31, 2023 pursuant to the JV
These initiatives will help the Company to manufacture Agreement, your Company acquired 5,000 (Five Thousand)
cheaper and more durable products. Equity shares at face value of H 10/- each of Goodworth
Electronics Private Limited (JV Company).
(C) Foreign exchange earnings and Outgo:
Except for the details mentioned above, there is no
(H in Lakhs) material change and commitment occurred between
Particulars 2022-23 2021-22 March 31, 2023 and the date of this report, which may
Foreign Earnings 201.62 37.73 affect the financial position of the Company.
Foreign Outgo 32,762.77 16,944.45
31. COMPLIANCE OF APPLICABLE SECRETARIAL
29. SIGNIFICANT & MATERIAL REGULATORY STANDARD:
ORDERS:
During the reporting period, your company has duly
During the reporting period, no significant material orders complied with all applicable secretarial standards.
were passed by the regulators or courts or tribunals
impacting the going concern status and Company’s 32. DISCLOSURES PERTAINING TO THE
operations in future. SEXUAL HARASSMENT OF WOMEN AT THE
WORKPLACE (PREVENTION, PROHIBITION
30. MATERIAL CHANGE AND COMMITMENT AND REDRESSAL) ACT, 2013:
OCCURRED BETWEEN END OF FINANCIAL
In order to comply with provisions of the Sexual Harassment
YEAR AND THE DATE OF REPORT:
of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and
The Nomination & Remuneration Committee on May 26, Redressal) Act, 2013 and Rules framed thereunder, the
2023 allotted 48,200 (Forty-Eight Thousand Two Hundred Company has formulated and implemented a policy on
only) Equity Shares of H 10/- each to ‘PG Electroplast prevention, prohibition and redressal of complaints related to
Limited Employees Welfare Trust’ under the PG sexual harassment of women at the workplace. All employees,
Electroplast Employees Stock Options Scheme - 2020. whether permanent, temporary or contractual are covered
under the above policy. The said policy has been uploaded
The Nomination & Remuneration Committee on May 26, on the internal portal of the Company for information of all
2023 granted 3,57,000 (Three Lakh Fifty-Seven Thousand employees. An Internal Complaint Committee (ICC) has been
only) Employee Stock Options convertible into equal set up in compliance with the said Act.
number of Equity Shares of the Company of face value
of H 10/- each, to the Employees of the Company and its The following is a summary of sexual harassment
Subsidiary Company, under the PG Electroplast Employees complaints received and disposed of during the year:
Stock Option Scheme – 2020.
(a) Number of complaints pending at the beginning of
The Nomination & Remuneration Committee on August the year: NIL
22, 2023 allotted 28,700 (Twenty Eight Thousand Seven (b) Number of complaints received during the year: NIL
Hundred Only) Equity Shares of H 10/- each to the ‘PG
(c) Number of complaints disposed off during the year:
Electroplast Limited Employees Welfare Trust’ under PG
NIL
Electroplast Employees Stock Options Scheme - 2020.
(d) Number of cases pending at the end of the year: NIL
46
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The Directors extended their vote of thanks to the Company’s employees, customers, vendors, business associates investors and
all stakeholders for their continuous support. The Directors also thank the Government of India, Governments of various states
in India, Governments of various countries and concerned Government departments and agencies for their co-operation. The
Sd/- Sd/-
(Anurag Gupta) (Vikas Gupta)
Chairman MD-Operations
DIN: 00184361 DIN: 00182241
Date: September 07, 2023 B-15, Kalindi Colony, B-15, Kalindi Colony,
Place: Greater Noida Delhi-110065 Delhi-110065
STATUTORY REPORTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
47
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Annexure-I
1)
COMPANY’S PHILOSOPHY ON CODE OF sufficient disclosure about the decision-making processes
GOVERNANCE: and performance of the boards to enable the stakeholders to
make proper judgments, particularly with respect to how the
The Company believes that the creation of a climate which board members fulfil their duty of loyalty and duty of care in
emphasizes good governance principles, and deployment providing guidance and oversight to the management.
of a good corporate governance culture are keys for
sustainable development. Key aspect of the Company's Our business culture and practices are founded upon a
corporate governance philosophy includes continuous common set of values that govern our relationships with
strives to attain higher levels of consistency in policies of customers, employees, stakeholders, suppliers and the
the Company, accountability of managers and the Board communities in which we operate.
of Directors, transparency of corporate structures and
Your Company confirms compliance to the Corporate
operations, corporate responsibility towards stakeholders
Governance requirements as specified in the SEBI (Listing
and Open & honest way, the Company runs.
Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations,
Judgement or decisions of the boards are regulated by 2015 [hereinafter referred to as ‘Listing Regulations’] for the
Corporate Governance principle to ensure that there is financial year ended March 31, 2023 is as set out in this report
2) BOARD OF DIRECTORS:
The Board of Directors in their meeting held on February 14, 2022 reappointed Mr. Anurag Gupta (DIN: 00184361) as the
Whole Time Director of your Company w.e.f. July 15, 2022.
Reappointment of Mr. Anurag Gupta as Whole Time Director was regularised through Postal Ballot Process on March 28,
2022 for a period of three consecutive years w.e.f. July 15, 2022.
Mr. Kishore Kumar Kaul (DIN: 07339035) tendered his resignation and ceased to be Non-Executive Independent Director
of your Company w.e.f. December 22, 2022 due to personal reasons. He also confirmed that there were no material
reasons for his resignation as specified above.
The Board of Directors appointed Mr. Raman Uberoi (DIN: 03407353) as an Additional Director in capacity of
Non-Executive Independent Director w.e.f. March 22, 2023.
The appointment of Mr. Raman Uberoi (DIN: 03407353) as Non-Executive Independent Director of the Company w.e.f.
March 22, 2023 was regularised through Postal Ballot Process by the shareholders of the Company on June 21, 2023.
48
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
c) Dates of Board Meetings held and attendance of each Director at the meeting and the last Annual General Meeting (AGM):
AGM
May 28, August August September November February March
Name of the Directors September
2022 12, 2022 29, 2022 27, 2022 14, 2022 04, 2023 22, 2023
29, 2022
Mr. Anurag Gupta √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Mr. Vishal Gupta √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Mr. Vikas Gupta √ X √ √ √ √ √ √
Mr. Sharad Jain √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Mr. Ram Dayal Modi √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Ms. Mitali Chitre √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Ms. Ruchika Bansal √ √ √ √ √ √ X √
Mr. Raman Uberoi NA NA NA NA NA √ √ NA
d) Number of Board Meetings (BM) held and attended by each director during the financial year 2022-23:
STATUTORY REPORTS
Name of the Directors Number of BM held and entitled to attend Number of BM attended
Mr. Anurag Gupta 7 7
Mr. Vishal Gupta 7 7
Mr. Vikas Gupta 7 6
Mr. Sharad Jain 7 7
Mr. Ram Dayal Modi 7 7
Ms. Mitali Chitre 7 7
Ms. Ruchika Bansal 7 6
Mr. Raman Uberoi 1 1
Mr. Anurag Gupta, Mr. Vikas Gupta and Mr. Vishal Gupta are related to each other as family members, no relationship
exists among other directors.
49
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Number of convertible
Name of the Directors Number of shares
securities
Mr. Sharad Jain 452 Nil
Mr. Ram Dayal Modi Nil Nil
Ms. Mitali Chitre 600 Nil
Ms. Ruchika Bansal Nil Nil
Mr. Raman Uberoi Nil Nil
h) Web link where details of familiarisation programmes imparted to independent directors is disclosed:
i) Skills/expertise/competence:
The Board has identified the following skills/expertise/ competencies fundamental for the effective functioning of the
Company which are currently available with the Board:
Area of Expertise
Forward
Technical skills
Name of the Strategy and
Accounts Behavioral
Directors and Governance Sales and Industry Conceptual
and
Planning Marketing Experience Thinking
Finance
Mr. Anurag Gupta √ √ √ √ √
Mr. Vishal Gupta √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Mr. Vikas Gupta √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Mr. Sharad Jain √ √ √ √ √ √
Mr. Ram Dayal Modi √ √ √ √ √ √
Ms. Mitali Chitre √ √ √ √ √ √
Ms. Ruchika Bansal √ √ √ √ √ √
Mr. Raman Uberoi √ √ √ √ √ √
In the table above, the specific areas of focus or expertise of individual Board members have been highlighted.
However, the absence of a mark against a member’s name does not necessarily mean the member does not possess the
corresponding qualification or skill.
50
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
d. Internal audit reports relating to internal control (b) annual statement of funds utilized for purposes
weaknesses; other than those stated in the offer document/
prospectus/notice in terms of Regulation 32(7).
e. The appointment, removal and terms of remuneration
of the Chief internal auditor shall be subject to review Composition of Audit Committee, details of meeting &
f. statement of deviations: During the year 2022-23, 4 (Four) meetings of the Audit
Committee took place on following dates:
(a) quarterly statement of deviation(s) including
report of monitoring agency, if applicable, (i) May 28, 2022; (ii) August 12, 2022; (iii) November 14,
submitted to stock exchange(s) in terms of 2023; (iv) February 04, 2023.
Regulation 32(1).
The composition of the Audit Committee and the attendance of the members at the meetings held during the year are as under:
Status in
Name of Members Category No. of Meeting Attended
Committee
Mr. Sharad Jain Chairman Non-Executive Independent Director 4
Mr. Vishal Gupta Member Executive Director 4
Mr. Kishore Kumar Kaul# Member Non-Executive Independent Director 3
Mr. Ram Dayal Modi Member Non-Executive Independent Director 4
Ms. Mitali Chitre Member Non-Executive Nominee Director 4
Ms. Ruchika Bansal Member Non-Executive Independent Director 4
Mr. Raman Uberoi* Member Non-Executive Independent Director NA
#
Mr. Kishore Kumar Kaul (DIN: 07339035) tendered his resignation and ceased to be Non-Executive Independent Director and member of the Audit Committee of your
Company w.e.f. December 22, 2022.
STATUTORY REPORTS
*Mr. Raman Uberoi was appointed as a member of the Audit Committee with category of Non-Executive Independent Director of the Company w.e.f. March 22, 2023.
The Company Secretary i.e. Mr. Sanchay Dubey acts as the recommend to the Board their appointment and removal;
Secretary to the Committee. whether to extend or continue the term of appointment
of the independent director on the basis of the report
The Chairman of the Audit Committee was present at
of performance evaluation of independent directors and
the last Annual General Meeting of the Company held on
recommend to the board, all remuneration, in whatever
September 29, 2022.
form, payable to senior management.
During the financial year 2022-23, there were no instances
in which Board has rejected any recommendations made The composition of the Committee meets the requirements
by Audit Committee. of Section 178 of the Companies Act, 2013 and Regulation
19 of the Listing Regulations. As on March 31, 2023, the
4) NOMINATION AND REMUNERATION COMMITTEE: Committee comprises of two Non-Executive Independent
Directors and one Non-Executive Nominee Director. The
Brief term of reference: The terms of reference of the Company Secretary acts as a secretary to the Committee.
Nomination and Remuneration Committee include
formulation of the criteria for determining qualifications, Composition of Nomination & Remuneration Committee,
positive attributes and independence of a director details of meeting & attendance of Directors:
and recommend to the Board a policy, relating to the
remuneration of the directors, key managerial personnel
During the year 2022-23, 4 (Four) meetings of the
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
and other employees; Formulation of criteria for evaluation Nomination & Remuneration Committee took place on
of Independent Directors and the Board; Devising a policy following date:
on Board diversity & Identifying persons who are qualified
(i) June 11, 2022; (ii) August 12, 2022; (iii) February 04,
to become directors and who may be appointed in senior
2023; (iv) March 22, 2023
management in accordance with the criteria laid down, and
The composition of the Nomination & Remuneration Committee during the year and attendance of each member at the
Committee Meetings are as given below:
Name of Director Category Status in Committee No. of Meeting Attended
Mr. Sharad Jain Independent Director Chairman 4
Mr. Kishore Kumar Kaul* Independent Director Member 2
Mr. Ram Dayal Modi Independent Director Member 4
Ms. Mitali Chitre Nominee Director Member 4
*Mr. Kishore Kumar Kaul (DIN: 07339035) tendered his resignation and ceased to be Non-Executive Independent Director and member of the Nomination
& Remuneration Committee of your Company w.e.f. December 22, 2022.
51
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Performance evaluation criteria for Independent i) participate constructively and actively in the
Directors: committees of the Board in which they are
chairpersons or members;
The Non-Executive Directors are evaluated on the basis of
the criteria including following: j) strive to attend the general meetings of the company;
e) refrain from any action that would lead to loss of his During the year, Non-Executive Independent Directors of
independence; the Company had no pecuniary relationship or transactions
with the Company, other than sitting fees for the purpose
f) inform the Board immediately when they lose their
of attending meetings of the Company.
independence;
g) assist the company in implementing the best Non-Executive Independent Directors are paid only the
corporate governance practices; sitting fees for attending meetings of the Company. The
sitting fees are decided by the Board of Directors from
h) strive to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors time to time.
and the Committees;
Detail of remuneration/sitting fees paid to Directors for the financial year ended March 31, 2023 has been provided in
following tables:
(H / lakhs)
Commission/
Name of other
Salary and Stock Option/
Name of the Directors component of Total
Perquisites Performance
remuneration
Linked Incentive
Mr. Anurag Gupta 99.00 - Nil 99.00
Mr. Vishal Gupta 148.81 - Nil 148.81
Mr. Vikas Gupta 148.85 - Nil 148.85
Total 396.67 - Nil 396.67
(H / lakhs)
Mr. Sharad Mr. Kishore Mr. Ram Ms. Ruchika Mr. Raman Total
Name of the Directors
Jain Kumar Kaul Dayal Modi Bansal Uberoi# Sitting Fees
Sitting Fees 2.60 1.50 2.40 1.80 0.30 8.50
Other 0 0 0 0 0 0
52
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Services of the Managing Directors and Whole Time The status of Investors’ Complaints received/resolved is as
Director may be terminated by either party, giving the follows
other party six months’ notice or the Company paying
six months’ salary in lieu thereof. There is no separate Pending at the Total Pending at
provision for payment of severance pay. Beginning of the Received & the End of
As on March 31, 2023, the Stakeholders Relationship • Name of the Non-Executive Director heading the
Committee of the Company comprised of three members: committee: Mr. Sharad Jain
a. Mr. Sharad Jain (Chairman, Non-Executive • Name and Designation of Compliance Officer:
Independent Director), Mr. Sanchay Dubey, Company Secretary
As on March 31, 2023, the Board of the Company has 5 (Five) more Committees, namely, Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
Committee, Risk Management Committee Executive Committee, Corporate Committee and QIP Committee – 2022-23. Details
of the Committee are as follows:
STATUTORY REPORTS
Name of the
Term of reference (Brief) Composition other details
Committee
CSR Committee A. Formulation and recommendation to the Board, a Corporate 1. Mr. Ram Dayal Modi,
Social Responsibility Policy which shall indicate the activities Non-Executive Independent
to be undertaken by the company in areas or subject specified Director (Chairperson)
in Schedule VII of the Companies Act, 2013,
2. Mr. Vishal Gupta,
B. To recommend the amount of expenditure to be incurred Executive Director (Member) and
on the activities referred in above mentioned Para A,
3. Mr. Anurag Gupta,
C. Monitoring CSR Policy of the company from time to time, and
Executive Director (Member)
D. Any other matter, the CSR Committee may deem
appropriate after approval of Board of Directors or as may
be directed by the Board of Directors from time to time.
Risk Management 1. To formulate a detailed risk management policy. 1. Mr. Vishal Gupta,
Committee Executive Director (Chairperson)
2. To ensure that appropriate methodology, processes
and systems are in place to monitor and evaluate risks 2. Mr. Sharad Jain,
associated with the business of the Company. Non-Executive Independent
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
53
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Name of the
Term of reference (Brief) Composition other details
Committee
Executive The Board has delegated certain powers to the Executive 1. Anurag Gupta,
Committee Committee, as per provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 to Executive Director (Chairperson),
exercise such power of Board, as and when required, between 2. Vishal Gupta,
periods of two Board Meetings. All matters transacted in Executive Director (Member),
the meeting of Executive Committee during the year were
3. Vikas Gupta, and
ratified by the Board of Directors in their first meeting held
Executive Director (Member)
after meeting of Executive Committee.
Corporate The Board has delegated certain powers to Corporate 1. Vishal Gupta,
Committee Committee to do all such acts, deeds, and things, as it deems Executive Director (Chairman)
necessary or desirable in connection with offering, issuing, 2. Vikas Gupta,
and allotting the Securities, including, but not limited to such Executive Director (Member)
terms and conditions, as the Committee may deem fit and
proper in its absolute discretion.
QIP Committee - The Board has delegated certain powers to the QIP Committee 1. Vishal Gupta,
2022-23 – 2022-23 to do all such acts, deeds, and things, as it deems Executive Director (Chairperson),
necessary or desirable in connection with issue and allotment 2. Anurag Gupta,
of the Equity Shares pursuant to Qualified Institutional Executive Director (Member),
Placements (QIP).
3. Vikas Gupta, and
Executive Director (Member)
The Corporate Committee at its meeting held on December 31, 2022 allotted 13,64,551 Equity Shares of face value of
H 10/- each pursuant to conversion of 10,76,904 17.96%Compulsorily Convertible Debentures (“CCDs”) at a conversion price of
H 337/- on preferential basis to the persons belonging to the public category.
During the year 2022-23, 2 (Two) meetings of the Risk Management Committee were held on September 27, 2022 and March
27, 2023, respectively.
Composition and attendance of Directors attending Risk management Committee meetings held during the year:
No. of Meeting
Name of Director Status in Committee Category
Attended
Mr. Vishal Gupta Chairman Executive Director 2
Mr. Sharad Jain Member Non-Executive Independent 2
Director
Ms. Mitali Chitre Member Non-Executive Nominee Director 2
(i) Location & time of last Three Annual General Meetings (AGM):
54
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Brief description of Special Resolutions passed in last due to outbreak of COVID 19. The said information
3 (Three) AGMs: was sent to the concerned stock exchanges viz. BSE
& NSE immediately after approval from the Board
20th Annual General Meeting: 8 (Eight) and published on the Website of the Company,
Newspapers, and Website of Stock Exchanges.
3. To approve remuneration of Mr. Vishal Gupta Results & official news release are displayed on the
(DIN: 00184809) as Managing Director - Finance Company’s website www.pgel.in shortly after its
of the Company. submission to Stock Exchanges.
4. To approve remuneration of Mr. Vikas Gupta (DIN: (iv) News Releases and Presentations to Institutional
00182241) as Managing Director - Operations of Investors/Analysts:
the Company.
The Company upload all official news releases and the
5. To approve reappointment and remuneration of presentations made by the Company to analysts and
Mr. Pranav Gupta to hold office or place of profit institutional investors, on website of Stock Exchange
in the Company. as well as on its website www.pgel.in.
STATUTORY REPORTS
in the Company.
a) AGM: Date, Time & Venue:
7. To approve reappointment and remuneration of
September 30, 2023 at 02.00 P.M. at through video
Mr. Vatsal Gupta to hold office or place of profit
conferencing or any other audio-visual means.
in the Company.
b) Financial Year:
8. To approve reappointment and remuneration of
Mr. Raghav Gupta to hold office or place of profit April 01, 2022 to March 31, 2023.
in the Company.
c) Dividend payment date:
19th Annual General Meeting: 2 (Two)
No dividend has been declared by the Board during
1. To appoint Mr. Vishal Gupta (DIN:00184809), as the year.
the Managing Director - Finance of the Company.
d) Name & address of Stock Exchanges:
2. To appoint Mr. Vikas Gupta (DIN:00182241),
as the Managing Director - Operations of the Equity shares are listed on BSE Limited and National
Company. Stock Exchange of India Limited.
18th Annual General Meeting: 2 (Two) BSE Limited National Stock Exchange of
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The quarterly results of the Company are announced e) Stock Code: ISIN No. INE457L01011
within 45 days of completion of each quarter & within
60 days of completion of March Quarter. However, Scrip Code in BSE 533581
results for quarter ended March, were announced Scrip Symbol in NSE PGEL
in compliance with the extension received from the
Stock Exchange and Ministry of Corporate Affairs
55
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Monthly High & Low of Stock Prices (in H/share) of the Company in BSE & NSE during each month in financial year Ended
March 31, 2023 are as under:
NSE BSE
Month
High Price Low Price High Price Low Price
April 2022 843.15 715.00 842.60 714.15
May 2022 909.00 594.85 912.00 590.80
June 2022 1004.00 805.00 1006.55 802.00
July 2022 953.00 854.00 955.00 860.05
August 2022 960.00 821.00 989.00 832.55
September 2022 1110.00 879.00 1104.00 874.90
October 2022 1143.90 993.60 1144.50 997.00
November 2022 1088.60 958.50 1079.95 959.00
December 2022 1180.00 955.55 1180.85 960.00
January 2023 1229.90 1033.00 1228.00 1035.00
February 2023 1410.95 1002.50 1410.00 1002.75
March 2023 1443.90 1287.00 1444.00 1288.20
(in H/share)
% change in
closing value % change in
of S&P BSE closing value
S&P BSE Small PGEL Share
Month Small Cap of PGEL share
Cap Closing Closing
Index w.r.t. w.r.t. previous
previous month
month
April 2022 28611.92 787.55 1.38 6.94
May 2022 26370.81 885.70 -8.50 11.08
June 2022 24786.42 865.95 -6.39 -2.28
July 2022 27056.38 942.50 8.39 8.12
August 2022 28650.88 895.45 5.57 -5.25
September 2022 28452.91 1025.60 -0.70 12.69
October 2022 28817.59 1046.45 1.27 1.99
November 2022 29519.61 976.85 2.38 -7.12
December 2022 28926.79 1124.00 -2.05 13.09
January 2023 28205.89 1084.55 -2.56 -3.64
February 2023 27341.14 1390.90 -3.16 22.03
March 2023 26957.01 1330.10 -1.42 -4.57
Transfers of equity shares in electronic form are affected through the depositories with no involvement of the Company.
The Company obtains from a Company Secretary in Practice, a certificate of compliance on yearly basis for the share
transfer formalities and files a copy of the said certificate with the Stock Exchanges.
56
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
No. of No of Shares
S. No. Category % to holders % Shares
Shareholders held
• 53,200 Equity shares on August 12, 2022 to ‘PG Electroplast Limited Employees Welfare Trust’ at an issue price of
H 250/- per equity share under the PG Electroplast Employees Stock Options Scheme - 2020.
• 1,00,000 Equity Shares of face value of H 10/- each on September 27, 2022 pursuant to conversion of 1,00,000 Fully
Convertible Warrants at an issue price of H 150/- each, by way of preferential allotment to the following persons
belonging to “Non-Promoter” category.
• 13,64,551 Equity Shares of Face Value of H 10/- each upon conversion of 1,076,904 Compulsorily Convertible Debentures
(“CCDs”) and interest @ 17.96% accrued thereon; issued on preferential basis to the person belonging to the Public Category.
STATUTORY REPORTS
k) Dematerialization of shares and liquidity:
The Company has arrangements with both National Securities Depository Limited (NSDL) and Central Depository Services
(India) Limited (CDSL) for demat facility
S.
No. Description No. of Holders Shares % to Equity
1 NSDL 5,059 1,92,60,581 84.69
2 CDSL 8,101 34,82,036 15.31
Total: 13,160 2,27,42,617 100.00
l)
Outstanding GDR/ADR/Warrants or any Details of foreign currency exposure are disclosed
Convertible Instruments, conversion dates and in Notes forming part of financial statements of this
likely impact on equity: Annual Report.
Your Company does not have any outstanding GDR/ The policy on risk management can be accessed at
ADR/Warrants or any convertible instruments as on https://www.pgel.in/pdf/codes-policies/RMPolicy.pdf
March 31, 2023.
n)
Plant Locations: Company has 5 (Five)
m) Commodity price risk or foreign exchange risk and Manufacturing Plants:
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
hedging activities:
P-4/2 to 4/6, Site-B, Khasra No. 268 & 275,
The Company is exposed to the movement in the price UPSIDC Industrial Area, 15th Milestone, Roorkee
of key raw materials in domestic and international Surajpur, Greater Noida, - Dehradun National
markets. The company has in place a policy to manage District Gautam Budh Highway-73, Vill: Raipur,
exposure to fluctuation in the prices of the key raw Nagar, Pargana: Bhagwanpur,
materials used in operations. Uttar Pradesh, Tehsil -Roorkee,
Pin – 201306 Distt. Haridwar,
The Company’s exposure to the risk of changes Uttrakhand, Pin – 247667
in foreign exchange rates relates primarily to the E-14 & 15, F-20, Site - B, Plot No. A-20/2
Company’s operating activities (when revenue or UPSIDC Industrial Area, Supa Parner MIDC
expense is denominated in foreign currency). The Surajpur, Greater Noida, Industrial Area, City -
Company evaluates exchange rate exposure arising District Gautam Budh Supa, Taluka - Parner,
Nagar, Uttar Pradesh, District: Ahmednagar
from foreign currency transactions and follows an
Pin – 201 306 Maharastra, Pin – 414 301
established risk management policy.
57
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
o) Address for correspondence: This Policy intends to cover serious concerns that could
have grave impact on the operations and performance
P-4/2 to 4/6, Site - B, UPSIDC Industrial Area, of the business of the Company and malpractices
Surajpur, Greater Noida, Dist. Gautam Budh Nagar, and events which have taken place / suspected to
Uttar Pradesh, Pin – 201306 have taken place, misuse or abuse of authority,
Tel No: +91-120-2569323; Fax No: +91-120-2569131 fraud or suspected fraud, violation of company rules,
manipulations, negligence causing danger to public
11. OTHER DISCLOSURES: health and safety, misappropriation of monies, and
other matters or activity on account of which the
(i) Disclosures on materially significant related party interest of the Company is affected and formally
transactions that may have potential conflict with the reported by whistle blowers concerning its employees.
interests of company at large: This policy has been posted on the website of the
Company at http://www.pgel.in/pdf/codes-policies/
None of the related party transactions held during VigilMechanismWhistleBlowerPolicy.pdf
the year which was materially significant related party
transaction as defined in explanation of Regulation 23 The Directors of the Company affirm that no personnel
(1) of Listing Regulations. None of the transactions have been denied access to the Audit Committee.
with any of the related parties were in conflict with
the interest of the Company. Suitable disclosures of (iv) Details of compliance with mandatory requirements
such transactions have been made in the notes to and adoption of the non-mandatory requirements
financial Statements. of this clause:
(ii) Details of non-compliance by the company & The Company has complied with the mandatory
penalties, and strictures imposed on the company by requirement of the SEBI Listing Regulations. In
Stock Exchange or SEBI or any statutory authority, on compliance with the said Regulations, your Company
any matter related to capital markets: has obtained a certificate from Practicing Company
Secretary regarding compliance of conditions of
During the year, the Company on April 20, 2022 Corporate Governance. The said certificate is annexed
inadvertently filed/uploaded the shareholding to this Report.
pattern in XBRL mode for the quarter September 30,
2021 instead of quarter March 31, 2022 on BSE’s listing Your Company has also adopted the non-mandatory
portal. The Company, on realising the inadvertent requirements specified under Part E of Schedule II of
submission of the shareholding pattern on April 20, SEBI Listing Regulations regarding direct reporting
2022 for the quarter September 30, 2021, suo moto of Internal Auditor of your Company to the Audit
informed the BSE Limited as a good governance Committee of the Board of Directors.
practice and with bona fide intentions vide email/
Also, certificate from Practicing Company Secretary has
letter dated April 29, 2022 and uploaded/filed the
been obtained to the effect that none of the Directors
shareholding pattern for the quarter ended March
on the Board of the Company have been debarred or
31, 2022. The BSE Limited considered the revised
disqualified from being appointed or continuing as
filing as delay in filing amounting to non-compliance
Directors of the Company by the Board or Ministry of
of provisions and imposed fine of H 16,000/- plus GST
Corporate Affairs or any other Statutory Authorities.
@18% vide letter dated May 16, 2022. The Company
The said certificate is annexed to this Report.
paid the fine on May 30, 2022.
(v) Web link where policy for determining ‘material’
(iii) Whistle Blower Policy/Vigil Mechanism and
subsidiaries is disclosed: http://www.pgel.in/pdf/
affirmation that no personnel have been denied
codes-policies/Policyonmaterialsubsidiary.pdf
access to the audit committee:
(vi) Web link where policy on dealing with related party
The Company has established a Vigil Mechanism/
transactions is disclosed: http://www.pgel.in/pdf/
Whistle Blower Policy to provide a channel to the
codes-policies/RelatedPartyTransactionsPolicy.pdf
employees and Directors to report to the Whistle
Officer /Chairman of the Audit Committee about (vii) Details of utilization of funds raised through
unethical behavior, actual or suspected fraud or preferential allotment:
violation of the Codes of conduct or legal or regulatory
requirements or incorrect or misrepresentation of any During the year, the company raised funds for an
financial statements and reports or any irregularities amount of H 1,12,50,000/- on September 27, 2022 by
58
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
b) Number of complaints filed during the year: NIL
d) Number of cases pending at the end of the year: None of the shareholder’s shares are lying in the suspense
NIL account and hence no disclosure is required under
Schedule V of Part F of Listing Regulations, 2015.
Sd/- Sd/-
Date: September 07, 2023 (Anurag Gupta) (Vikas Gupta)
Place: Greater Noida Chairman MD-Operations
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Declaration Regarding Compliance by Board Members and Senior Management Personnel with the Code
of Conduct
This is to confirm that the Company has adopted the Code of Conduct for its Board Members including Independent Directors and
Senior Management. This Code is posted on the Company’s website.
I confirm that the Company has, in respect of the financial year ended March 31, 2023 received from the senior management team
of the Company and the members of the Board, a declaration of compliance with the Code of Conduct as applicable to them.
Sd/-
(Anurag Gupta
Date: September 07, 2023 Chairman
Place: Greater Noida DIN:00184361
59
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
To
The Members,
PG Electroplast Limited
We have examined the compliance of the conditions of Corporate Governance by M/s PG Electroplast Limited (‘the Company’) for
the year ended on March 31, 2023, as stipulated under Regulations 17 to 27, clauses (b) to (i) of sub-regulation (2) of Regulation 46
and para C, D and E of Schedule V of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements)
Regulations, 2015 (“SEBI Listing Regulations”).
The compliance of the conditions of Corporate Governance is the responsibility of the management of the Company. Our
examination was limited to the review of procedures and implementation thereof, as adopted by the Company for ensuring
compliance with conditions of Corporate Governance. It is neither an audit nor an expression of opinion on the financial statements
of the Company.
In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, and the representations made by
the Management, we certify that the Company has complied with the conditions of Corporate Governance as stipulated in the SEBI
Listing Regulations for the year ended on March 31, 2023.
We further state that such compliance is neither an assurance as to the future viability of the Company nor of the efficiency or
effectiveness with which the management has conducted the affairs of the Company.
Restriction on use
The certificate is addressed and provided to the members of the Company solely for the purpose to enable the Company to comply
with the requirement of the Listing Regulations, and it should not be used by any other person or for any other purpose.
Sd/-
Name of the Practicing
Company Secretary: Puja Mishra
Place: Ghaziabad ACS/ FCS No.: A42927
Date: 07/09/2023 C P No. : 17148
UDIN: A042927E000955883 PRB Certificate No: 3790/2023
60
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Compliance Certificate
[Under Regulation 17(8) of SEBI (Listing Obligations & Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015]
A. We have reviewed financial statements and the cash flow statement for the year 2022-23 and that to the best of their
knowledge and belief:
1. these statements do not contain any materially untrue statement or omit any material fact or contain statements that
might be misleading;
2. these statements together present a true and fair view of the listed entity's affairs and are in compliance with existing
accounting standards, applicable laws and regulations.
B. There are, to the best of our knowledge and belief, no transactions entered into by the listed entity during the year which are
fraudulent, illegal or violative of the listed entity's code of conduct.
C. We accept responsibility for establishing and maintaining internal controls for financial reporting and that We have evaluated
the effectiveness of internal control systems of the listed entity pertaining to financial reporting and We have disclosed to
the auditors and the audit committee, deficiencies in the design or operation of such internal controls, if any, of which We are
aware and the steps we have taken or propose to take to rectify these deficiencies.
1. significant changes in internal control over financial reporting during the year;
STATUTORY REPORTS
2. significant changes in accounting policies during the year and that the same have been disclosed in the notes to the
financial statements; and
3. instances of significant fraud of which they have become aware and the involvement therein, if any, of the management
or an employee having a significant role in the listed entity's internal control system over financial reporting.
Sd/- Sd/-
Date: May 28, 2023 (Vishal Gupta) (Pramod Chimmanlal Gupta)
Place: Supa, Ahmednagar MD-Finance Chief Financial Officer
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
61
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Annexure-II
• the skills and experience that the appointee brings to the b) exercise their responsibilities in a bona fide manner in
role of KMP/Senior Official and how an appointee will the interest of the company;
enhance the skill sets and experience of the Board as a
c) devote sufficient time and attention to their
whole;
professional obligations for informed and balanced
• the nature of existing positions held by the appointee decision making;
including directorships or other relationships and the d) do not abuse their position to the detriment of the
impact they may have on the appointee’s ability to exercise company or its shareholders or for the purpose of
independent judgment; gaining direct or indirect personal advantage or
advantage for any associated person;
• Personal specifications:
e) refrain from any action that would lead to loss of his
• Experience of management in a diverse organization;
independence;
• Excellent interpersonal, communication and f) inform the Board immediately when they lose their
representational skills;- Demonstrable leadership skills; independence;
• Commitment to high standards of ethics, personal g) assist the company in implementing the best
integrity and probity; corporate governance practices;
• Commitment to the promotion of equal opportunities, h) strive to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors
community cohesion and health and safety in the and the Committees;
workplace;
i) participate constructively and actively in the
• Having continuous professional development to committees of the Board in which they are
refresh knowledge and skills. chairpersons or members;
Additional Criteria for Appointment of Independent j) strive to attend the general meetings of the company;
Directors: The Committee shall consider qualifications for
k) keep themselves well informed about the company
Independent Directors as mentioned in herein earlier under
and the external environment in which it operates;
the head ‘Definitions’ and also their appointment shall be
governed as per the provisions of the Listing Agreement (as l) do not to unfairly obstruct the functioning of an
amended from time to time) and Companies Act, 2013. otherwise proper Board or committee of the Board;
62
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
m) moderate and arbitrate in the interest of the The relationship of remuneration to performance should be
company as a whole, in situations of conflict between clear and meet appropriate performance benchmarks. The
management and shareholder’s interest; remuneration should also involve a balance between fixed
and incentive pay reflecting short and long-term performance
n) abide by Company’s Memorandum and Articles of objectives appropriate to the working of the company and its
STATUTORY REPORTS
The Nomination & Remuneration Committee will recommend and expertise of the related personnel and governed by
the remuneration for Directors, KMPs and Senior Officials of the limits, if any prescribed under the Companies Act,
the Company taking into account factors it deems relevant, 2013 and rules made thereunder or any other enactment
including but not limited to market, business performance for the time being in force.
and practices in comparable companies, having due regard
to financial and commercial health of the Company as well 4. Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance: Where any insurance
as prevailing laws and government/other guidelines. The is taken by the Company on behalf of its Directors, KMPs/
Committee shall consult the Chairman of the Board as it Senior Management Personnel etc. for indemnifying them
deems appropriate. Remuneration of the Chairman to be against any liability, the premium paid on such insurance
recommended by the Committee to the Board of the Company. shall not be treated as part of the remuneration payable
to any such personnel.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
63
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Annexure-III
(i) The ratio of the remuneration of each Director to the median remuneration of the employees of the
company for the financial year 2022-23:
Name Ratio
Mr. Anurag Gupta 37.96 1. The median remuneration of employees of the Company was
Mr. Vishal Gupta 57.09 H 2,60,443.90/- per annum.
Mr. Vikas Gupta 57.07
2. For this purpose, sitting fees paid to the Independent Directors &
remuneration to Executive Directors has not been considered as
remuneration.
(ii) The percentage increase in remuneration of Executive Director, Chief Financial Officer and Company
Secretary in the financial year 2022-23:
(iii) The percentage increase in the median remuneration of employees in the financial year: 8.62%
(iv) The number of permanent employees on the rolls of company as on March 31, 2023: 890
(v) There are no exceptional circumstances for an increase in the managerial remuneration.
(vi) Affirmation: It is hereby confirmed that remuneration paid is as per the remuneration policy of the Company.
(vii) There was no employee in the Company, who was in receipt of remuneration for the year 2022-23 in excess of or equal to
Rupees One Crore and Two Lakh or Rupees Eight Lakh and Fifty Thousand in any month. Further, there was no employee who
was getting remuneration in excess of or equal to Rupees Sixty Lakh in that year or Rupees Five Lakh in any month during the
F.Y. 2022-23.
64
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Annexure-IV
To,
The Members,
PG Electroplast Limited
We have conducted the secretarial audit of the compliance a. The Securities and Exchange Board of India
of applicable statutory provisions and the adherence to good (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers)
corporate practices by PG Electroplast Limited (hereinafter Regulations, 2011;
called the “Company”). Secretarial Audit was conducted in a
manner that provided us a reasonable basis for evaluating the b. The Securities and Exchange Board of India
corporate conducts/statutory compliances and expressing our (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015;
opinion thereon.
c. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of
Based on our verification of the Company’s books, papers, Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2009;
minute books, forms and returns filed and other records
d. The Securities and Exchange Board of India
STATUTORY REPORTS
maintained by the Company and also the information
(Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements)
provided by the Company, its officers, agents and authorized
Regulations, 2015;
representatives during the conduct of secretarial audit, and
subject to our separate letter attached as Annexure – I; We e. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Registrars
hereby report that in our opinion, the company has, during to an Issue and Share Transfer Agents) Regulations,
the audit period covering the financial year ended on March 1993 regarding the Companies Act and dealing with
31, 2023, generally complied with the statutory provisions client.
listed hereunder and also that the Company has proper Board-
processes and compliance-mechanism in place to the extent, The other laws, as informed and certified by the management
in the manner and subject to the reporting made hereinafter: of the Company which is specifically applicable to the Company
based on their industry are:
We have examined the books, papers, minute books, forms and
returns filed and other records maintained by PG Electroplast i. Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1961
Limited for the financial year ended on March 31, 2023
ii. Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974
according to the provisions of:
iii. The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986
i. The Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) and the rules made
thereunder and the applicable provisions of the Companies iv. Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and
Act, 1956; Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ii. The Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956 (‘SCRA’) v. E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016
and the rules made there under;
We have also examined compliance with the applicable clauses
iii. The Depositories Act, 1996 and the Regulations and of the following:
Byelaws framed thereunder to the extent of Regulation
55A; i. Secretarial Standards issued by The Institute of Company
Secretaries of India.
iv. Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 and the rules
and regulations made there under to the extent of ii. The Listing Agreements entered into by the Company
Foreign Direct Investment, Overseas Direct Investment with the Stock Exchange- BSE Limited & National Stock
and External Commercial Borrowings; Exchange of India Limited.
v. Regulations and Guidelines prescribed under the We have made report on compliance under SCRA and SEBI
Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 (‘SEBI Act, rules and regulations made thereunder in SECRETARIAL
Act’) including: - COMPLIANCE REPORT, annexed as Annexure II of this report.
65
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
In respect of applicable laws other than SCRA and SEBI Act, rules and regulations made thereunder, We report that during the
period under review, the Company has generally complied with the provisions of the Act, Rules, Regulations, Guidelines, Standards,
etc. mentioned above.
• The Board of Directors of the Company is duly constituted with proper balance of Executive Directors, Non-Executive Directors
and Independent Directors. There has been change in the composition of the Board of Directors during the financial year
ended on March 31, 2023 as follows:
• Adequate notice was given to all directors to schedule the 1. During the period under review, the Company allotted
Board Meetings, agenda and detailed notes on agenda 53,200 Equity Shares of face value of H 10/- each at an
were sent at least seven days in advance and a system issue price of H 250/- to the ‘PG Electroplast Limited
exists for seeking and obtaining further information and Employees Welfare Trust’ under PG Electroplast Limited
clarifications on the agenda items before the meeting and Employees Stock Option Scheme - 2020 in compliance
for meaningful participation at the meeting. with the SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat
Equity) Regulations, 2021.
• All decisions at Board Meetings and Committee Meetings
are carried out unanimously as recorded in the minutes of 2. During the period under review, the company allotted
the meetings of the Board of Directors or Committee of 1,00,000 Equity Shares of face value of H 10/- each pursuant
the Board, as the case may be. to conversion of 1,00,000 Fully Convertible Warrants,
issued on March 31, 2021 at an issue price of H 150/- each,
We further report that based on the information provided by way of preferential issue to the persons belonging to
and the representations made by the company and also on Non-Promoter Category in terms of SEBI (Issue of Capital
the review of the compliance reports of Company Secretary & Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2018 .
taken on record by the Board of Directors of the Company, in
our opinion, there are adequate systems and processes in the 3. During the period under review, the Company allotted
company commensurate with the size and operations of the 13,64,551 Equity Shares of face value of H 10/- each
company to monitor and ensure compliance with applicable pursuant to conversion of 10,76,904, 17.96% Compulsorily
laws, rules, regulations and guidelines. Convertible Debentures (“CCDs”) allotted on preferential
basis on July 01, 2021 and unpaid coupon amount accrued
We further report that during the audit period, following thereon, at the conversion price of H 337/-, determined as
specific events/actions in pursuance of the above referred per the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
laws, rules, regulations, guidelines etc. having a major bearing
on the company’s affairs.
Sd/-
Name of the Practicing Company Secretary: - Puja Mishra
Place: Ghaziabad ACS No.: A42927
Date: 07/09/2023 C P No.: 17148
UDIN: A042927E000955806 PRB Certificate No: 3790/2023
This report is to be read with our letter of even date which is annexed as “Annexure I & II’ and forms an integral part of this
report.
66
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
‘Annexure I’
To
The Members
Our report of even date is to be read along with this letter which states as follows:
1. Maintenance of secretarial record is the responsibility of the management of the company. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these secretarial records based on our audit.
2. We have followed the audit practices and processes as were appropriate to obtain reasonable assurance about the
correctness of the contents of the Secretarial records. The verification was done on test basis to ensure that correct facts are
reflected in secretarial records. We believe that the processes and practices, we followed provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
3. We have not verified the correctness and appropriateness of compliance by the company of applicable General Laws including
Labour laws, financial laws like direct and indirect laws and maintenance of financial records and books of accounts, since the
same have been subject to review by Statutory Financial Audit and other designated professionals. Further, as confirmed by
the Management of the Company, no other specific Act is applicable to Company including the Environmental Laws other than
mentioned in the Report.
4. Wherever required, we have obtained the Management representation about the compliance of laws, rules and regulations
and happening of events etc.
STATUTORY REPORTS
5. The compliance of the provisions of Corporate and other applicable laws, rules, regulations, standards is the responsibility of
management. Our examination was limited to the verification of procedures on test basis.
6. The Secretarial Audit report is neither an assurance as to the future viability of the company nor of the efficacy or effectiveness
with which the management has conducted the affairs of the company.
7. We have relied on the certificate obtained by the company from the Management Committee/Function heads and based
on the report received, there has been due compliance of all laws, orders, regulations and other legal requirements of the
central, state and other government and legal authorities concerning the business and affairs of the company.
Sd/-
Name of the Practicing Company Secretary: - Puja Mishra
ACS No.: A42927
Place: Ghaziabad C P No.: 17148
Date: 07/09/2023 PRB Certificate No: 3790/2023
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
67
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
‘Annexure II’
I, Puja Mishra, Proprietor of M/s Puja Mishra & Co., Company C. Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial
Secretaries, have examined: Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011;
a) all the documents and records made available to us and D. Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buyback of
explanation provided by M/s PG Electroplast Limited Securities) Regulations 2018 (The Company has not made
(“the listed entity”), any buy back of shares or other specified securities during
review period);
b) the filings/ submissions made by the listed entity to the
stock exchanges, E. Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based
Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014;
c) website of the listed entity,
d) any other document/ filing, as may be relevant, which has F. Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue and Listing
been relied upon to make this certification, of Debt Securities) Regulations, 2008 (Not applicable for
period under review);
for the year ended March 31, 2023 (“Review Period”) in
respect of compliance with the provisions of: G. Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue and Listing
of Non- Convertible and Redeemable Preference Shares)
1) the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 Regulations, 2013 (The Company has not issued any
(“SEBI Act”) and the Regulations, circulars, guidelines Preference Shares);
issued thereunder; and
H. Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of
2) the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956 (“SCRA”), Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015;
rules made thereunder and the Regulations, circulars,
guidelines issued thereunder by the Securities and I. Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition
Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”); of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices relating to
Securities Market) Regulations, 2003;
The specific Regulations, whose provisions and the circulars/
guidelines issued thereunder, have been examined, include: - J. Securities and Exchange Board of India (Depositories and
Participants) Regulations, 2018
A. Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations
and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015; and circulars/ guidelines issued thereunder; and based on
the above examination, we hereby report that, during the
B. Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital Review Period:
and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2018;
** (a) The listed entity has complied with the provisions of the above Regulations and circulars/ guidelines issued thereunder,
except in respect of matters specified below:
Compliance
Observations/
Requirement Type of
Regulation/ Action Details Remarks of
Sr. (Regulations/ Action Fine Management
Circular Deviations Taken of the Practicing Re marks
No. circulars/ guidelines Amount Response
No. by Violation Company
including specific
Secretary
clause)
None
68
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
(b) The listed entity has taken the following actions to comply with the observations made in previous reports:
Compliance
Requirement
Observations/
(Regulations/ Type of
Remarks of
Sr.
1. The listed Regulation The The Fines as per BSE H 16000 The Company The Board
entity shall 31 of the Company Company, on SEBI circular considered plus GST suo moto, took note of
submit to SEBI (Listing on April realising the no. SEBI/HO/ the revised @ 18% informed the the said matter
the stock Obligations 20, 2022 inadvertent CFD/CMD/ filing as amounting BSE Limited and advised
exchange(s) and Disclosure inadvertently submission CIR/P/2020/12 delay to total of as a good the company
a statement Requirements) filed/ of the dated January in filing H18880/- governance to take extra
showing Regulations, uploaded the shareholding 22, 2020 amounting only practice and care and
holding of 2015 by the shareholding pattern on to non with bona fide precautions
securities and Company pattern April 20, compliance intentions while filing
shareholding in XBRL 2022 for of vide email/ disclosures
pattern mode for the quarter provisions letter dated to the stock
separately for the quarter September and April 29, 2022 exchanges
each class of September 30, 2021, imposed and uploaded/ as per the
securities, in 30, 2021 suo moto fine of H filed the SEBI (Listing
the format instead of informed the 16000/- shareholding Obligations
specified by quarter BSE Limited plus GST pattern for and Disclosure
the Board March 31, as a good @18% the quarter Requirements)
from time 2022 on governance vide letter ended March Regulations,
to time on a BSE’s listing practice dated 16th 31, 2022. The 2015.
STATUTORY REPORTS
quarterly basis, portal. and with May, 2022. Company also
within twenty bona fide paid the fine
one days from intentions on 30th May,
the end of vide email/ 2022.
each quarter letter dated
April 29,
2022 and
uploaded/
filed the
shareholding
pattern for
the quarter
ended March
31, 2022.
I, further report that during the period under review, there was no event of appointment/re-appointment of the Statutory Auditor
of the Company and the Company was in the compliance with Para 6(A) & 6(B) of SEBI Circular CIR/CFD/CMD1/114/2019 dated 18th
October, 2019.
I/We hereby report that, during the Review Period the compliance status of the listed entity is appended as below:
Compliance Observations
Sr.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
69
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Compliance Observations
Sr.
Particulars Status (Yes/ /Remarks by
No.
No/ NA) PCS*
3. Maintenance and disclosures on Website: Yes None
• The Listed entity is maintaining a functional website
• Timely dissemination of the documents/ information under aseparate section on the
website
• Web-links provided in annual corporate governance reports under Regulation 27(2) are
accurate and specific which re- directs to the relevant document(s)/ section of the website
4. Disqualification of Director: Yes None
None of the Director(s) of the Company is/ are disqualified under Section 164 of Companies
Act, 2013 as confirmed by the listed entity.
5. Details related to Subsidiaries of listed entities have been examined w.r.t.: Yes None
(a) Identification of material subsidiary companies
(b) Disclosure requirement of material as well as other subsidiaries
6. Preservation of Documents: Yes None
The listed entity is preserving and maintaining records as prescribed under SEBI Regulations
and disposal of records as per Policy of Preservation of Documents and Archival policy
prescribed under SEBI LODR Regulations, 2015.
7. Performance Evaluation: Yes None
The listed entity has conducted performance evaluation of the Board, Independent
Directors and the Committees at the start of every financial year/during the financial year
as prescribed in SEBI Regulations.
8. Related Party Transactions:
(a) The listed entity has obtained prior approval of Audit Committee for all related party (a) Yes (a) None
transactions; or
(b) The listed entity has provided detailed reasons along with confirmation whether the (b) NA (b) NA
transactions were subsequently approved/ratified/rejected by the Audit Committee, in
case no prior approval has been obtained.
9. Disclosure of events or information: Yes None
The listed entity has provided all the required disclosure(s) under Regulation 30 along with
Schedule III of SEBI LODR Regulations, 2015 within the time limits prescribed thereunder.
10. Prohibition of Insider Trading: Yes None
The listed entity is in compliance with Regulation 3(5) & 3(6) SEBI (Prohibition of Insider
Trading) Regulations, 2015.
11. Actions taken by SEBI or Stock Exchange(s), if any: Yes None
No action(s) has been taken against the listed entity/ its promoters/ directors/ subsidiaries
either by SEBI or by Stock Exchanges (including under the Standard Operating Procedures
issued by SEBI through various circulars) under SEBI Regulations and circulars/ guidelines
issued thereunder except as provided under separate paragraph herein (**).
12. Additional Non-compliances, if any: NA None
No additional non-compliance observed for any SEBI regulation/circular/guidance note etc.
Sd/-
Name of the Practicing Company Secretary: - Puja Mishra
Place: Delhi ACSNo.: A42927
Date: 29/05/2023 C P No.: 17148
UDIN: A042927E000407335 PRB Certificate No: 3790/2023
70
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
To,
The Members,
PG Technoplast Private Limited
We have conducted the secretarial audit of the compliance v. Regulations and Guidelines prescribed under the
of applicable statutory provisions and the adherence to good Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 (‘SEBI
corporate practices by PG Technoplast Private Limited Act’) NA
(hereinafter called the “Company”). Secretarial Audit was
conducted in a manner that provided us a reasonable basis for The other laws, as informed and certified by the management
evaluating the corporate conducts/statutory compliances and of the Company which is specifically applicable to the Company
expressing our opinion thereon. based on their industry are:
Based on our verification of the Company’s books, papers, i. Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1961
minute books, forms and returns filed and other records
ii. Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974
maintained by the Company and also the information
provided by the Company, its officers, agents and authorized iii. The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986
representatives during the conduct of secretarial audit, and
subject to our separate letter attached as Annexure – I; We iv. Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and
STATUTORY REPORTS
hereby report that in our opinion, the company has, during Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016
the audit period covering the financial year ended on March
v. E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016
31, 2023, generally complied with the statutory provisions
listed hereunder and also that the Company has proper Board- We have also examined compliance with the applicable clauses
processes and compliance-mechanism in place to the extent, of the following:
in the manner and subject to the reporting made hereinafter:
i. Secretarial Standards issued by The Institute of Company
We have examined the books, papers, minute books, forms and Secretaries of India.
returns filed and other records maintained by PG Technoplast
Limited for the financial year ended on March 31, 2023 ii. As the Company’s shares are not listed in any Stock
according to the provisions of: Exchange in India, the compliance under the Listing
Agreements with the Stock Exchange is not applicable.
i. The Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) and the rules made
thereunder and the applicable provisions of the Companies In respect of applicable laws other than SCRA and SEBI Act,
Act, 1956; rules and regulations made thereunder, We report that during
the period under review, the Company has generally complied
ii. The Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956 (‘SCRA’) with the provisions of the Act, Rules, Regulations, Guidelines,
and the rules made there under; NA Standards, etc. mentioned above.
iii. The Depositories Act, 1996 and the Regulations and We further report that:
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Sr.
Name of Directors Residential Address DIN PAN Designation
No.
1. Vikas Gupta B-15, Kalindi Colony, Opp. Maharani Bagh, 00182241 AAHPG5644H Director
New Delhi – 110065
2. Anurag Gupta B-15, Kalindi Colony, Opp. Maharani Bagh, 00184361 AAHPG5647E Director
New Delhi – 110065
71
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Sr.
Name of Directors Residential Address DIN PAN Designation
No.
3. Ms. Ruchika Bansal H-1001, Prateek Stylome, Plot No.-GHA4/ 06505221 AHJPB18O5E Independent
8, Sector-45, Noida, Gautam Buddha Director
Nagar, Uttar Pradesh- 201301
4. Vishal Gupta B-15, Kalindi Colony, Opp. Maharani Bagh, 00184809 AAHPG5643A Director
New Delhi – 110065
• Adequate notice was given to all directors to schedule the Board Meetings, agenda and detailed notes on agenda were sent at
least seven days in advance and a system exists for seeking and obtaining further information and clarifications on the agenda
items before the meeting and for meaningful participation at the meeting.
• All decisions at Board Meetings and Committee Meetings are carried out unanimously as recorded in the minutes of the
meetings of the Board of Directors or Committee of the Board, as the case may be.
We further report that based on the information provided and the representations made by the company and also on the review
of the compliance reports of Company Secretary taken on record by the Board of Directors of the Company, in our opinion, there
are adequate systems and processes in the company commensurate with the size and operations of the company to monitor and
ensure compliance with applicable laws, rules, regulations and guidelines.
We further report that during the audit period, there was no such specific events/actions in pursuance of the above referred laws,
rules, regulations, guidelines etc. having a major bearing on the company’s affairs.
Sd/-
CS Puja Mishra
Place: Ghaziabad ACS No.: A42927
Date: 25/07/2023 C P No.: 17148
UDIN: A042927E000671984 PRB Certificate No: 3790/2023
This report is to be read with our letter of even date which is annexed as Annexure I and forms an integral part of this report.
72
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
‘Annexure I’
To
The Members
PG Technoplast Private limited
1. Maintenance of secretarial record is the responsibility of the management of the company. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these secretarial records based on our audit.
2. We have followed the audit practices and processes as were appropriate to obtain reasonable assurance about the
correctness of the contents of the Secretarial records. The verification was done on test basis to ensure that correct facts are
reflected in secretarial records. We believe that the processes and practices, we followed provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
3. We have not verified the correctness and appropriateness of compliance by the company of applicable General Laws including
Labour laws, financial laws like direct and indirect laws and maintenance of financial records and books of accounts, since the
same have been subject to review by Statutory Financial Audit and other designated professionals. Further, as confirmed by
the Management of the Company, no other specific Act is applicable to Company including the Environmental Laws other than
mentioned in the Report.
4. Wherever required, we have obtained the Management representation about the compliance of laws, rules and regulations
and happening of events etc.
5. The compliance of the provisions of Corporate and other applicable laws, rules, regulations, standards is the responsibility of
STATUTORY REPORTS
management. Our examination was limited to the verification of procedures on test basis.
6. The Secretarial Audit report is neither an assurance as to the future viability of the company nor of the efficacy or effectiveness
with which the management has conducted the affairs of the company.
7. We have relied on the certificate obtained by the company from the Management Committee/Function heads and based
on the report received, there has been due compliance of all laws, orders, regulations and other legal requirements of the
central, state and other government and legal authorities concerning the business and affairs of the company.
Sd/-
CS Puja Mishra
Place: Ghaziabad ACSNo.: A42927
Date: 25/07/2023 C P No.: 17148
UDIN: A042927E000671984 PRB Certificate No: 3790/2023 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
73
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Annexure-V
Certificate of Non-Disqualification
(For the financial year ended on March 31, 2023)
To,
The Members,
PG Electroplast Limited
We have examined the compliance of provisions of the Regulation 34(3) read with clause 10(i) of the Part C of Schedule V of
SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 by examining the relevant registers, records, forms,
returns and disclosures received from the Directors of M/s PG Electroplast Limited having CIN: L32109DL2003PLC119416 and
having registered office at DTJ209, DLF Tower-B, Jasola, New Delhi, India-110025 (hereinafter referred to as ‘the Company’),
produced before me by the Company.
In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the verifications (including Directors Identification Number
(DIN) status at the portal www.mca.gov.in) as considered necessary and explanations furnished to us by the Company, I hereby
certify that none of the Directors on the Board of the Company as stated below for the financial year ended on March 31, 2023,
have been debarred or disqualified from being appointed or continuing as Directors of companies by the Securities and Exchange
Board of India, Ministry of Corporate Affairs, or any such other Statutory Authority.
Ensuring the eligibility for the appointment / continuity of every Director on the Board is the responsibility of the management of
the Company. My responsibility is to express an opinion on these, based on my verification. This certificate is neither an assurance
as to the future viability of the Company nor of the efficiency or effectiveness with which the management has conducted the
affairs of the Company.
Sd/-
CS Puja Mishra
Place: Ghaziabad M.No. - 42927
Date: 07/09/2023 C P No.: 17148
UDIN: A042927E000955839 PRB Certificate No: 3790/2023
74
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Annexure-VI
STATUTORY REPORTS
10. Profit before taxation 4,077.39 (0.91)
11. Provision for taxation 739.35 0.16
12. Profit after taxation 3,338.03 (0.76)
13. Proposed Dividend Nil Nil
14. % of shareholding 100% 100%
1. Names of subsidiaries which are yet to commence operations: PG Plastronics Private Limited
2. Names of subsidiaries which have been liquidated or sold during the year: Nil
There were no Associates and Joint Ventures of the Company as on March 31, 2023.
Sd/- Sd/-
(Anurag Gupta) (Vishal Gupta)
Chairman MD-Finance
DIN: 00184361 DIN:00184809
Sd/- Sd/-
Date: September 07, 2023 (Sanchay Dubey) (Pramod Chimmanlal Gupta)
Place: Greater Noida Company Secretary Chief Financial Officer
75
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Annexure-VII
There were no contracts or arrangements or transactions entered into the year ended March 31, 2023 which were not at arm’s
length basis.
Approved
Approval Transaction
Nature of Approval of limit of Transaction Advance paid
Party Name in General Value in J/
Contract Board transaction, in brief (J/Lakh)
Meeting Lakh (Annual)
if any
Leasing Mr. Vishal Transaction is part of ongoing lease deed dated 06/11/2009 - 0.15
property of Gupta for 30 years (Rent paid for Roorkee Factory).
any kind Mr. Vishal Renewed N.A. Monthly rent Rent paid for - 0.51
Gupta vide Board of H 0.04 lakh Registered
approval on plus taxes & office at
04/02/2023 maintenance Jasola, New
charges Delhi
M/s PG Renewed N.A. Monthly rent Rent received 0.06 0.36
Technoplast vide Board H 0.03 lakh for letting
Private approval on plus taxes premises
Limited 12/08/2022 at Supa,
Ahmednagar,
Maharashtra
M/s PG Renewed N.A. Monthly Rent Rent received - 9.95
Technoplast vide Board H 0.11 lakh for letting
Private approval on plus taxes the premises
Limited 12/08/2022 at Roorkee,
Uttarakhand
M/s PG Renewed N.A. Monthly Rent Rent received 0.10 0.60
Plastronics vide Board H 0.05 Lakh for letting
Private approval on plus taxes premises
Limited 04/02/2023 at Greater
Noida, Uttar
Pradesh
M/s PG Transaction is part of ongoing lease deed 06/11/2009 for 30 - 0.60
Electronics years (Rent paid for Roorkee Factory).
76
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Approved
Approval Transaction
Nature of Approval of limit of Transaction Advance paid
Party Name in General Value in J/
Contract Board transaction, in brief (J/Lakh)
Meeting Lakh (Annual)
if any
STATUTORY REPORTS
or place of Mrs. Neelu 15-05-2019 09-08-2019 Upto H 4.00 are holding - 30.87
profit Gupta lakh per office in the
month Company as
Mrs. Sarika 15-05-2019 09-08-2019 Upto H 4.00 an employee - 30.87
Gupta lakh per
month
Mrs. Nitasha 15-05-2019 09-08-2019 Upto H 4.00 - 30.87
Gupta lakh per
month
Mrs. Kanika 14-11-2019 N.A. Upto 2.50 They are the - 6.25
Gupta lakh per relatives of
month Directors &
Mr. Pranav Renewed 29-09-2022 Upto H 10 are holding - 35.26
Gupta vide Board lakh per office in the
approval on month company as
12/08/2022 an employee
Mr. Aditya Renewed 29-09-2022 Upto H 10 - 24.18
Gupta vide Board lakh per
approval on month
12/08/2022
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
77
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Annexure VIII
1. Brief outline of the Company’s CSR policy, including overview of projects or programmes proposed to
be undertaken:
PG Electroplast Limited (PGEL) strongly believes that Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) is an approach that contributes to
sustainable development by delivering economic, social and environmental benefits for all stakeholders. It extends beyond
philanthropic activities and reaches out to the integration of social and business goals. These activities need to be seen
as those which would, in the long term, help secure a sustainable competitive advantage. As important as CSR is for the
community, it is equally valuable for a company. CSR activities can help forge a stronger bond between employee, community
and Company; they can boost morale and can help employees and community feel more connected with the company and
world around them.
PGEL believes in its commitment to take care of Environment, Education, Health and Safety of its employees and society which
contributes to sustainable development by delivering economic, social and environmental benefits for all stakeholders. With
our goal of becoming the leader in the industry and our aim in human resource management, it’s our continuous endeavour
to reform our organization structure to human resource for better productivity and performance.
During the financial year under review, the Company has undertaken many initiatives towards CSR which include contributions
towards rescue and timely treatment of injured and helpless birds and animals. Providing ambulance, medical care and shelter
facility for sick and injured animals. Providing and encouraging medical aid and treatment of poor people, rendering medical
care and advice. Education and financial assistance to the children and women of weaker sections of society and their overall
development and upliftment.
The CSR Committee of the Board comprises of following Members, as on March 31, 2023:
3. Web-link where Composition of CSR committee, CSR Policy and CSR projects approved by the board
are disclosed on the website of the Company:
The CSR policy including overview of projects or programme proposed to be undertaken is available on the Company’s website
through the Web-link: http://www.pgel.in/pdf/codes-policies/CSRPOLICY.pdf
4. The Details of Impact assessment of CSR projects carried out in pursuance of sub – rule (3) of rule 8 of
the Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014: Not Applicable
5. Amount available for set off in pursuance of sub-rule (3) of rule 7 of the Companies (Corporate Social
Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014 and amount required for set off for the financial year:
Sr. Amount available for set-off from Amount required to be set-off for the
Financial Year
No. preceding financial years (in J/Lakh) financial year, if any (in J/Lakh)
1. 2020-21 Nil Nil
2. 2021-22 Nil Nil
3. 2022-23 Nil 1.13
78
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
6. Average net profit of the Company as per section 135(5): H 1643.58 Lakh
7. (a) Two percent of average net profit of the Company as per section 135(5): H 32.87 Lakh
(b) Surplus arising out of the CSR projects or programmes or activities of the previous financial years: Nil
(d) Total CSR obligation for the financial year (7a+7b+7c): H 32.87 Lakh
(b) Details of CSR amount spent against ongoing projects for the financial year:
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
Amount
transferred
Amount
Amount to Unspent
STATUTORY REPORTS
Item from spent Mode of
Local Location of allocated CSR Mode of
the list of in the Implementation
Sl. Name of the area the project. Project for the Account Implementation
activities in current - Through
No Project (Yes/ State/ duration project for the - Direct (Yes/
Schedule VII financial Implementing
No) District (in J/ project as No)
to the Act. Year (in J/ Agency
Lakh) per Section
Lakh)
135(6) (in J/
Lakh)
Sciences &
Research and
Ayushmaan
Hospital
(c) Details of CSR amount spent against other than ongoing projects for the financial year: Not Applicable
(f) Total amount spent for the Financial Year (8b+8c+8d+8e): H 34.00 Lakh
79
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Sr.
Particular Amount (in J/Lakh)
No.
(i) Two percent of average net profit of the company as per section 135(5) 32.87
(ii) Total amount spent for the Financial Year 34.00
(iii) Excess amount spent for the financial year [(ii)-(i)] 1.13
(iv) Surplus arising out of the CSR projects or programmes or activities of the previous Nil
financial years, if any
(v) Amount available for set off in succeeding financial years [(iii)-(iv)] 1.13
9. (a) Details of Unspent CSR amount for the preceding three financial years: None
(b) Details of CSR amount spent in the financial year for ongoing projects of the preceding financial year(s): Nil
10. In case of creation or acquisition of capital asset, furnish the details relating to the asset so created or acquired through CSR
spent in the financial year (asset-wise details):
c) Details of the entity or public authority or beneficiary under whose name such capital asset is registered, their address
etc.: Nil
d) Provide details of the capital asset(s) created or acquired (including complete address and location of the capital asset):
None
No capital asset was created / acquired during financial year 2022-23 through CSR spend.
11. Specify the reason(s), if the company has failed to spend two per cent of the average net profit as per section 135(5): Not
Applicable
Sd/- Sd/-
Place: Greater Noida (Vishal Gupta) (Ram Dayal Modi)
Date: September 07, 2023 Manager Director-Finance Chairperson, CSR Committee
80
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
13. Reporting boundary: Are the disclosures under this report The disclosures in this report are made on consolidated
made on a standalone basis (i.e., only for the entity) or on basis, unless otherwise stated
a consolidated basis (i.e. for the entity and all the entities
which form a part of its consolidated financial statements,
taken together) –
15. Products/Services sold by the entity (accounting for 90% of the entity’s Turnover):
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
III. OPERATIONS
16. Number of locations where plants and/or operations/offices of the entity are situated:
81
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
a) Number of locations
Location Total
National (No. of States) Pan India
International (No. of Countries) 0
b) What is the contribution of exports as a percentage of the total turnover of the entity?
0.09%
PG Electroplast is an end-to-end solutions provider for product design and final product assemblies for products like
Air Conditioners, Washing Machines, LED Televisions, Air Coolers, and much more. The company currently caters to
both ODM and OEM demand, with a continuous focus on delivering the highest standards of quality. The Company
offers exceptional solutions to meet the diverse needs of our clients as an Original Design Manufacturer (ODM) and
Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM). The Company continue to enjoy enduring relationships with customers
across business verticals and are the chosen partners for our customers due to our ability to provide cost conscious
solutions and streamlined services.
IV. EMPLOYEES
S.
Particulars Total
No.
1 Permanent 1391
2 Other than Permanent 3548
3 Total employees 4939
S.
Particulars Total
No.
1 Permanent (D) 0
2 Other than Permanent 0
3 Total employees 0
82
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
22. (i) Whether CSR is applicable as per section 135 of Companies Act, 2013: (Yes/No): Yes
This section is aimed at helping businesses demonstrate the structures, policies and processes put in place towards adopting the
NGRBC Principles and Core Elements.
S.
Disclosure Questions P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9
No.
Policy and management processes
1. a. Whether your entity’s policy / policies cover Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
each principle and its core elements of the
NGRBCs. (Yes/No)
b. Has the policy been approved by the Board? Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
(Yes/No)
c. Web Link of the Policies, if available Refer www.pgel.in for code and policies
2. Whether the entity has translated the policy Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
into procedures. (Yes / No)
3. Do the enlisted policies extend to your value Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
chain partners? (Yes/No)
STATUTORY REPORTS
4. Name of the national and international codes/ The Company is committed to provide high quality products with minimal
certifications/ labels/ standards (e.g., Forest environmental impacts to our customers while adhering to highest level
Stewardship Council, Fairtrade, Rainforest of quality, environment, and safety management systems in place.
Alliance, Trusted) standards (e.g. SA 8000, Amber’s facilities/plants are accredited to following International
OHSAS, ISO, BIS) adopted by your entity and Organisation for Standardisation (ISO) standards and others:
mapped to each principle.
- Quality Management System ISO 9001:2015
- Environment Management System ISO 14001:2015
- Occupational Health Safety Management System ISO 45001:2018
- International Automotive Task Force (IATF) 16949:2016
5. Specific commitments, goals and targets set by The Company has adopted sustainability as the main goal and
the entity with defined timelines, if any. protecting the environment is the key to meet its goal. Our products
are manufactured keeping in mind their resource efficiency in their
developing and use phase. Most of the products manufactured are
energy efficient. In order to reduce the industrialization impact, your
Company has adopted the Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive
(RoHS) process. The company, in an effort towards reducing the carbon
footprint, has begun sourcing some of its required electricity from
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
renewable sources.
6. Performance of the entity against the specific
commitments, goals and targets along-with Not Applicable
reasons in case the same are not met.
Governance, leadership and oversight
7. Statement by director responsible for the business responsibility report, highlighting ESG related challenges, targets and
achievements (listed entity has flexibility regarding the placement of this disclosure) - Please refer Chairman Message
forming part of Annual report.
8. Details of the highest authority responsible for Name: Mr. Vishal Gupta
implementation and oversight of the Business Designation: MD-Finance
Responsibility policy (ies). DIN: 00184809
9. Does the entity have a specified Committee of Yes
the Board/ Director responsible for decision Name: Mr. Vishal Gupta
making on sustainability related issues? (Yes / Designation: MD-Finance
No). If yes, provide details. DIN: 00184809
83
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
The National Voluntary Guidelines on Social, Environmental and Economic Responsibilities of Business (NVGs) released by the
Ministry of Corporate Affairs has adopted nine areas of Business Responsibility. These briefly are as follows:
P1 Businesses should conduct and govern themselves with integrity, and in a manner that is Ethical, Transparent and
Accountable.
P2 Businesses should provide goods and services in a manner that is sustainable and safe.
P3 Businesses should respect and promote the well-being of all employees, including those in their value chains.
P4 Businesses should respect the interests of and be responsive to all its stakeholders.
P5 Businesses should respect and promote human rights.
P6 Businesses should respect and make efforts to protect and restore the environment.
P7 Businesses, when engaging in influencing public and regulatory policy, should do so in a manner that is responsible
and transparent.
P8 Businesses should promote inclusive growth and equitable development.
P9 Businesses should engage with and provide value to their consumers in a responsible man-ner.
The responses regarding the above 9 principles (P1 to P9) are given below:
S.
Questions P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9
No.
1. Do you have a policy for Principles? Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
2. Has the policy been formulated in consultation Yes
with the relevant stakeholders?
3. Does the policy conform to any na-tional/ Yes, the policies are based on and compliant with the National Voluntary
international standards? If Yes, specify? Guidelines on So-cial, Environmental and Economic Responsi-bilities of
Business released by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs.
4. Has the policy been approved by the Board? If Yes, the policy has been approved and signed by the Managing Director.
yes, has it been signed by MD / Owner / CEO /
ap-propriate Board Director?
5. Does the Company have a specified committee No, the Company does not have any speci-fied committee of the Board
of the Board/Director/Official to oversee the to oversee the policy instead the Managing Director oversee policy
implementation of the policy? implementation.
6. Indicate the link for the policy to be viewed www.pgel.in
online?
7. Has the policy been formally com-municated to Yes
all relevant internal and external stakeholders?
8. Does the Company have in-house structure to Yes
implement the policy/ policies?
9. Does the Company have a griev-ance redressal Yes
mechanism related to the policy/policies to
address stakeholders’ grievances related to the
policy/ policies?
10. Has the Company carried out inde-pendent The policy has been evaluated internally.
audit / evaluation of the working of this policy
by an internal or external agency?
3. Governance:
Indicate the frequency with which the Board of Directors, The Managing Director annually assesses the BR
Committees of the Board or CEO assess the BR performance performance of the Company for ensuring the effectiveness
of the Company? Within 3 months, 3-6 months, Annually, more and relevance of BR initia-tives.
than 1 year
Does the Company publish a BR or a Sus-tainability Report? The Company published Business Responsibil-ity Report
What is the hyperlink for viewing this report? How frequently annually and can be accessed at our website www.pgel.in
it is published?
84
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
PRINCIPLE-WISE PERFORMANCE
PRINCIPLE 1 Businesses should conduct and govern themselves with Ethics, Transparency and Accountability
Business should provide goods and services that are safe and contribute to sustainability throughout
PRINCIPLE 2
their life cycle
1. List up to 3 of your products or ser-vices whose design The company is engaged in inter-alia manufacturing of the products in
STATUTORY REPORTS
has incorporated so-cial or environmental concerns, the consumer durables, home appliances and other electronic items
risks and/or opportunities in India. Also, each of our manufacturing facilities are non-polluting
entities. The Company has adopted sustainability as the main goal and
protecting the environment is the key to meet its goal. Our products
are manufactured keeping in mind their resource efficiency in their
developing and use phase. Most of the products manufactured are
energy efficient. In order to reduce the industrialization impact,
your Company has adopted the Restriction of Hazardous Substances
Directive (RoHS) process. The company, in an effort towards reducing
the carbon footprint, has begun sourcing some of its required
electricity from renewable sources.
2. For each such product, provide the following details in The Company has taken efforts towards clean energy. As part of
respect of resource use (energy, water, raw material go-green initiative, your Company has already installed solar roof
etc.) per unit of product (optional): tops panels to reduce dependency on non-renewable sources at its
various facilities. This has enabled your Company to reduce costs and
(a) Reduction during sourcing/ produc-tion/ distribution increase operational efficiency. The Company is careful of its water
achieved since the pre-vious year throughout the consumption also and in this regard, the Company has taken several
value chain? (b) Reduction during usage by consumers measures towards wastewater treatment at its own cost and efforts.
(energy, water) has been achieved since the previous The Company has commissioned Sewage treatment plants (STP) in
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
year? few of our manufacturing facilities. The said STP plants are being
monitored and supervised on daily basis. With the help of the said
STP plants, the Company is successful in treating the wastewater and
thereby reducing water consumption.
3. Does the Company have procedures in place for The Company is committed to ethical, legal, safe, fair and
sustainable sourcing (including transportation)? environmentally responsible business practices. The Company
has developed supplier intimacy and goodwill which enables the
(a) If yes, what percentage of your in-puts was sourced Company to source quality raw materials even when there is scarcity
sustainably? Also, pro-vide details thereof, in about 50 of raw material in Market. We engage with local suppliers for
words or so. sustainable sourcing. Adequate steps are taken for ensuring safety
during transportation. The Company has a responsible supply chain
policy. Our Contracts have appropriate clauses and checks to prevent
the employment of child labour or forced labour in any form. Our
suppliers are being regularly updated about company policies, quality
guidelines and business plan
85
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
4. Has the Company taken any steps to procure goods The Company’s criteria for selection of goods and services are
and services from local & small producers, including reliability, quality and price. Regular assessments are made by the
communities surrounding their place of work? (a) If Company for the key suppliers and local vendors. We are continuously
yes, what steps have been taken to im-prove their working for exploring and selecting competent suppliers locally,
capacity and capability of lo-cal and small vendors? thereby supporting government’s initiative of “Atmanirbhar Bharat
Abhiyaan”. Frequent visits, if required are also arranged by the
officials of the Company to the workstations of these local vendors
for betterment of processes and quality of products.
5. Does the Company have a mechanism to recycle The Company’s waste management strategy is framed around the
products and waste? If yes, what is the percentage of 4 R’s – Reduce, Reuse, Recycle and Replace. The Company follows
recycling of products and waste). Also, provide details appropriate treatment or disposal of hazardous/ non-hazardous
thereof, in about 50 words or so. waste in adherence to applicable legislations. The Company has set
up Sewage Treatment Plants (STP) at its manufacturing facilities
which re-cycle the sewage/wastewater generated from these
manufacturing facilities and treated water is utilized in development
of greenbelt and plantation.
86
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Businesses should respect the interests of, and be responsive towards all stakeholders, especially
PRINCIPLE 4
those who are disadvantaged, vulnerable and marginalized.
1. Has the company mapped its internal and ex-ternal Yes, as a result of regular and extensive stakeholder engagement
STATUTORY REPORTS
1. Does the policy of the Company on human rights cover At PG Electroplast, stakeholders’ engagement is a key pillar
only the Company or extend to the Group/ Joint Ventures/ of sustainability that encompasses policies and programmes
Suppliers/ Contractors/ NGOs/ Others? which supports recognized human rights and seeks to avoid
human rights abuses. Yes, all companies in PG Group, including
employees and contractors are covered by this policy.
2. How many stakeholder complaints have been received in Nil
the past financial year and what per-cent was satisfactorily
resolved by the manage-ment?
PRINCIPLE 6 Businesses should respect, protect, and make efforts to restore the environment.
1. Does the policy related to Principle 6 cover only the company The Company’s environment, health and safety policy covers
or extends to the Group/ Joint Ventures/ Suppliers/ all the employees of PG Group and all the interested parties
Contractors/ NGOs/others. and public.
2. Does the company have strategies/ initia-tives to address Yes, the company has strategies/ initiatives towards addressing
global environmental issues such as climate change, global the global environmental issues. The Company is vigilant of the
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
warming, etc? Y/N. If yes, please give hyperlink for webpage emerging challenges like climate change, global warming and
etc. investing in measures that convert these
87
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
4. Does the company have any project relat-ed to Clean The company, in an effort towards reducing the carbon
Development Mechanism? If so, provide details thereof, in footprint, has begun sourcing some of its required electricity
about 50 words or so. Also, if Yes, whether any environmental from renewable sources. In FY 2022-23, your Company have
compliance report is filed? entered into a power purchase agreement with a company to
obtain at least 3.1 MW of solar energy for our manufacturing
unit at Uttar Pradesh for a period of 25 years. Also have
installed a 1.4 MW rooftop grid system solar panel at our Unit
2 – Subsidiary in Maharashtra, and a 0.65 MW solar plant at our
Unit – 4 in Maharashtra. These initiatives are expected to help
the company lower energy costs and reiterate the company’s
commitment to sustainable development philosophy.
5. Has the company undertaken any other initiatives on – clean The Company strives to adopt process improvement measures
technology, energy effi-ciency, renewable energy, etc. Y/N. and invest in efficient technologies to reduce its impact on
If yes, please give hyperlink for web page etc. the environment. For energy efficiency we are doing regular
monitoring of power & diesel consumption with lights on & off
in lunch time in different areas. The details of initiatives taken
for conservation of energy are given in in the Director’s Report.
6. Are the Emissions/Waste generated by the company within The Company’s emissions, effluents and waste are within the
the permissible limits given by CPCB/SPCB for the financial permissible limits given by Central Pollution Control Board
year being re-ported? (CPCB) and State Pollution Control Board (SPCB).
7. Number of show cause/ legal notices re-ceived from CPCB/ The Company did not receive any show cause/ legal notices
SPCB which are pending (i.e. not resolved to satisfaction) as from CPCB/SPCB.
on end of Financial Year.
Businesses, when engaged in influencing public and regulatory policy, should do so in a responsible
PRINCIPLE 7
manner.
1. Is your company a member of any trade and chamber or The Company through Mr. Vikas Gupta, Managing Director -
association? If yes, Name only those major ones that your Operations is associated/member of the Consumer Electronics
business deals with. and Appliances Manufacturers Association (CEAMA).
2. Have you advocated/ lobbied through above associations CEAMA plays a strategic role in creating value add for the
for the advancement or improve-ment of public good? Yes/ consumer electronics and appliances industry through
No; if yes specify the broad areas (drop box: Governance and sustainable engagement with various stakeholders.
Ad-ministration, Economic Reforms, Inclusive De-velopment
Policies, Energy Security, Water, Food Security, Sustainable
Business Principles, Others)
1. Does the Company have specified pro-grammes/ initiatives/ Yes, our strategy of doing business is supported by our
projects in pursuit of the policy related to Principle 8? If yes careful concern towards society. The Company considers
details thereof. organisational success and welfare of communities as inter-
dependent. It understands the importance of inclusive growth
for developing the economy as a whole.
2. Are the programmes/projects undertaken through in- Our programmes/ initiatives are undertaken towards welfare
house team/own foundation/ exter-nal NGO/ government of community are strategically designed and implemented.
structures/ any other organization?
3. Have you done any impact assessment of your initiative? The Company assesses the impact of the CSR Projects and
Programs undertaken at its Board and CSR Committee
meetings.
88
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
4. What is your company’s direct contribution to community The company contribute towards Eradicating hunger, poverty
development projects- Amount in Rupees and the details of and malnutrition, promoting health care including preventive
the projects under-taken. health care and sanitation and making available safe drinking
Businesses should engage with and provide value to their customers and consumers in a responsible
PRINCIPLE 9
manner.
STATUTORY REPORTS
laws?
3. Is there any case filed by any stakeholder against the No cases were filed by any stakeholders against the Company
company regarding unfair trade practices, irresponsible regarding unfair trade practices, irresponsible advertising and/
advertising and/or anti-competitive behaviour during the or anti-competitive behaviour during the last five years.
last five years and pending as on end of financial year. If so,
provide details thereof, in about 50 words or so.
4. Did your company carry out any consumer survey/ consumer The Company’s Business model is B2B. Cus-tomer feedback
satisfaction trends? is gathered at the end of key customer interactions, during
delivery of Manu-factured product. The Company gathers the
required information from the business part-ners with whom
the Company carry out the business operations. The Company
is not di-rectly engaged with the end customers. There-fore,
the Company does not carry out any con-sumer survey/
consumer satisfaction trends.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
89
Standalone
Financial
Statements
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
so required and give a true and fair view in conformity with and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a
the accounting principles generally accepted in India, of the separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our
state of affairs of the Company as at March 31, 2023, its profit description of how our audit addressed the matter is provided
including other comprehensive income, its cash flows and the in that context.
changes in equity for the year ended on that date.
We have determined the matters described below to be the key
Basis for Opinion audit matters to be communicated in our report. We have fulfilled
the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities
We conducted our audit of the Standalone Financial Statements
for the audit of the Standalone Financial Statements section of
in accordance with the Standards on Auditing (SAs), as
our report, including in relation to these matters.
specified under section 143(10) of the Act. Our responsibilities
Key audit matters How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Revenue Recognition Our procedures included;
Revenue from the sale of goods (hereinafter referred to as • Evaluating the integrity of the general information and
“Revenue”) is recognized when the Company performs its technology control environment and testing the operating
obligation to its customers and the amount of revenue can effectiveness of key IT application controls.
be measured reliably and recovery of the consideration is
• Evaluating the design and implementation of Company’s
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
91
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Key audit matters How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Accounting for Government Grants
The Company has various grants and subsidies receivable Our audit procedures included, amongst others:
from the State Governments of respective plant locations.
a) Examining that the recognition of grants / subsidies is in
accordance with IND AS 20 by making a reference to the
conditions for such grants in the scheme documents of
the respective state Governments and checking the due
evidence of fulfilment of such conditions by the Company.
Information Other than the Standalone Financial ensuring the accuracy and completeness of the accounting
Statements and Auditor’s Report Thereon records, relevant to the preparation and presentation of the
Standalone Financial Statements that give a true and fair view
The Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for the other and are free from material misstatement, whether due to
information. The other information comprises the information fraud or error.
included in the Annual Report but does not include the
Standalone Financial Statements and our auditor’s report In preparing the Standalone Financial Statements, management
thereon. The Annual Report is expected to be made available is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue
to us after the date of this Auditors’ Report. Our opinion on as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to
the Standalone Financial Statements does not cover the other going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting
information and we do not express any form of assurance unless management either intends to liquidate the Company or
conclusion thereon. to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.
In connection with our audit of the Standalone Financial Those Board of Directors are also responsible for overseeing
Statements, our responsibility is to read the other information the Company’s financial reporting process.
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information
is materially inconsistent with the Standalone Financial Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the
Statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or Standalone Financial Statements
otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we
read Annual Report, if we conclude that there is a material Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about
misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the whether the Standalone Financial Statements as a whole
matter to those charged with governance. are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud
or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our
opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,
Responsibilities of Management for the Standalone
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance
Financial Statements
with SAs will always detect a material misstatement when it
The Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for the exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are
matters stated in Section 134(5) of the Act with respect to considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they
the preparation of these Standalone Financial Statements could reasonably be expected to influence the economic
that give a true and fair view of the financial position, financial decisions of users taken on the basis of these Standalone
performance including other comprehensive income, cash Financial Statements.
flows and changes in equity of the Company in accordance
As part of an audit in accordance with SAs, we exercise
with the accounting principles generally accepted in India,
professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism
including the Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) prescribed
throughout the audit. We also:
under Section 133 of the Act read with relevant Rules issued
thereunder. • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of
the Standalone Financial Statements, whether due to fraud
This responsibility also includes maintenance of adequate
or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive
accounting records in accordance with the provisions of the Act
to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient
for safeguarding the assets of the Company and for preventing
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The
and detecting frauds and other irregularities; selection
risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting
and application of appropriate accounting policies; making
from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as
judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions,
and design, implementation and maintenance of adequate
misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.
internal financial controls, that were operating effectively for
92
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
• Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements
the audit in order to design audit procedures that are
appropriate in the circumstances. Under section 143(3) 1. As required by the Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order,
(i) of the Act, we are also responsible for expressing our 2020 (“the Order”) issued by the Central Government of
opinion on whether the Company has adequate internal India in terms of section 143(11) of the Act, we give in the
STATUTORY REPORTS
the Company to cease to continue as a going concern.
Act, read with relevant Rules issued thereunder;
• Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content
of the Standalone Financial Statements, including the (e) On the basis of the written representations received
disclosures, and whether the Financial Statements from the directors as on March 31, 2023 taken
represent the underlying transactions and events in a on record by the Board of Directors, none of the
manner that achieves fair presentation. directors is disqualified as on March 31, 2023 from
being appointed as a director in terms of Section 164
We communicate with those charged with governance (2) of the Act;
regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and
timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including (f) With respect to the adequacy of the internal financial
any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify controls with reference to these Standalone Financial
during our audit. Statements and the operating effectiveness of such
controls, refer to our separate Report in “Annexure B”
We also provide those charged with governance with a to this Report;
statement that we have complied with relevant ethical
requirements regarding independence, and to communicate (g) In our opinion, the managerial remuneration for the
with them all relationships and other matters that may year ended March 31, 2023 has been paid/provided by
reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and the Company to its directors in accordance with the
where applicable, related safeguards. provision of section 197 read with schedule V of the
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Act;
From the matters communicated with those charged with
governance, we determine those matters that were of most (h) With respect to the other matters to be included in
significance in the audit of the Standalone Financial Statements the Auditor’s Report in accordance with Rule 11 of
for the financial year ended March 31, 2023 and are therefore the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014,
the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s as amended in our opinion and to the best of our
report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure information and according to the explanations given
about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, to us:
we determine that a matter should not be communicated in
i. The Company has disclosed the impact of
our report because the adverse consequences of doing so
pending litigations on its financial position in its
would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest
Standalone Financial Statements – Refer Note 40
benefits of such communication.
to the Standalone Financial Statements;
93
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
ii. The Company did not have any long-term provide any guarantee, security or the like on
contracts including derivative contracts for which behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries; and
there were any material foreseeable losses;
c) Based on such audit procedures that were
iii. There were no amounts which were required considered reasonable and appropriate in
to be transferred to the Investor Education and the circumstances, nothing has come to our
Protection Fund by the Company. notice that has caused us to believe that the
representations under sub-clause iv (a) and
iv. a) The management has represented that, iv (b) contain any material misstatement.
to the best of its knowledge and belief, as
disclosed in the notes to the Standalone v. No dividend has been declared or paid during the
Financial Statements, no funds have been year by the Company.
advanced or loaned or invested by the
vi. Proviso to Rule 3(1) of the Companies (Accounts)
company to or in any other person or entities,
Rules, 2014 for maintaining books of account
including foreign entities (“Intermediaries”),
using accounting software which has a feature of
with the understanding, whether recorded in
recording audit trail (edit log) facility is applicable
writing or otherwise, that the Intermediary
to the Company with effect from April 1, 2023,
shall, whether, directly or indirectly lend or
and accordingly, reporting under Rule 11(g) of
invest in other persons or entities identified
Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 is
in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of
not applicable for the financial year ended March
the company (“Ultimate Beneficiaries”) or
31, 2023.
provide any guarantee, security or the like
on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries;
94
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Annexure A to the Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of PG Electroplast Limited dated May 26,
2023 on its Standalone Financial Statements.
Report on the matters specified in paragraph 3 of (e) There are no proceedings initiated or are pending
STATUTORY REPORTS
variances which has been explained in the note no 46
(c) The title deeds of all the immovable properties (other
to the Standalone Financial Statements.
than properties where the Company is the lessee and
the lease agreements are duly executed in favor of iii. (a) During the year the Company has provided loans,
the lessee) are held in the name of the Company. advances in the nature of loans, stood
guarantee and provided security to companies, firms,
(d) The Company has not revalued its property, plant and
Limited Liability Partnerships or any other parties as
equipment (including right of use assets) or intangible
follows:
assets during the year ended March 31, 2023.
Amount in lakh
Advances in
Guarantees Security Loans
nature of loans
Aggregate amount granted/ provided during the year 43,500.00 Nil 6,742.00 Nil
- Subsidiaries 43,500.00 Nil 6,603.35 Nil
- Joint Ventures Nil Nil Nil Nil
- Associates Nil Nil Nil Nil
- Others Nil Nil 138.65 Nil
Balance outstanding as at balance sheet date in respect
of above cases
- Subsidiaries 60,100.00 Nil 1827.68 Nil
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
iii. (b) During the year the investments made, guarantees and payment of interest has been stipulated and the
provided, security given and the terms and conditions repayment or receipts are regular.
of the grant of all loans and advances in the nature
iii. (d) There are no amounts of loans and advances in the
of loans and guarantees to companies, firms, Limited
nature of loans granted to companies, firms, limited
Liability Partnerships or any other parties are not
liability partnerships or any other parties which are
prejudicial to the Company's interest.
overdue for more than ninety days.
iii. (c) The Company has granted loans or advance in the iii. (e) There were no loans or advance in the nature of
nature of loan granted during the year to companies, loan granted to companies, firms, Limited Liability
firms, Limited Liability Partnerships or any other Partnerships or any other parties. Accordingly, the
parties where the schedule of repayment of principal requirement to report on clause 3(iii)(e) of the Order
is not applicable to the Company.
95
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
iii. (f) As disclosed in note 6 to the Standalone Financial Statements, the Company has granted loans or advances in the nature
of loans, either repayable on demand or without specifying any terms or period of repayment to companies, firms,
Limited Liability Partnerships or any other parties. Of these following are the details of the aggregate amount of loans or
advances in the nature of loans granted to promoters or related parties as defined in clause (76) of section 2 of the Act:
iv. According to the information, explanations and vii. a. The Company is regular in depositing with appropriate
representations provided by the management and based authorities undisputed statutory dues including
upon audit procedures performed, we are of the opinion goods and services tax, provident fund, employees’
that in respect of loans, investments, guarantees and state insurance, income-tax, sales-tax, service tax,
security, the Company has complied with the provisions of duty of customs, duty of excise, value added tax, cess
the Section 185 and 186 of the Act and other statutory dues applicable to it. According
to the information and explanations given to us
v. In our opinion and according to the information and and based on audit procedures performed by us,
explanations given to us, the Company has not accepted no undisputed amounts payable in respect of these
any deposits from the public within the meaning of statutory dues were outstanding, at the year end, for
directives issued by the Reserve Bank of India and a period of more than six months from the date they
provisions of sections 73 to 76 or any other relevant became payable.
provisions of the Act and the Rules framed thereunder.
b. There are no dues of goods and services tax,
vi. We have broadly reviewed the books of account maintained provident fund, employees’ state insurance, income
by the Company pursuant to the rules made by the Central tax, sales-tax, service tax, customs duty, excise duty,
Government for the maintenance of cost records under value added tax, cess, goods and service tax and other
section 148(1) of the Act and are of the opinion that prima statutory dues which have not been deposited on
facie, the specified accounts and records have been made account of any dispute except the following:
and maintained. We have not, however, made a detailed
examination of the same.
viii. The Company has not surrendered or disclosed any (d) On an overall examination of the Standalone Financial
transaction, previously unrecorded in the books of Statements of the Company, we are of the opinion
account, in the tax assessments under the Income Tax that no funds raised on short-term basis have been
Act, 1961 as income during the year. Accordingly, the used for long-term purposes by the Company.
requirement to report on clause 3(viii) of the Order is not
applicable to the Company. (e) On an overall examination of the financial statements
of the Company, the Company has not taken any
ix. (a) The Company has not defaulted in repayment of loans funds from any entity or person on account of or to
or other borrowings or in the payment of interest meet the obligations of its subsidiaries. The Company
thereon to any lender. does not have any joint venture and associate.
(b) The Company has not been declared willful defaulter (f) On an overall examination of the financial statements
by any bank or financial institution or government or of the Company, the Company has not raised loans
any government authority. during the year on the pledge of securities held in its
subsidiary company.
(c) In our opinion and according to the information and
explanations given to us, we are of the opinion that x. (a) The Company has not raised any money during the
Term loans were applied for the purpose for which year by way of initial public offer / further public offer
the loans were obtained. (including debt instruments). Hence, the requirement
96
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
to report on clause 3(x)(a) of the Order is not (d) The Group doesn’t have any Core Investment Company
applicable to the Company. as part of the Group.
(a) The Company has complied with provisions of xvii. The Company has not incurred cash losses in the current
sections 42 and 62 of the Act in respect of the financial year and the immediately preceding financial year.
STATUTORY REPORTS
of the Act. Therefore, the requirement to report on clause
assurance that all liabilities falling due within a period of
3(xii) of the Order are not applicable to the Company.
one year from the balance sheet date, will get discharged
xiii. In our opinion and according to the information and by the Company as and when they fall due.
explanations given to us, the Company is in compliance
xx (a) There are no unspent amounts that are required to
with section 177 and 188 of the Act where applicable, for
be transferred to a fund specified in Schedule VII of
all transactions with the related parties and the details
the Act, in compliance with second proviso to sub
of related parties transactions have been disclosed in
section 5 of section 135 of the Act. This matter has
the Standalone Financial Statements as required by the
been disclosed in note 42 to the Standalone Financial
applicable Indian Accounting standards.
Statements.
xiv (a) The Company has an internal audit system
(b) There are no unspent amounts in respect of ongoing
commensurate with the size and nature of its business.
projects, that are required to be transferred to a
(b) The internal audit reports of the Company issued till special account in compliance of provision of sub
the date of the audit report, for the period under section (6) of section 135 of the Act. This matter has
audit have been considered by us. been disclosed in note 42 to the Standalone Financial
Statements.
xv. In our opinion, and according to the information and
explanations given to us, the Company has not entered xxi. The reporting under clause 3(xxi) of the Order is not
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
into any non-cash transactions with directors or persons applicable in respect of audit of Standalone Financial
connected with him as referred in section 192 of the Act. Statements of the Company. Accordingly, no comment has
been included in respect of said clause under this report.
xvi. (a) According to the information and explanations given to
us, the provisions of section 45-IA of the Reserve Bank
For S.S. KOTHARI MEHTA & COMPANY
of India Act, 1934 are not applicable to the Company.
Chartered Accountants
(b) The Company has not conducted any Non-Banking Firm’s Registration No. 000756N
Financial or Housing Finance activities without obtained
a valid Certificate of Registration (CoR) from the Reserve AMIT GOEL
Bank of India as per the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934. Partner
Membership No. 500607
(c) The Company is not a Core Investment Company as
defined in the regulations made by Reserve Bank of Place: New Delhi
India. Accordingly, the requirement to report on clause Date: May 26, 2023
3(xvi) of the Order is not applicable to the Company UDIN : 23500607BGURLE2495
97
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Annexure B to the Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of PG Electroplast Limited dated May 26,
2023 on its standalone financial statements.
Report on the Internal Financial Controls under Our audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit
Clause (i) of Sub-section 3 of Section 143 of the evidence about the adequacy of the internal financial
Act as referred to in paragraph 2(f) of ‘Report on controls system over financial reporting and their operating
Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements’ section effectiveness.
We have audited the internal financial controls over financial Our audit of internal financial controls over financial reporting
reporting of the PG Electroplast Limited (the ‘Company’) as of included obtaining an understanding of internal financial
March 31, 2023 in conjunction with our audit of the Standalone controls over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a
Financial Statements of the Company for the year ended on material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the
that date. design and operating effectiveness of internal control based
on the assessed risk.
Management’s Responsibility for Internal Financial The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement,
Controls including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement
of the Standalone Financial Statements, whether due to fraud
The Company’s management is responsible for establishing
or error.
and maintaining internal financial controls based on “the
internal control over financial reporting criteria established We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is
by the Company considering the essential components of sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit
internal control stated in the Guidance Note on Audit of opinion on the Company’s internal financial controls system
Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting issued over financial reporting.
by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India”. These
responsibilities include the design, implementation and
maintenance of adequate internal financial controls that were
Meaning of Internal Financial Controls over
operating effectively for ensuring the orderly and efficient
Financial Reporting
conduct of its business, including adherence to company’s A company's internal financial control over financial reporting is
policies, the safeguarding of its assets, the prevention and a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding
detection of frauds and errors, the accuracy and completeness the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
of the accounting records, and the timely preparation of Standalone Financial Statements for external purposes in
reliable financial information, as required under the Act. accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A
company's internal financial control over financial reporting
Auditors’ Responsibility includes those policies and procedures that:
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable
internal financial controls over financial reporting based on detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
our audit. dispositions of the assets of the company;
We conducted our audit in accordance with the Guidance Note b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
(the “Guidance Note”) and the Standards on Auditing, issued by Standalone Financial Statements in accordance with
ICAI and deemed to be prescribed under section 143(10) of the generally accepted accounting principles, and that
Act, to the extent applicable to an audit of internal financial receipts and expenditures of the company are being made
controls, both applicable to an audit of Internal Financial only in accordance with authorizations of management
Controls and, both issued by the Institute of Chartered and directors of the company; and
Accountants of India. Those Standards and the Guidance Note
c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or
require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
disposition of the company's assets that could have a
whether adequate internal financial controls over financial
material effect on the Standalone Financial Statements.
reporting was established and maintained and if such controls
operated effectively in all material respects.
98
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Inherent Limitations of Internal Financial Controls based on “the internal control over financial reporting
over Financial Reporting criteria established by the Company considering the essential
components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note on
Because of the inherent limitations of internal financial Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting
controls over financial reporting, including the possibility issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India”.
AMIT GOEL
Opinion Partner
Membership No. 500607
In our opinion, the Company has, in all material respects, an
adequate internal financial controls system over financial Place: New Delhi
reporting and such internal financial controls over financial Date: May 26, 2023
reporting were operating effectively as at March 31, 2023, UDIN : 23500607BGURLE2495
STATUTORY REPORTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
99
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
As at As at
Particulars Note
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
ASSETS
Non-Current Assets
Property, plant and equipment 3 29,197.63 27,382.94
Capital work-in-progress 3 166.84 107.22
Intangible assets 4 44.37 49.25
Financial Assets
Investments 7 7,829.70 7,588.85
Other financial assets 8 431.03 405.45
Other non-current assets 9 660.65 349.05
Total Non-Current Assets 38,330.22 35,882.76
Current Assets
Inventories 11 12,359.69 20,343.07
Financial Assets
Trade receivables 5 13,141.70 17,257.89
Cash and cash equivalents 12(a) 371.26 1,398.89
Bank balances other than cash and cash equivalents 12(b) 1,482.74 1,475.07
Loans 6 1,871.05 1,371.71
Other financial assets 8 2,603.82 1,788.19
Other current assets 9 1,672.04 2,382.52
Income tax assets (net) 10 1,037.58 419.84
Total Current Assets 34,539.88 46,437.18
TOTAL ASSETS 72,870.10 82,319.94
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
Equity share capital 13 2,274.26 2,122.49
Other equity 14 33,577.60 28,679.71
Total Equity 35,851.86 30,802.20
Liabilities
Non-Current Liabilities
Financial Liabilities
Borrowings 15 8,454.84 8,983.16
Other financial liabilities 18 217.54 178.37
Lease liabilities 20 13.73 33.21
Deferred tax liabilities (Net) 31 2,339.27 1,552.61
Provisions 16 431.17 409.73
Other current liabilities 19 124.93
Total Non-Current Liabilities 11,581.48 11,157.08
Current Liabilities
Financial Liabilities
Borrowings 15 9,677.36 17,403.75
Trade payables
- Total outstanding dues of micro and small enterprises 17 699.18 932.52
- Total outstanding dues other than micro and small enterprises 17 11,473.06 18,795.96
Other financial liabilities 18 1,994.05 2,379.02
Lease liabilities 20 19.48 61.73
Other current liabilities 19 1,016.24 700.25
Provisions 16 74.35 87.43
Income tax liabilities (Net) 483.04
Total Current Liabilities 25,436.76 40,360.66
Total Liabilities 37,018.24 51,517.74
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 72,870.10 82,319.94
Significant Accounting Policies 2
The accompanying notes are an integral part of standalone financial statements.
As per our report of even date attached For and on behalf of Board of Directors
For S.S.Kothari Mehta & Company PG Electroplast Ltd
Chartered Accountants
Firm Registration No. 000756N
1 00
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
Total tax expenses 1,268.26 1,059.57
Profit for the year 4,419.99 3,296.78
Other comprehensive income
A. Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent years
Remeasurement gain on the defined benefit plans 5.72 64.02
Income tax effect (1.44) -
Other comprehensive income for the year 4.28 64.02
Total comprehensive income for the year 4,424.27 3,360.80
Earnings per equity share of Rupee 10 each
Basic earnings per share 30 20.42 15.93
Diluted earnings per share 30 19.27 15.00
As per our report of even date attached For and on behalf of Board of Directors
For S.S.Kothari Mehta & Company PG Electroplast Ltd
Chartered Accountants
Firm Registration No. 000756N
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
101
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
1 02
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
STATUTORY REPORTS
With banks:
- on current account 366.10 1,387.88
Total cash and cash equivalents 371.26 1,398.89
The above Cash Flow Statement has been prepared under the 'Indirect Method' as set out in the Indian Accounting Standard (Ind
AS 7) "Statement of Cash Flows".
As per our report of even date attached For and on behalf of Board of Directors
For S.S.Kothari Mehta & Company PG Electroplast Ltd
Chartered Accountants
Firm Registration No. 000756N
ACS No:A51305
103
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
B OTHER EQUITY *
Reserves and surplus Equity
Components Employee Money
Other
of cumulative Share Received Total other
Particulars Securities Retained Comprehensive
compulsory Option against Share equity
premium earnings Income
convertible Reserve Warrants
debentures
Balance as at 1st April, 2021 14,129.86 2,927.39 - 57.34 - 163.13 17,277.72
Changes in accounting policy or - - - - - - -
prior period errors
Balance as at 1st April 2021 14,129.86 2,927.39 - 57.34 - 163.13 17,277.72
Profit for the year - 3,296.78 - - - - 3,296.78
Remeasurement gain on defined - - - 64.02 - - 64.02
benefit plans
Amount received on issue of equity 4,379.75 - - - - (125.63) 4,254.12
share capital
Amount received on issue of CCCDs - - 3,629.17 - - - 3,629.17
Dividend on Equity Component of - (488.87) 439.99 - - - (48.88)
CCCDs
Share based employee expenses - - - - 206.78 - 206.78
Balance as at 31st March, 2022 18,509.61 5,735.30 4,069.16 121.36 206.78 37.50 28,679.71
Profit for the year - 4,419.99 - - - - 4,419.99
Remeasurement gain on defined - - - 4.28 - - 4.28
benefit plans
Amount received for share - - - - - 112.50 112.50
warrants during the year
Amount received on issue of CCCDs - - 89.39 - - - 89.39
Dividend on Equity Component of - (488.88) 439.99 - - - (48.89)
CCCDs
Converted into Equity share capital - - (136.46) - - (10.00) (146.46)
Transferred to securities premium 4,729.77 - (4,462.08) - - (140.00) 127.68
Amount Transferred to retained - 72.10 - - (72.10) - -
earning on excise of ESOPs
Adjustment on termination of ESOP - 4.05 - - (4.05) - -
Share based employee expenses - - - - 339.40 - 339.40
Balance as at 31st March, 2023 23,239.38 9,742.56 - 125.64 470.02 - 33,577.60
* Kindly refer Note No. 14.
1 04
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
1 CORPORATE INFORMATION Fair value is the price that would be received to sell
STATUTORY REPORTS
operate as going concern.
2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
(b) Current versus non-current classification
POLICIES
The Company presents assets and liabilities in the balance
This note provides a list of the significant accounting
sheet based on current/ non-current classification. An
policies adopted in the preparation of these standalone
asset is treated as current when it is:
financial statements. These policies have been consistently
applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise • Expected to be realised or intended to be sold or
stated. consumed in normal operating cycle
(a) Basis of preparation and presentation • Held primarily for the purpose of trading
(i) Compliance with Ind AS • Expected to be realised within twelve months after
the reporting period, or
The standalone financial statements comply in all
material aspects with Indian Accounting Standards • Cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being
(Ind AS) notified under Section 133 of the Companies exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least
Act, 2013 (the Act) [Companies (Indian Accounting twelve months after the reporting period
Standards) Rules, 2015 as amended by time to time] All other assets are classified as non-current.
and presentation requirements of Division II of
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Schedule III to the Companies Act 2013 and other A liability is current when:
relevant provisions of the Act.
• It is expected to be settled in normal operating cycle
(ii) Historical cost convention
• It is held primarily for the purpose of trading"
The standalone financial statements have been • It is due to be settled within twelve months after the
prepared on a historical cost basis except for certain reporting period, or
assets and liabilities (including derivative instruments)
that are measured at fair values at the end of each • There is no unconditional right to defer the settlement
reporting period, as explained in the accounting of the liability for at least twelve months after the
policies below. reporting period
Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of The terms of the liability that could, at the option of the
the consideration given in exchange for goods and counterparty, result in its settlement by the issue of equity
services. instruments do not affect its classification.
105
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non- Revenue from sale of goods is recognized on transfer
current assets and liabilities. of control of goods to the customers, which is usually
on dispatch of goods to customers premises.
The operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of
assets for processing and their realisation in cash and cash Variable Consideration
equivalents. The Company has identified twelve months
as its operating cycle. The Company recognizes revenue from the sale
of goods measured at the standalone selling price
(c) Foreign currencies of the consideration received or receivable, net of
returns and allowances, trade discounts and volume
(i) Functional and presentation currency rebates. If the consideration in a contract includes
a variable amount, the Company estimates the
The standalone financial statements are presented in
amount of consideration to which it will be entitled in
Indian rupee (INR), which is Company’s functional and
exchange for transferring the goods to the customer.
presentation currency unless stated otherwise.
The variable consideration is estimated at contract
(ii) Transactions and balances inception and constrained until it is highly probable
that a significant revenue reversal in the amount
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur
recorded by the Company’s entities at their when the associated uncertainty with the variable
respective functional currency spot rates at the consideration is subsequently resolved.
date the transaction first qualifies for recognition.
However, for practical reasons, the Company (ii) Sale of services
uses average rate if the average approximates
Revenue from services represents the job work
the actual rate at the date of the transaction.
services and repairing of moulds performed by the
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in
Company for its customers, Revenue from services is
foreign currencies are translated at the functional
recognized as per the terms of the contract with the
currency spot rates of exchange at the reporting date.
customer over the period of time when the control of
(iii) Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in services is transferred to the customers.
the statement of profit and loss on a net basis within
(iii) Contract balance
exceptional items.
A contract asset is the right to consideration in
(iv) Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of
exchange for goods or services transferred to the
historical cost in a foreign currency are translated
customer. Contract assets are in the nature of unbilled
using the exchange rates at the dates of the initial
receivables, which arises when Company satisfies
transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair
a performance obligation but does not have an
value in a foreign currency are translated using the
unconditional rights to consideration. A receivables
exchange rates at the date when the fair value is
represents the Company’s right to an amount of
determined. The gain or loss arising on translation of
consideration that is unconditional. Contract assets
non-monetary items measured at fair value is treated
are subject to impairment assessment. Refer to
in line with the recognition of the gain or loss on
accounting policies on impairment of financial assets
the change in fair value of the item (i.e., translation
in section (Financial instruments – initial recognition
differences on items whose fair value gain or loss is
and subsequent measurement).
recognised in OCI or profit or loss are also recognised
in OCI or profit or loss, respectively). A contract liability is the obligation to transfer goods
or services to a customer for which the Company has
(d) Revenue recognition
received consideration (or an amount of consideration
Revenues from contract with customers is recognized when is due) from the customer. If a customer pays
controls of the goods or services transferred to the customer consideration before the Company transfers goods
at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the or services to the customer, a contract liability is
Company expects to be entitled in exchange of goods or recognized when the payment is made or the payment
services. Revenue is stated net of Goods and Service tax and is due (whichever is earlier). Contract liabilities are
net of returns, trade allowances and discounts. recognized as revenue when the Company performs
1 06
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
under the contract (i.e., transfers control of the the difference between the initial carrying value of the
Interest income is accrued on a timely basis, by Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured
reference to the principal outstanding and recorded at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid
using the effective interest rate (EIR). EIR is the rate to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax
that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts laws used to compute the amount are those that are
through the expected life of the financial asset to enacted or substantively enacted, at the reporting
STATUTORY REPORTS
the gross carrying amount of the financial asset. date where the Company operates and generates
When calculating the EIR, the Company estimates the taxable income.
expected cash flows by considering all the contractual
terms of the financial instrument but does not Current income tax relating to items recognised
consider the expected credit losses. outside the statement of profit and loss is recognised
outside statement of profit and loss (either in
Rental income arising from operating lease is other comprehensive income or in equity). Current
accounted on a straight line basis over the lease term. tax items are recognised in correlation to the
underlying transaction either in OCI or directly in
In respect of others, Company recognized income equity. Management periodically evaluates positions
when the right to receive is established. taken in the tax returns with respect to situations
in which applicable tax regulations are subject to
(e) Government grants
interpretation and considers whether it is probable
Grants from the government are recognised where there that a taxation authority will accept an uncertain
is a reasonable assurance that the grant will be received tax treatment. The Company shall reflect the effect
and the Company will comply with all attached conditions. of uncertainty for each uncertain tax treatment by
When the grant relates to an expense item, it is recognised using either most likely method or expected value
as income on a systematic basis over the periods that the method, depending on which method predicts better
related costs, for which it is intended to compensate, are resolution of the treatment,
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
expensed.
(ii) Deferred tax
When the Company receives grants of non-monetary
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences
assets, the asset and the grant are recorded at fair value
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities
amounts and released to statement of profit and loss over
in the standalone financial statements and the
the expected useful life in a pattern of consumption of
corresponding tax bases used in the computation of
the benefit of the underlying asset i.e. by equal annual
taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities are generally
instalments.
recognised for all taxable temporary differences.
When loans or similar assistance are provided by Deferred tax assets are generally recognised for
governments or related institutions, with an interest rate all deductible temporary differences, the carry
below the current applicable market rate, the effect of this forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses
favourable interest is regarded as a government grant. to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits
The loan or assistance is initially recognised and measured will be available against which those deductible
at fair value and the government grant is measured as temporary differences, the carry forward of unused
107
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised. Such benefits from use of the asset through the period of the
deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised lease and (iii) the Company has the right to direct the use
if the temporary difference arises from the initial of the asset.
recognition (other than in a business combination)
of assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects Company as a lessee
neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.
The Company’s lease asset classes primarily consist of
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed leases for land and buildings. The Company applies a
at the end of each reporting period and reduced to single recognition and measurement approach for all
the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient leases, except for short-term leases and leases of lowvalue
taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of assets. The Company recognises lease liabilities to make
the asset to be recovered. lease payments and right-of-use assets representing the
right to use the underlying assets.
Deferred tax liabilities and assets are measured at
the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year (i) Right-of-Use assets (ROU)
in which the liability is settled or the asset realised,
The Company recognises right-of-use assets at the
based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been
commencement date of the lease (i.e., the date the
enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the
underlying asset is available for use). Right-of-use
reporting period.
assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated
Deferred tax relating to items recognized outside the depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted
statement of profit and loss is recognized outside for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost
the statement of profit and loss (either in other of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease
comprehensive income or in equity). Deferred tax liabilities recognized, initial direct costs incurred, and
items are recognized in correlation to the underlying lease payments made at or before the commencement
transaction either in OCI or direct in equity. date less any lease incentives received. Right-of-use
assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over
The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets the lease term.
reflects the tax consequences that would follow from
the manner in which the Company expects, at the The Company classifies ROU assets as part of
end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the Property, plant and equipment in Balance Sheet and
carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. lease liability in “ Financial Liability”.
The Company offsets deferred tax assets and (ii) Lease liabilities
deferred tax liabilities if and only if it has a legally
At the commencement date of the lease, the Company
enforceable right to set off current tax assets and
recognises lease liabilities measured at the present
current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and
value of lease payments to be made over the lease
deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied
term. The lease payments include fixed payments
by the same taxation authority on either the same
(including in substance fixed payments) less any lease
taxable entity or different taxable entities which
incentives receivable, variable lease payments that
intend either to settle current tax liabilities and assets
depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected
on a net basis, or to realise the assets and settle the
to be paid under residual value guarantees. The lease
liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in
payments also include the exercise price of a purchase
which significant amounts of deferred tax liabilities
option reasonably certain to be exercised by the
or assets are expected to be settled or recovered.
Company and payments of penalties for terminating
(g) Leases the lease, if the lease term reflects the Company
exercising the option to terminate. Variable lease
The Company assesses at contract inception whether payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are
a contract is, or contains, a lease. That is, if the contract recognized as expenses (unless they are incurred to
conveys the right to control the use of an identified produce inventories) in the period in which the event
asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. or condition that triggers the payment occurs.
To assess whether a contract conveys the right to control
the use of an identified asset, the Company assesses In calculating the present value of lease payments,
whether: (i) the contract involves the use of an identified the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate at
asset (ii) the Company has substantially all of the economic the lease commencement date because the interest
1 08
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. the asset. All other borrowing costs are expensed in the
STATUTORY REPORTS
(iii) Short term leases and leases of low-value of assets
shareholders and the weighted average number of shares
The Company applies the short-term lease outstanding during the period are adjusted for the effect
recognition exemption to its short-term leases (i.e., of all potentially dilutive equity shares.
those leases that have a lease term of 12 months
or less from the commencement date and do not (j) Property, plant and equipment
contain a purchase option). It also applies the
Property, plant and equipment are tangible items that
lease of low-value assets recognition exemption
are held for use in the production or supply for goods
to leases that are considered to be low value.
and services, rental to others or for administrative
Lease payments on short-term leases and leases
purposes and are expected to be used during more
of low-value assets are recognized as expense on
than one period. The cost of an item of property, plant
a straight-line basis over the lease term.
and equipment shall be recognised as an asset if and
Company as a lessor only if it is probable that future economic benefits
associated with the item will flow to the Company
Leases for which the Company is a lessor is classified and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.
as a finance or operating lease. Whenever the The items of property, plant and equipment are stated
terms of the lease transfer substantially all the at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated
risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee, impairment losses. Cost includes expenditure that is
the contract is classified as a finance lease. All directly attributable to the acquisition of the items and
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
other leases are classified as operating leases. are net of recoverable taxes /duty. Subsequent costs are
When the Company is an intermediate lessor, it included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as
accounts for its interests in the head lease and a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable
the sublease separately. The sublease is classified that future economic benefits associated with the item
as a finance or operating lease by reference to will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can
the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease. be measured reliably.All other repair and maintenance
For operating leases, rental income is recognized on a costs are recognised in statement of profit and loss as
straight line basis over the term of the relevant lease. incurred. The present value of the expected cost for the
decommissioning of an asset after its use is included in the
(h) Borrowing Costs cost of the respective asset if the recognition criteria for a
provision are met.
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition,
construction or production of an asset that necessarily Each part of item of property, plant and equipment,
takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its if significant in relation to the total cost of the item,
intended use or sale are capitalised as part of the cost of is depreciated separately. Further, parts of plant and
109
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
equipment that are technically advised to be replaced at Amortisation is recognised on a straight-line basis over
prescribed intervals/period of operation are depreciated their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful life
separately based on their specific useful life provided and amortisation method are reviewed at the end of
these are of significant amounts commensurate with each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in
the size of the Company and scale of its operations. The estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis.
carrying amount of any equipment accounted for as
separate asset is derecognised when replaced. Estimated useful lives of the intangible assets are as
follows:
Capital work- in- progress includes cost of property, plant
and equipment under installation / under development Assets Estimated Useful Life
as at the balance sheet date. Capital work in progress is Computer Software 6 Years
stated at cost, net of accumulated impairment loss, if any. Product Development 10 Years
An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised An intangible asset is derecognised on disposal, or when
upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are no future economic benefits are expected from use or
expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any disposal. Gains or losses arising from derecognition of
gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an item an intangible asset, measured as the difference between
of property, plant and equipment is determined as the the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the
difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying asset, are recognised in statement of profit or loss when
amount of the asset and is recognised in statement of the asset is derecognised.
profit or loss.
Research and development costs
Depreciation methods, estimated useful lives and
Research costs are expensed as incurred. Development
residual value
expenditures on an individual project are recognised as an
Depreciation commences when the assets are ready for intangible asset when the Company can demonstrate:
their intended use. Depreciation is calculated using the
(i) the technical feasibility of completing the intangible
straight-line method to allocate their cost, net of their
asset so that the asset will be available for use or sale;
residual values, over their estimated useful lives.
(ii) its intention to complete and its ability and intention
Depreciation on Property, Plant & Equipment has been
to use or sell the asset;
provided on Straight Line Method (SLM) based on the
useful life of the assets prescribed in Schedule II of the (iii) how the asset will generate probable future economic
Companies Act, 2013 except in respect of major plant & benefits;
machinery, where useful life has been taken as 25 years,
as technically assessed. (iv) the availability of adequate technical, financial and
other resources to complete the development and to
The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation use or sell the asset; and
method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period,
with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for (v) the ability to measure reliably the expenditure
on a prospective basis. attributable to asset during its development.
Depreciation is not recorded on capital work in progress The amount initially recognised for intangible assets is the
until construction and installation are complete and the sum of the expenditure incurred from the date when the
assets is ready for its intended use. intangible asset first meets the recognition criteria listed
above. Where no intangible assets can be recognised,
(k) Intangible assets development expenditure is recognised in statement
of profit or loss in the period in which it is incurred.
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on
Subsequent to initial recognition, such intangible assets
initial recognition at cost. Following initial recognition,
are reported at cost less accumulated amortisation and
intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated
accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as of
amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.
acquired intangible assets.
Internally generated intangibles, excluding capitalised
development costs, are not capitalised and the related (l) Inventories
expenditure is reflected in profit or loss in the period in
which the expenditure is incurred. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net
realisable value. However, materials and other items held
1 10
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
for use in the production of inventories are not written adequacy of product warranties and adjust warranty
(i) Inventories of raw materials, components, stores and A contingent liability is a possible obligation that
spares are valued at lower of cost ( net of recoverable arises from past events whose existence will be
taxes ) and net realizable value. Cost for the purpose of confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one
valuation of such inventories is determined using the or more uncertain future events beyond the control
first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Net realizable value of the Company or a present obligation that is not
is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course recognized because it is not probable that an outflow
of business less the estimated cost of completion and of resources will be required to settle the obligation. A
the estimated cost necessary to make the sale. contingent liability also arises in extremely rare cases,
where there is a liability that cannot be recognized
(ii) Finished goods and work-in-progress are valued at because it cannot be measured reliably. The Company
lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of does not recognize a contingent liability but discloses
finished goods and work-in-progress includes raw its existence in the financial statements unless the
material costs (net of recoverable taxes), direct cost probability of outflow of resources is remote.
of conversion and proportionate allocation of indirect
costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their (iii) Contingent assets
STATUTORY REPORTS
present location and condition.
Contingent assets are not recognized. However, when
(iii) Traded goods: cost includes cost of purchase and the realization of income is virtually certain, then the
other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their related asset is no longer a contingent asset, but it is
present location and condition. Cost is determined on recognized as an asset.
weighted average basis.
Provisions, contingent liabilities, contingent assets and
(iv) The provision for inventory obsolescence is assessed commitments are reviewed at each balance sheet date.
regularly based on estimated usage and shelf life of
(n) Employee benefits
inventory.
(i) Short-term obligations
(m) Provisions and Contingent liabilities, Contingent assets
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-
(i) Provision
monetary benefits that are expected to be settled
A provision is recognized when the Company has a wholly within twelve months after the end of the
present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of period in which the employees render the related
past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources service are recognised in respect of employees’
embodying economic benefits will be required to services up to the end of the reporting period and are
settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can measured at the undiscounted amounts expected to
be made of the amount of the obligation. These be paid when the liabilities are settled. The liabilities
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
estimates are reviewed at each reporting date and are presented as current benefit obligations in the
adjusted to reflect the current best estimates. If balance sheet.
the effect of the time value of money is material,
(ii) Other long-term employee benefit obligations
provisions are discounted using a current pretax rate
that reflects, when appropriate, the risks specific to Other long-term employee benefits includes earned
the liability. When discounting is used, the increase in leaves, sick leaves and employee bonus.
the provision due to the assage of time is recognized
as a finance cost. Earned leaves
Warranty Provision The liabilities for earned leaves are not expected to be
settled wholly within twelve months after the end of
Provision for warranty-related costs are recognized the period in which the employees render the related
when the product is sold or service is provided to service. They are therefore measured at the present
customer. Initial recognition is based on historical value of expected future payments to be made in
experience. The Company periodically reviews the respect of services provided by employees up to the
111
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
end of the reporting period using the projected unit Defined contribution plans
credit method, with actuarial valuations being carried
out at the end of each annual reporting period. The Defined contribution plans are retirement benefit
benefits are discounted using the government bond plans under which the Company pays fixed
yields at the end of the reporting period that have contributions to separate entities (funds) or financial
terms approximating to the terms of the related institutions or state managed benefit schemes.
obligation. Remeasurements as a result of experience The Company has no further payment obligations
adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are once the contributions have been paid. The defined
recognised in statement of profit & loss. The obligations contributions plans are recognised as employee
are presented as provisions in the balance sheet. benefit expense when they are due. Prepaid
contributions are recognised as an asset to the
(iii) Post-employment obligations extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future
payments is available.
The Company operates the following post
employment schemes: * Provident Fund Plan & Employee Pension Scheme
* defined benefit plan towards payment of The Company makes monthly contributions at
gratuity; and prescribed rates towards Employees’ Provident
Fund/ Employees’ Pension Scheme to a Fund
* defined contribution plans towards provident administered and managed by the Government
fund & employee pension scheme and employee of India.
state insurance.
* Employee State Insurance
Defined benefit plans
The Company makes prescribed monthly
The Company provides for gratuity obligations through contributions towards Employees’ State
a defined benefit retirement plan (the ‘Gratuity Plan’) Insurance Scheme.
covering all employees. The Gratuity Plan provides a
lump sum payment to vested employees at retirement/ * Leave Encashment
termination of employment or death of an employee,
based on the respective employees’ salary and years of The Company has recognised liability for short
employment with the Company. term compensated absences on full cost basis with
reference to unavailed earned leaves at the year
The liability or asset recognised in the balance sheet end. To the extent, the compensated absences
in respect of the defined benefit plan is the present qualify as a long term benefit, the Company has
value of the defined benefit obligation at the end of provided for the long term liability at year end as
the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets. per the actuarial valuation using the Projected
The present value of the defined benefit obligation Unit Credit Method.
is determined using projected unit credit method by
discounting the estimated future cash outflows by Actuarial gains and losses arising from adjustments
reference to market yields at the end of the reporting and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged
period on government bonds that have terms or credited to the Statement of profit and loss in
approximating to the terms of the related obligation, the year in which such gains or losses arise.
with actuarial valuations being carried out at the end
(o) Share-based payment
of each annual reporting period.
Employees (including senior executives) of the Company
The net interest cost is calculated by applying the
receive remuneration in the form of share-based payments,
discount rate to the net balance of the defined
whereby employees render services as consideration for
benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets.
equity instruments (equity-settled transactions).
This cost is included in employee benefit expense in
the statement of profit and loss. Remeasurement Equity Settled transactions
gains and losses arising from experience adjustments
and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised The cost of equity-settled transactions is determined by
in the period in which they occur, directly in other the fair value at the date when the grant is made using an
comprehensive income. They are included in retained appropriate valuation model. Further details are given in
earnings in the statement of changes in equity and in Note 33.
the balance sheet.
1 12
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
an award, but without an associated service requirement,
transaction price determined under Ind AS 115.
are considered to be non-vesting conditions. Non-vesting
conditions are reflected in the fair value of an award and The Company’s business model for managing
lead to an immediate expensing of an award unless there financial assets refers to how it manages its
are also service and/or performance conditions. financial assets in order to generate cash flows.
The business model determines whether cash
No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately
flows will result from collecting contractual
vest because non-market performance and/or service
cash flows, selling the financial assets, or both.
conditions have not been met. Where awards include a
Financial assets classified and measured at
market or non-vesting condition, the transactions are
amortised cost are held within a business model
treated as vested irrespective of whether the market or
with the objective to hold financial assets in
non-vesting condition is satisfied, provided that all other
order to collect contractual cash flows while
performance and/or service conditions are satisfied.
financial assets classified and measured at fair
When the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, value through OCI are held within a business
the minimum expense recognised is the grant date fair model with the objective of both holding to
value of the unmodified award, provided the original collect contractual cash flows and selling.
vesting terms of the award are met. An additional expense,
* Subsequent Measurement
measured as at the date of modification, is recognised
for any modification that increases the total fair value
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
113
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
income which is held with objective to life of the receivables and is adjusted
achieve both collecting contractual cash for forward-looking estimates. At every
flows and selling financial assets and the reporting date, the historical observed
contractual terms of the financial asset give default rates are updated and changes in the
rise on specified dates to cash flows that are forward-looking estimates are analysed.
solely payments of principal and interest on
the principal amount outstanding. (ii) Financial liabilities
* Financial assets at fair value through profit * Initial Recognition and measurement
or loss
Financial liabilities are classified, at initial
A financial asset which is not classified in any recognition, as financial liabilities at fair value
of the above categories are subsequently through profit or loss, loans and borrowings,
fair valued through profit or loss. payables, or as derivatives designated as hedging
instruments in an effective hedge, as appropriate.
* Impairment of financial assets
All financial liabilities are recognised initially at
The Company recognizes loss allowances fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings
using the expected credit loss (ECL) model and payables, net of directly attributable
for the financial assets which are not fair transaction costs.
valued through profit or loss. For impairment
purposes significant financial assets are The Company’s financial liabilities include trade
tested on an individual basis, other financial and other payables, loans and borrowings
assets are assessed collectively in groups including bank overdrafts, financial guarantee
that share similar credit risk characteristics. contracts and derivative financial instruments.
1 14
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
EIR. The EIR amortisation is included as finance (q) Cash and cash equivalents
STATUTORY REPORTS
assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously. Capital Management Note 39.
* Reclassification of financial assets Financial risk management objective and policies Note 37.
Sensitivity analysis disclosures note 37.
The Company determines classification
of financial assets and liabilities on initial Judgements
recognition. After initial recognition, no
reclassification is made for financial assets which In the process of applying the Company’s accounting
are equity instruments and financial liabilities. policies, management has made the following judgements,
For financial assets which are debt instruments, which have the most significant effect on the amounts
a reclassification is made only if there is a change recognised in the consolidated financial statements:
in the business model for managing those assets.
Determining the lease term of contracts with renewal
Changes to the business model are expected to be
and termination options – Company as lessee
infrequent. The company’s senior management
determines change in the business model as The Company determines the lease term as the non-
a result of external or internal changes which cancellable term of the lease, together with any periods
are significant to the Company’s operations. covered by an option to extend the lease if it is reasonably
Such changes are evident to external parties. A certain to be exercised, or any periods covered by an
change in the business model occurs when the option to terminate the lease, if it is reasonably certain
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
115
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Estimates and assmptions will enhance the asset’s performance of the CGU
being tested. The recoverable amount is sensitive to
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key the discount rate used for the DCF model as well as
sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date, the expected future cash-inflows and the growth rate
that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment used for extrapolation purposes. These estimates are
to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the most relevant to goodwill and other intangibles with
next financial year, are described below. The Company indefinite useful lives recognised by the Company. The
based its assumptions and estimates on parameters key assumptions used to determine the recoverable
available when the standalone financial statements were amount for the different CGUs, including a sensitivity
prepared. Existing circumstances and assumptions about analysis, are disclosed in notes to accounts.
future developments, however, may change due to market
changes or circumstances arising that are beyond the (iv) Share based payments
control of the Company. Such changes are reflected in the
assumptions when they occur. Estimating fair value for share-based payment
transactions requires determination of the most
(i) Property, plant and equipment appropriate valuation model, which is dependent on
the terms and conditions of the grant. This estimate
External advisor and/or internal technical team also requires determination of the most appropriate
assesses the remaining useful life and residual value inputs to the valuation model including the expected
of property, plant and equipment. Management life of the share option, volatility and dividend
believes that the assigned useful lives and residual yield and making assumptions about them. For the
values are reasonable. measurement of the fair value of equity-settled
transactions with employees at the grant date. The
(ii) Intangibles
assumptions and models used for estimating fair
Internal technical and user team assess the remaining value for share-based payment transactions are
useful lives of Intangible assets. Management disclosed in Note 33.
believes that assigned useful lives are reasonable.All
(v) Defined benefit plans (gratuity benefits)
Intangibles are carried at net book value on transition.
The cost of the defined benefit gratuity plan and
(iii) Impairement of non-financial assets
the present value of the gratuity obligation are
Impairment exists when the carrying value of an determined using actuarial valuations. An actuarial
asset or cash generating unit exceeds its recoverable valuation involves making various assumptions that
amount, which is the higher of its fair value less costs may differ from actual developments in the future.
of disposal and its value in use. The fair value less These include the determination of the discount
costs of disposal calculation is based on available rate; future salary increases and mortality rates. Due
data from binding sales transactions, conducted to the complexities involved in the valuation and
at arm’s length, for similar assets or observable its long-term nature, a defined benefit obligation is
market prices less incremental costs for disposing highly sensitive to changes in these assumptions. All
of the asset. The value in use calculation is based on assumptions are reviewed at each reporting date.
a DCF model. The cash flows are derived from the
The parameter most subject to change is the discount
budget for the next five years and do not include
rate. In determining the appropriate discount
restructuring activities that the Company is not yet
rate for plans operated in India, the management
committed to or significant future investments that
1 16
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
considers the interest rates of government bonds (vi) Leases- Estimating the incremental borrowing rate
STATUTORY REPORTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
117
1 18
Notes to the Standalone Financial Statements
for the year ended 31st March, 2023 (All Amounts are in Rupees lakhs, unless otherwise stated)
These leases of lands have been classified as finance lease in terms of criteria specified in Ind AS 116 leases, including the facts that the market value of the land ( as on the date of
transaction) had been paid to the lessor at the inception of the lease.
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Refer note 15 for information on charges created on property, plant and equipment.
Refer note 40(b) for disclosure of contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment.
(iv) The Company has not revalued its Property, Plant & Equipments (including Right of Use assets) or intangible assets or both
during the year.
STATUTORY REPORTS
Amount in CWIP for the period of
CWIP Less than 1 More than 3
1-2 years 2-3 years Total
year years
As at 31st March 2022
Projects in Progress 107.22 - - - 107.22
Projects Temporarily suspended - - - -
4 INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Computer
Particulars Total
Software’s
Carrying amount (at cost)
At 1st April, 2021 99.33 99.33
Additions 8.82 8.82
Disposals/adjustments - -
At 31st March, 2022 108.15 108.15
Additions 10.32 10.32
Disposals/adjustments - -
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
There are no intangible assets under development as at 31st March, 2023 and 31st March, 2022.
119
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
5 TRADE RECEIVABLES
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Current
- Unsecured, considered good 13,141.70 17,257.89
- Unsecured, credit impaired - 34.84
13,141.70 17,292.73
Less: Allowance for trade receivables - (34.84)
Total trade receivables 13,141.70 17,257.89
Trade receivables includes receivable from related party Rs. 100.35 lakhs (31st March 2022: Rs 1428.11 lakhs ). Refer note 36.
Note:
(a) Neither trade nor other receivables are due from directors or other officers of the Company either severally or jointly with any
other person. Nor any trade or other receivables are due from firms or private companies in which any director is a partner, a
director or a member, except as mentioned in note 36.
(b) Information about the Company's exposure to credit and currency risks, and loss allowances related to trade receivables are
disclosed in note 37. Provision as disclosed above is on case to case basis as identified by the management.
(c) For terms and conditions related to trade receivables owing from related parties, see note 36.
(d) Trade receivables are no-interest bearing and are generally on terms of 30-90 days of credit period.
1 20
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
6 LOANS
Loan to related parties are given for the purpose of meeting their working capital requirements and for general corporate purposes.
STATUTORY REPORTS
7 INVESTMENTS
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Non-Current
Unquoted
Equity instruments in subsidiaries & controlled entity at cost
520,000 (31st March 2022: 5,20,000) equity shares in PG Technoplast Private Limited 7,610.05 7,517.84
Investment in Corpus Fund in PG Electroplast Limited Employees Welfare Trust- 0.01 -
Controlled Entity
20,000 (31st March 2022: 20000) equity shares in PG Plastronics Private Limited 2.00 2.00
Equity instruments in Others at fair value through profit and loss
14,88,000 (31st March 2022: 248000) equity shares in Solarstream Renewable 148.80 24.80
Services Private Limited
Nil (31st March 2022: 525 nos) equity shares in Indkal Technologies Private Limited - 0.52
7,760.86 7,545.16
Quoted
Investment in Mutual Funds at fair value through profit and loss
3212.29 units (31st March 2022: 2073.82 units ) in HDFC index Funds- Sensex plan 17.16 10.90
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
10533.53 units (31st March 2022: 6775.75 units ) in HDFC Index Funds-Nifty 50 plan 16.99 10.91
26144.59 units (31st March 2022: 17061.38 units ) in ICICI Prudential Bluechip 17.65 11.19
Funuds
32138.68 units (31st March 2022: 20559.62 units ) in Kotak Flexicap Funds-Growth 17.04 10.69
68.84 43.69
Total Non-Current Investments 7,829.70 7,588.85
Aggregate book value of quoted investments 68.84 43.69
Aggregate market value of quoted investments 68.84 43.69
Aggregate book value of unquoted investments 7,760.86 7,545.16
(i) During the year, Company has granted employee stock options to the employees of PG Technoplast Private Limited. Hence,
Company has adopted equity accounting for the shares based expenses in respect of those employees amounted to Rs.92.21
lakhs (31st March 2022: 15.84 lakhs), debited to investment in subsidiary.
121
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Non-Current (at amortised cost)
Security Deposits
Unsecured, considered good 317.52 273.70
Bank Deposits
with maturity of more than 12 months 113.51 131.75
431.03 405.45
Deposits of Rs. 113.51 lakhs (31st March, 2022: Rs.126.43 lakhs) pledged as margin money with bank for various type of credit limits.
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Security Deposits
Unsecured, considered good 30.06 14.60
Interest Receivables
Interest accrued on bank and other deposit 41.27 36.87
Interest accrued on others 19.95 87.87
Government grant 2,394.27 1,500.40
Others* 118.27 148.45
Total other financial assets 2,603.82 1,788.19
* Others includes amount recoverable from Maharashtra Government on account of stamp duty paid amounted Rs.58.76 lakhs (31st March 2022: 59.07) and
fire claims receivable amounted Rs.37.73 lakhs (31st March 2022: 47.66 lakhs).
9 OTHER ASSETS
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Non-Current (at amortised cost)
Unsecured, considered good
Capital advances 603.35 309.09
Prepaid expenses 57.30 39.96
660.65 349.05
Current (at amortised cost)
Unsecured, considered good
Advances to suppliers 875.54 1,392.83
Balances with Government Authorities 577.05 785.45
Prepaid expenses 217.58 202.14
Imprest to employees 1.87 2.10
Unsecured, considered doubtful
Advances to suppliers - 289.32
1,672.04 2,671.84
Less: Allowances for doubtful advance - (289.32)
1,672.04 2,382.52
Total other assets 2,332.69 2,731.57
1 22
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
11 INVENTORIES
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Raw material and components 9,722.57 16,320.79
Work-in-progress 1,419.32 2,386.17
Finished goods 1,238.45 1,648.03
Stores and spares 67.80 73.84
12,448.14 20,428.82
Less: Provision for Slow/Non Moving Inventories (88.45) (85.75)
Total Inventory 12,359.69 20,343.07
STATUTORY REPORTS
(a) The above includes goods in transit as under
Raw material and components 2.33 681.70
(b) The above includes goods at bonded warehouse
Raw material and components - 2,801.94
(c) Refer note 15, for information on hypothecation created on inventory with the bankers against working capital.
(d) The write-down of inventories to net realisable value during the year amounting to Nil (31st March 2022:Nil). These are
recognised as expenses during the respective period and included in changes in inventories.
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Balances with banks
- In current accounts 366.10 1,387.88
Cash on hand 5.16 11.01
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Bank deposits
with maturity of more than 3 months and upto 12 months 1,482.74 1,475.07
Total bank balances other than cash and cash equivalents 1,482.74 1,475.07
Deposits of Rs.912.86 lakhs (31st March, 2022: Rs.1085.82 lakhs) pledged as margin money with bank for various type of credit limits.
Deposits with banks are made for varying periods, depending on immediate cash requirement of the Company and to earn
interest at the respective term deposit rates.
123
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
13 SHARE CAPITAL
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
(a) Authorised share capital
3,50,00,000 (31st March, 2022: 3,50,00,000) equity shares 3,500.00 3,500.00
(Par value of Rs. 10 per share)
3,500.00 3,500.00
(b) Issued, Subscribed And Fully Paid Up Share Capital
2,27,42,617 (31st March,2022: 2,12,24,866) equity shares 2,274.26 2,122.49
(Par value of Rs. 10 per share)
2,274.26 2,122.49
* 1. During the year 2021-22, the company allotted 11,95,950 equity shares of face value of Rs.10/- each at an issue price of Rs.337/- per share to the persons
belonging to Non-Promoter category by way of preferential allotment.
2. During the year 2021-22, the company on December 10,2021 allotted 3,35,000 equity shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each pursuant to conversion of
3,35,000 share warrants, issued on 31st March, 2021 at an issue price of Rs. 150/- each, by way of preferential allotment to Mr. Anurag Gupta, Mr. Vishal
Gupta and Mr. Vikas Gupta (Promoter Category) and Mr. Arvind Yeshwant Pradhan (Public Category).
**1. During the year 2022-23, the company on September 27, 2022 allotted 1,00,000 equity shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each pursuant to conversion of
1,00,000 share warrants issued on 31st March, 2021 at an issue price of Rs. 150/- each, by way of preferential allotment to Mr. Nikhil Vishnuprasad Bagla
and Mrs. Urmila Nikhil Bagla (Public Category).
2. During the year 2022-23, the company on August 12, 2022 allotted 53,200 Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each to the ‘PG Electroplast Limited
Employees Welfare Trust’ under PG Electroplast Limited Employees Stock Option Scheme - 2020 in compliance with the SEBI (Share Based Employee
Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021.
3. During the year 2022-23, the Company on December 31, 2022 allotted 13,64,551 Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each pursuant to conversion of
10,76,904, 17.96%Compulsorily Convertible Debentures (“CCDs”) allotted on preferential basis on July 01, 2021 and unpaid coupon amount accrued
thereon, at the conversion price of Rs. 337/-, determined as per the SEBI ICDR Regulations
There were no buy back of shares or issue of shares pursuant to contract without payment being received in cash during the
previous 5 years.
(d) The company has only one class of equity shares having a par value of Rs.10 per share. Each shareholder is eligible for one vote
per share held. In the event of liquidation of the company, the equity shareholders are eligible to receive the remaining assets
of the company after distribution of all preferential amounts, in proportion to their shareholding.
(e) Particulars of shareholders holding more than 5% shares of fully paid up equity shares
1 24
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
(g) Information relating to Employee Stock Option Plan, including details of option issued, exercised and lapsed during the
financial year and options outstanding as at end of the reporting period are set out in note 33.
OTHER EQUITY
STATUTORY REPORTS
14 Particulars
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Securities premium 23,239.38 18,509.61
Retained earnings 9,742.56 5,735.30
Other comprehensive income 125.64 121.36
Money received against Share Warrants - 37.50
Cumulative Compulsorily Convertible Debentures (CCCDs) - 4,069.16
Employee Share Option reserve 470.02 206.78
Total other equity 33,577.60 28,679.71
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Opening balance 18,509.61 14,129.86
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
125
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
14 Particulars (Contd..)
(b) Retained earnings
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Opening balance 5,735.30 2,927.39
Net profit for the year 4,419.99 3,296.79
Amount Transferred to retained earning on excise of ESOPs 72.10 -
Adjustment on termination of ESOP 4.05 -
Less: Dividend on CCCDs (488.88) (488.88)
Closing balance 9,742.56 5,735.30
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Opening balance 121.36 57.34
Increased during the year* 4.28 64.02
Closing balance 125.64 121.36
* Other comprehensive income is increased during the year due to actuarial gain on gratuity provision.
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Opening balance 37.50 163.13
Received during the year against issue of share warrants 112.50 376.87
Less: Converted into equity shares during the year (150.00) (502.50)
Closing balance - 37.50
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Opening balance 4,069.16 -
Equity Component of CCCDs 439.99 3,629.17
Receiving during the year 89.39 -
Dividend on equity component of CCCDs (4,598.54) 439.99
Closing balance - 4,069.16
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Opening balance 206.78 -
Employee share option expenses during the year 339.39 206.78
Adjustment on termination of ESOP (4.05) -
Amount Transferred to retained earning on excise of ESOPs (72.10) -
Closing balance 470.02 206.78
1 26
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
14 Particulars (Contd..)
Securities premium is used to record the premium on issue of shares. The reserve can be utilised only for limited purposes
such as issuance of bonus shares in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013.
Retained Earnings are profits that the Company has earned till date less transfer to other reserve, dividend or other
distribution or transaction with shareholders.
The share option outstanding account is used to recognise the grant date fair value of options issued to employees under
Employee stock option plan.
Other comprehensive income is the actuarial gain/(loss) on defined benefit plans (i.e Gratuity) till the date which will not
be reclassified to statement of profit and loss subsequently.
STATUTORY REPORTS
(v) Money received against share warrants
It pertains to the application money received on grant of share warrants, this will be transferred to equity share and
securities premium on conversion into equity share capital.
15 BORROWINGS
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Non-Current (at amortised cost)
Secured
Term loans
- From banks
- Rupees Loans * 10,112.26 10,445.45
- From Others 774.55 706.54
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Vehicle loans
- From banks 85.39 127.57
- From Others 48.15 63.85
Unsecured
- Deferred Payment against Plant and Machinery 419.46 297.12
11,439.81 11,640.53
Less: Current maturity of long term borrowings (2,984.97) (2,657.37)
Total non-current borrowings 8,454.84 8,983.16
* Includes interest free term loan from Uttar Pradesh Financial Corporation Rs 595.84 lakhs ( Previous year: Rs 447.94 lakhs)
127
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
15 BORROWINGS (Contd..)
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Current (at amortised cost)
Secured
Repayable on demand
- From banks 3,847.41 6,673.67
Term & Vehicle loan from banks- Current maturity of borrowings 2,554.44 2,307.38
Term & Vehicle loan from others- Current maturity of borrowings 105.63 95.43
Unsecured
Deferred Payment against Plant and Machinery- Current maturity of borrowings 324.90 254.56
Bill discounting
- From banks 2,201.44 4,572.71
- From Others 643.54 3,500.00
Total current borrowings 9,677.36 17,403.75
As at Fair Foreign As at
Particulars 1st April, Cash Flows Value exchange Reclassifications 31st March,
2022 Change movement 2023
Non current borrowings 11,640.53 (149.73) - - (50.99) 11,439.81
(including current maturities of
non current borrowings)
Current borrowings 14,746.37 (8,053.98) - - - 6,692.39
As at Fair Foreign As at
Particulars 1st April, Cash Flows Value exchange Reclassifications 31st March,
2021 Change movement 2022
Non current borrowings 11,767.43 (175.76) - - 48.87 11,640.53
(including current maturities of
non current borrowings)
Current borrowings 6,562.69 8,183.68 - - - 14,746.37
1 28
Notes to the Standalone Financial Statements
for the year ended 31st March, 2023 (All Amounts are in Rupees lakhs, unless otherwise stated)
15 BORROWINGS (Contd..)
A. Term Loan
Secured- From
Banks
1 State Bank of Term loan - - 39.00 Nil (i). Hypothecation of P&M, Prefabricated building and other utilities
India acquired out of banks finance & Personal guarantee of promoter
directors i.e Mr.Anurag Gupta, Mr.Vishal Gupta and Mr.Vikas Gupta.
(ii). Collateral Security: Factory Land and Building situated at Plot no- P-4/2
- 4/5, Plot No E-14 & E-15, Site-B, UPSIDC Industrial Area, Surajpur,
Greater Noida of Company and Building situated at Khasra No 268 &
275, Village Raipur, Roorkee, Haridwar, Uttarakhand, and factory land
which is in the name of M/s PG Electronics and Mr. Vishal Gupta.
129
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
15 BORROWINGS (Contd..)
4 State Bank of Term loan 381.14 221.00 602.52 221.00 56 monthly installment of Rs. 18.42 lakhs Collateral free Guaranteed Emergency Credit Line (GECL), which is fully
India GECL*2 from April 2023 to November 2027 and guaranteed by National Credit Gurantee Trustee Company Limited.
balance in December 2027.
Secured by extention of second ranking charge over existing primary and
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
5 State Bank of Term loan 395.96 46.04 442.00 - Monthly installment of Rs. 9.20 lakhs from
collateral securities including mortgages created in favour of the Bank.
India GECL*3 November 2023 to October 2027 and
balance in December 2027. Personal Guarantee are also given by promoter directors i.e. Mr.Anurag
Gupta, Mr. Vishal Gupta and Mr. Vikas Gupta.
6 State Bank of Term loan- 1,775.27 137.74 - - “78 monthly installment of Rs.36 lakhs i). Secured by way of hypothecation of entire current assets including
India New from Oct 2023 to March 2030 and balance raw material, work-in-progress, finished goods, Book debts, advance
in 6 monthly installment of Rs.32 lakhs payments, stock in transit, other current assets, cash margins of
from April 2030 to Sept 2030.Installments Unit 1 at Greater Noida, 2 at Roorkee & 3 at Greater Noida of the
inclding undisbursed portion of term loan of Company.
Rs 1087 lakhs.
Monthly interest is being charged at the (ii). Collateral Security : Factory Land and Building situated at Plot no-
end of each month. P-4/2 - 4/6 and Plot No E-14 & E-15, Site-B, UPSIDC Industrial Area,
Surajpur, Greater Noida of Company and Building situated at Khasra
No 268 & 275, Village Raipur, Roorkee, Haridwar, Uttarakhand,
factory land which is in the name of M/s PG Electronics and Mr.
Vishal Gupta.
7 HDFC Bank Term loan 1,344.00 617.66 1,961.67 628.80 “(i).Rs.639.82 lakhs,repayable in monthly Secured by way of exclusive charge over land, Building, at I-26 & I-27,
installment of Rs. 20.34 lakhs from April Site-C, UPSIDC Industrial Area,Surajpur Greater Noida, U.P. (Unit 5) and
2023 to December 2024 and Rs. 30.52 lakhs land, Building, at A-20/2. MIDC Supa, District- Ahmendnagar Maharastra
from January 2025 to May 2025 and balance (Unit 4). Term loan are also secured by way of exclusive charge on
amount in June 2025. plant and machinery situated at Unit 5 of Greater Noida and specific
(iii). Rs.464.36 lakhs, repayable in monthly plant & machinery generated out of the term loan, situated at Unit 4 of
installment from April 2023 to July 2027 and Ahemednagar, Maharashtra.
remaining amount in November 2027.
Personal Guarantee are also given by promoter directors i.e. Mr.Anurag
(iv).Rs.857.49 lakhs, repayable in monthly
Gupta, Mr. Vishal Gupta and Mr. Vikas Gupta.
installments of Rs. 20.54 lakhs from April
2023 to June 2026 and balance in July 2026.
Monthly interest is being charged at the end
of each month.
Notes to the Standalone Financial Statements
for the year ended 31st March, 2023 (All Amounts are in Rupees lakhs, unless otherwise stated)
15 BORROWINGS (Contd..)
8 HDFC Bank Moratorium 71.80 - 71.81 1.01 Repayable in the month of June 2025, June Moratorium Loan Covid -19 of deferment of existing term loans at Sr no
Loan 2026 and November 2027. 07 & interest amount was granted as per Covid -19 Panedemic Relief by
Covid -19 RBI.
converted
from
existing
loans
9 HDFC Bank Term loan 1,000.00 500.00 1,500.00 500.00 “Repayable in monthly installment of Rs. Secured by extention of second ranking charge over existing primary and
ECGLC-02 41.67 lakh from April 2023 to March 2026. collateral securities including mortgages created in favour of the Bank.
Monthly Interest is being charged at the end
Personal Guarantee are also given by promoter directors i.e. Mr.Anurag
of the each month.
Gupta, Mr. Vishal Gupta and Mr. Vikas Gupta.
10 HDFC Bank Term loan 850.68 77.33 928.00 - “Repayable in monthly installment of Secured by extention of second ranking charge over existing primary and
ECGLC-03 Rs. 19.33 lakh from December 2023 to collateral securities including mortgages created in favour of the Bank.
November 2027.
Personal Guarantee are also given by promoter directors i.e. Mr.Anurag
Monthly Interest is being charged at the end
Gupta, Mr. Vishal Gupta and Mr. Vikas Gupta.
of the each month.
11 ICICI Bank Term loan 770.83 250.00 1,020.83 250.00 Repayable in monthly installment of Rs. First Pari Passu charge on all current assets of Unit-4.
20.83 lakh from April 2023 to April 2027 Guaranteed by promoter directors i.e Mr. Anurag Gupta, Mr. Vishal Gupta
along with interest. & Mr. Vikas Gupta .
12 HDFC Bank Vehicle loan 1.54 5.86 7.40 5.43 Repayment in 15 nos EMIs Secured by hypothecation of vehicle acquired
13 ICICI Bank Vehicle loan 13.67 5.72 - 0.67 Repayment in 37 nos EMIs under the respective vehicle loan.
14 Axis Bank Vehicle loan 31.51 27.09 58.60 51.63 In ranging of 1 to 21 nos EMIs
15 Yes Bank Vehicle loan - - - 3.84 Nil
131
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
15 BORROWINGS (Contd..)
2 Uttar Pradesh Interest 595.84 - 447.94 - Repayable in lumpsum amount after 7 years Bank Guarantee of 100% value of loan was issued by State bank of india,
Financial Free Term from the date of disbursement without any Noida in favour of lender for entire period of 7 years plus 6 months delay
Corporation loan interest. period interest @ 15% p.a.,In case of non payment on due date.
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Ltd (Net
Guaranteed by promoter directors i.e. Mr. Anurag Gupta, Mr. Vishal Gupta
of Ind-AS
& Mr. Vikas Gupta.
adjustments)
3 Vehicle Vehicle loan 31.22 16.93 48.15 15.71 Repayment in monthly 32 Nos EMIs - 2 nos Secured by hypothecation of vehicle acquired under the respective
loan from loan accounts vehicle loan.
Sundaram
Finance
Limited
717.08 105.63 674.96 95.43
Unsecured-
Deferred
payments
1 Deferred
Payment
against P&M
Haitian Deferred 43.83 161.10 17.88 159.86 Repayable in the range of 9 to 20 monthly Not Applicable
Huayuan Payment installment from April 2023 to Novmber
Machinery 2024.
India Pvt Ltd.
Haitian Deferred 50.72 163.81 24.68 94.70 Repayable in monthly & quaterly
Huayuan Payment installments.Rs 26.04 lacs in quaterly
(Hongkong) reapayable in 2 nos insatallments & Rs
Limited 188.49 lacs in monthly reapayble in 16 nos
installments
94.55 324.91 42.56 254.56
Notes to the Standalone Financial Statements
for the year ended 31st March, 2023 (All Amounts are in Rupees lakhs, unless otherwise stated)
15 BORROWINGS (Contd..)
B. Repayable on demand
Secured-
From Banks
1 State Bank Cash Credit Limit - - 2,350.85 Repayable on demand (i). Secured by way of hypothecation of entire current assets
of India 1,660.76 including raw material, work-in-progress, finished goods, Book
debts, advance payments, stock in transit, other current assets,
cash margins of Unit 1 at Greater Noida, 2 at Roorkee & 3 at
Greater Noida of the Company
(v). Hypothecation of all fixed assets except land & building and
specified machinery charged under term loans of Unit-1, 2 & 3.
2 State Bank Working Capital - - - 1,000.00 Repayable on demand
of India Demand Loan
133
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
15 BORROWINGS (Contd..)
3 HDFC Bank Cash Credit Limit - 670.83 - 1,278.14 Repayable on demand (i). Secured by way of hypothecation of entire current assets
present and future of Unit 4 & 5 of the Company and First PP
Charge on Current assets of Unit-4 & 5 with ICICI Bank
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
15 BORROWINGS (Contd..)
Unsecured-
From Banks
1 HDFC Bank Bill - - 4,025.29 Repayable on due date I. Exclusive charge on specified receivables discounted.
Discounting 1,289.68
II. Secured by personal guarantee of promoter directors i.e Mr.
Anurag Gupta, Mr. Vishal Gupta & Mr. Vikas Gupta & PDC
cheque for whole facility.
2 ICICI Bank Bill - 911.76 - 547.42 Repayable on due date I. Exclusive charge on specified receivables discounted.
Discounting
II. Secured by personal guarantee of promoter directors i.e Mr.
Anurag Gupta, Mr. Vishal Gupta & Mr. Vikas Gupta & PDC
cheque for whole facility.
3 Bajaj Bill - 643.54 - 3,500.00 Repayable on due date I. Exclusive charge on specified receivables discounted.
Finance Discounting
Limited II. Sales invoice discounting of supplies to Whirlpool & Voltas
Limited.
135
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
16 PROVISIONS
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Non-Current
Provision for employee benefits
Gratuity (refer note 32) 211.00 208.48
Compensated absences (refer note 32) 220.17 201.25
431.17 409.73
Current
Provision for employee benefits
Gratuity (refer note 32) 21.63 19.87
Compensated absences (refer note 32) 18.72 17.56
Provision for warranty expenses-Post Sales# 34.00 50.00
74.35 87.43
Total provisions 505.52 497.16
# 1st April 2022 50.00 -
Arising during the year 29.78 72.00
Utilised -29.78 -22.00
Unused amount reversed -16.00 -
Closing balance as on 31st March 2023 34.00 50.00
17 TRADE PAYABLES
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Current
Total outstanding dues of micro enterprise and small enterprise 699.18 932.52
Total outstanding dues of creditors other than micro enterprise and small 11,473.06 18,795.96
enterprise
12,172.24 19,728.48
1 36
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
(a) Trade Payables include due to related parties Rs.28.63 lakhs (March 31, 2022 : Rs.1.22 lakhs) (refer note 36)
(b) The amounts are unsecured and non interest-bearing and are usually on varying trade term.
(c) For terms and conditions with related parties. (refer to note 36)
(d) Trade payables includes acceptances of Rs.1,666.82 lakhs (March 31, 2022: Rs.6436.97 lakhs)
STATUTORY REPORTS
18 OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Non-Current
Security deposits 5.00 2.06
Deferred cost of Interest Free Loan 212.54 176.31
217.54 178.37
Current
Security deposits 0.16 -
Deferred cost of Interest Free Loan 64.59 49.83
Interest accrued and due on borrowings 62.03 62.31
Capital creditors 218.87 417.58
Expenses creditors 1,271.55 1,444.77
Employee benefits & other dues payable # 376.85 404.53
1,994.05 2,379.02
Total other financial liabilities 2,211.59 2,557.39
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
# (i) Other financial liability include due to related parties Rs.30.33 lakhs ( March 31,2022: Rs.25.74 lakhs) (refer note 36)
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Non Current
Duty and Taxes Payable under MOOWR (net of amount recoverable/adjustable) 124.93 -
124.93 -
Current
Advance from customers 243.58 134.65
Statutory dues 772.66 565.59
1,016.24 700.25
137
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
20 LEASES LIABILITIES
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Non-Current
Leases (refer note 34) 13.73 33.21
13.73 33.21
Current
Leases (refer note 34) 19.48 61.73
19.48 61.73
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Revenue from contract with customers
Sale of products
Manufactured goods 1,15,057.05 88,410.03
Trading goods 15,808.76 13,184.02
Sale of services 466.84 253.79
1,31,332.65 1,01,847.84
Other Operating Income
Sale of scrap 571.39 345.93
Government Subsidy on accrual basis # 1,210.61 1,391.71
1,782.00 1,737.64
Total revenue from operations 1,33,114.65 1,03,585.48
i) Timing of revenue recognition
Goods transferred at a point in time 1,31,437.20 1,01,939.98
Service transferred over a period of time 466.84 253.79
Government Subsidy on accrual basis # 1,210.61 1,391.71
Total revenue from contracts with customers 1,33,114.65 1,03,585.48
Sale of products: Performance obligation in respect of sale of goods is satisfied when control of the goods is transferred to
the customer, generally on dispach of the goods and payment is generally due as per the terms of contract with customers.
Sales of services: The performance obligation in respect of services is satisfied over the period of time and acceptance of the
customer. Payment is generally due upon completion of service and acceptance of the customer.
The Company unit located at Supa, Taluka-Parner, MIDC district Ahemdnagar in Maharashtra is eligible for incentives under the
Electronic Policy-2016 of Maharashtra Government and have been availing incentives in the form of Gross SGST refund for the period
1 38
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
The Company units located at Greater Noida known as Unit-1 & 3 are eligible for incentive under IIEPP-2017 of Uttar Pradesh
Govtt. and letter of comfort has been granted during the current financial year and have been availing incentives in the form
of NET SGST refund on increased turover over base turnover & interest subsidy on term loan taken for Plant & Machinery for
the period of April 2018 to March 2023. During the year Company has recognise income amounting to Rs. 473.23 lakhs and
Rs.119.10 Lakhs based on letter of comfort which receivable from PICUP, UP Government untertaking.
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Contract balances
STATUTORY REPORTS
Trade receivables 13,141.70 17,257.89
Contract Liabilities 243.58 134.65
Trade receivable are non-interest bearing and are generally on terms of 30-90 days.
Contract liabilities include advances received from the customers to deliver the finished goods.
22 OTHER INCOME
139
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
1 40
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
27 FINANCE COST
STATUTORY REPORTS
2,054.96 1,956.87
29 OTHER EXPENSES
141
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
1 42
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
Income tax expenses recognized in Statement of Profit and Loss:
Reconciliation of income tax expense and the accounting profit multiplied by Company’s tax rate:
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Accounting Profit before income tax 5,688.25 4,356.35
Applicable Income Tax rate - u/s 115BAA 25.17% 25.17%
Computed tax expenses 1,431.73 1,096.49
Corporate social responsibility 8.56 -
Capital expenditure in current during the year 1.55 0.11
other permanent disallowances 23.70 37.95
ESOP (74.23) 48.06
CCCD interest directly charge to reserve (123.04) (123.04)
Other comprehensive income 1.44 -
Tax expenses in Statement of profit & loss 1,269.70 1,059.57
143
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
The Company makes contribution in the form of provident funds as considered defined contribution plans and contribution to
Employees Providend Fund Orgnisation.The Company has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been
paid. Following are the schemes covered under defined contributions plans of the Company:
Provident Fund Plan & Employee Pension Scheme: The Company makes monthly contributions at prescribed rates
towards Employee Provident Fund and Employee Pension Scheme fund administered and managed by Ministry of Labour &
Employment,Government of India.
Employee State Insurance: The Company makes prescribed monthly contributions towards Employees State Insurance
Scheme and payment made to Employee State Insurance Corporation, Ministry of Labour & Employment,Government of India.
The Company has charged the following costs in contribution to Provident and Other Funds in the Statement of Profit and Loss:
(i) The Company provides for gratuity obligations through a defined benefit retirement plan (the ‘Gratuity Plan’) covering
all company employees. The Gratuity Plan provides a lump sum payment to vested employees at retirement termination
of employment or death of an employee, based on the respective employees’ salary and years of employment with the
Company.
1 44
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
The greatest risk to the beneficiary is that there are insufficient funds available to provide the promised benefits.
This may be due to:
b) Risk Parameter
Actuarial valuation is done basis some assumptions like salary inflation,discount rate and withdrawal assumptions.
In case the actual experience varies from the assumptions, fund may be insufficient to pay off the liabilities.
Similarly, reduction in discount rate in subsequent future years can increase the plan's liability. Further, actual
withdrawals may be lower or higher then what was assumptions the valuation,may also impact the plan's liability.
STATUTORY REPORTS
Another risk is that the funds, although sufficient, are not available when they are required to finance the benefits.
This may be due to assets being locked for longer period or in illiquid assets.
There may be a risk that the benefit promised is changed or is changeable within the terms of the contract.
ALM risk arises due to a mismatch between assets and liabilities either due to liquidity or changes in interest rates or
due to different duration.
145
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
1 46
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
(vii) The significant actuarial assumptions used for the purposes of the actuarial valuation were as follows:
STATUTORY REPORTS
Life expectancy/ Mortality rate* 100% of IALM 100% of IALM 100%of IALM 100% of IALM
2012-14 2012-14 2012-14 2012-14
withdrawal rate 5.00% 5.00% 5.00% 5.00%
Method used Projected unit Projected unit Projected unit Projected unit
credit Actuarial credit Actuarial credit Actuarial credit Actuarial
method method method method
* Assumptions regarding future mortality are set based on actuarial advice in accordance with published statistics (i.e. IALM 2012-14 ultimate/PY-
IALM 2012-14 ultimate). These assumptions translate into an average life expectancy in years at retirement age.
The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weigheted principal assumptions is:
in discount rate
Changes in liability for 1.00% increase 55.15 48.73 24.80 23.49
in salary growth rate
Changes in liability for1.00% decrease (48.40) (42.51) (21.41) (20.26)
in salary growth rate
Changes in liability for 2.00% increase (19.16) (19.82) (7.08) (7.32)
in withdrawl rate
Changes in liability for 2.00% decrease 24.71 26.02 9.35 9.66
in withdrawl rate
147
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
The average duration of the defined benefit plan obligation at the end of the reporting period is 12 years (31st March
2022: 13 years)
The Plan assets are maintained with Life Insurance Corporation of India.
During the year 2020-21, the Company has establised PG Electroplast Employee Stock Option Scheme 2020 “ESOP 2020” and
the same was approved at the general meeting of the Company held on 28th February 2021. The plan was set up so as to offer
and grant, for the benefit of employees of the Company, who are eligible under “Securities and Exchange Board of India” (SEBI)
(Employee Stock Option Scheme and Employee Stock Purchase Scheme) Guidelines, 1999, option of the Company in one or more
tranches, and on such terms and conditions as may be fixed or determined by the board, in accordance with the law or guidelines
issued by the relevant authorities in this regard;
As per the plan, each option is exercisable for one equity share of face value of Rs. 10 each, at a price to be determined in accordance
with ESOP 2020. ESOP information is given for the number of shares.
(i) Set out below is a summary of options granted and vested during the year under the plan
(ii) Share options outstanding at the end of the year have the following expiry dates and exercise price:
1 48
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
(iii) Fair value of options granted
The fair value at grant date is determined using the Black Scholes Model as per an independent valuer's report having taken
into consideration the market price being the latest available closing price prior to the date of the grant, exercise price being
the price payable by the employees for exercising the option and other assumptions are as below:
149
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
34 Leases
i) The Company’s lease asset primarily consist of leases for land and buildings for offices and warehouses having the various
lease terms. The Company also has certain leases of with lease terms of 12 months or less. The Company applies the ‘short-
term lease’ recognition exemptions for these leases.
ii) The carrying value of right to use assets and movement thereof are disclosed in note 3.
iii) The following is the carrying value lease liability and movement thereof;
Particulars Amount
Balance as at 1st April, 2021 152.70
Addition during the year 58.83
Finance cost accrued during the year 12.17
Deletion during the year (9.12)
Payment of lease liabilities including interest (119.64)
Rent concession on lease liabilities -
Balance as at 31st March, 2022 94.94
Addition during the year -
Finance cost accrued during the year 4.37
Deletion during the year (6.71)
Payment of lease liabilities including interest (59.39)
Balance as at 31st March, 2023 33.21
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Current maturity of lease liability 19.48 61.73
Non Current lease liability 13.73 33.21
33.21 94.94
v) Amounts recognised in the statement of profit and loss during the year
vi) The Company has applied a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases of a similar assets in similar economic environment
with similar end date.
1 50
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
Trade Payable 12,172.23 12,172.23 19,728.49 19,728.49
Other financial liabilities (Non current) 217.54 217.54 178.37 178.37
Other financial liabilities (Current) 1,994.05 1,994.05 2,379.02 2,379.02
The management assessed that cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade payables, other current financial assets and
other current financial liabilities approximate their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments
i) The Company uses the following hierarchy for fair value measurement of the company’s financials assets and liabilities:
Level 1: Quoted prices/NAV (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities at the measurement date.
Level 2: Other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either
directly or indirectly.
Level 3: Techniques which use inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable
market data.
151
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
The Company maintains policies and procedures to value financial assets or financial liabilities using the best and most
relevant data available. The fair values of the financial assets and liabilities are included at the amount that would be received
to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values:
1) Fair value of cash and deposits, trade receivables, trade payables, and other current financial assets and liabilities
approximate their carrying amounts largely due to the short term maturities of these instruments.
2) Borrowings are evaluated by the Company based on parameters such as interest rates, specific country risk factors, credit
risk and other risk characteristics. Fair value of variable interest rate borrowings approximates their carrying values.
1 52
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
b) Other related parties with whom transactions have taken place during the year
STATUTORY REPORTS
Dr. Rita Mohanty (Non Executive Director) till 15.05.2021
Enterprises in which the Key Management Personnel or relatives of them of the Company are interested
153
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
For the year ended 31st March 2023 For the year ended 31st March 2022
Relative Relative
Key Key
Particulars of Key of Key
Subsidiary Management Others Subsidiary Management Others
Management Management
Personnel Personnel
Personnel Personnel
Rent Income
PG Technoplast Private Limited 9.95 - - - 0.36 - - -
PG Plastronics Private Limited 0.60 - - - 0.45 - - -
Revenue - Sales of Products
PG Technoplast Private Limited 17,290.34 - - - 9,953.78 - - -
Revenue - Sales of Services
PG Technoplast Private Limited 15.46 - - - 1.45 - - -
Sale of Capital Goods
PG Technoplast Private Limited 4.74 - - - 3.27 - - -
High Sea Sale of Capital
goods
PG Technoplast Private Limited 1,761.16 - - - 920.67 - - -
Finance Income
PG Technoplast Private Limited 120.93 - - - 150.84 - - -
Purchases of goods
PG Technoplast Private Limited 3,072.76 - - - 3,980.00 - - -
Security Deposit Received
(Rent)
PG Technoplast Private Limited - - - - - - - -
PG Plastronics Private Limited 0.10 -
Investment in Equity Shares
PG Technoplast Private Limited - - - - 7,500.00 - - -
PG Plastronics Private Limited - - - - 2.00 - - -
Investment in Corpus Fund
PG Electroplast Limited 0.01
Employees Welfare Trust
Loan given / (received)*
PG Technoplast Private Limited 6,603.35 - - - 20,977.87 - - -
PG Technoplast Private Limited -5,872.10 - - - -12,381.45 - - -
PG Electroplast Limited 138.65
Employees Welfare Trust
PG Electroplast Limited -126.75
Employees Welfare Trust
Loan Repayment
Mr. Vishal Gupta - - - - - - -
Mr. Vikas Gupta - - - - - - -
Mr. Anurag Gupta - - - - - - -
1 54
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
Remuneration
Mr. Vishal Gupta - 148.81 - - - 122.90 - -
Mr. Vikas Gupta - 148.85 - - - 124.34 - -
Mr. Anurag Gupta - 99.00 - - - 94.88 - -
Mr.Sanchay Dubey - 6.34 - - - 4.74 - -
Mr. Pramod Chimmanlal Gupta - 59.61 - - - 54.63 - -
Mrs. Sarika Gupta - - 30.87 - - - 28.30 -
Mrs. Nitasha Gupta - - 30.87 - - - 28.30 -
Mrs. Neelu Gupta - - 30.87 - - - 28.30 -
Mrs. Sudesh Gupta - - 30.87 - - - 28.30 -
Mr. Pranav Gupta - - 35.26 - - - 21.65 -
Mr. Aditya Gupta - - 24.18 - - - 9.20 -
Mrs. Kanika Gupta - - 6.25 - - - 8.60 -
Mr. Vatsal Gupta - - 18.25 - - - 9.01 -
Mr. Raghav Gupta - - 18.10 - - - 6.69 -
Reimbursement of Expenses
Mr. Anurag Gupta - 12.00 - - - 12.00 - -
Mr. Vishal Gupta - 12.00 - - - 12.00 - -
Mr. Vikas Gupta - 12.00 - - - 12.00 - -
Mr. Pranav Gupta - - 5.28 - - - 4.20 -
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
155
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
For the year ended 31st March 2023 For the year ended 31st March 2022
Relative Relative
Key Key
Particulars of Key of Key
Subsidiary Management Others Subsidiary Management Others
Management Management
Personnel Personnel
Personnel Personnel
Leave Encashment paid
during the year
Mr. Vishal Gupta - 5.15 - - - 14.56 -
Mr.Vikas Gupta - 4.89 - - - 14.38 -
Mr.Anurag Gupta - 3.34 - - - 11.15 -
Mrs. Sarika Gupta - - 1.19 - - - 3.99 -
Mrs. Nitasha Gupta - - 1.13 - - - 3.96 -
Mrs. Neelu Gupta - - 1.24 - - - 3.96 -
Mrs. Sudesh Gupta - - 1.13 - - - 3.96 -
Mr. Pranav Gupta - - 1.76 - - - 1.83 -
Mr. Aditya Gupta - 0.13 - -
e) Outstanding Balances
1 56
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
(i) Remuneration does not include the provision made for gratuity and leave benefits, as they are determined on an acturial
basis for the Company as a whole. Based on the recommendation of the Nomination and remuneration committee, all
decisions relating to the remuneration of the KMPs are taken by the Board of Directors of the Company, in accordance
with shareholders approval, wherever necessary.
STATUTORY REPORTS
(ii) All Transactions entered with related parties defined under the Companies Act, 2013 during the year based on the terms
that would be available to third parties. All other transactions were made in the ordinary course of business and at arm's
lengh price.
(iii) All outstanding balances are unsecured and are repayable in cash.
(iv) *Part of loan of amounted Rs 5872.10 (As on 31st 2022:Rs 12,381.45 lakhs) out of loan taken by PG Technoplast Private
Ltd was repaid during the financial year & loan amounted of Rs Nil (As on 31st March 2022: Rs 7,500 lakhs) has been
converted into equity share capital of PG Technoplast Private Ltd during the previous year.
The Company’s principal financial liabilities comprise borrowings, trade and other payables. The main purpose of these financial
liabilities is to manage finances for the Company’s operations. The Company’s principal financial assets comprise trade and other
receivables and cash and cash equivalent that arise directly from its operations.
The Company’s activities expose it mainly to market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. The monitoring and management of such
risks is undertaken by the senior management of the Company and there are appropriate policies and procedures in place through
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
which such financial risks are identified, measured and managed in accordance with the Company’s policies and risk objectives. It
is the Company policy not to carry out any trading in derivative for speculative purposes.
A) Market Risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in
market prices. Market prices comprises three types of risk: interest rate risk, currency rate risk and other price risks, such as
equity price risk and commodity price risk.
Most of the borrowings availed by the Company are subject to interest on floating rate of basis linked to the base rate or
MCLR (marginal cost of funds based lending rate). In view of the fact that the total borrowings of the Company are quite
substantial, the Company is exposed to interest rate risk.
157
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
With all other variable held constant, the following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in
interest rates on floating rate portion of loans and borrowings as on date.
Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because
of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Company’s exposure to the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates relates
primarily to the Company’s operating activities (when revenue or expense is denominated in foreign currency). The
Company evaluates exchange rate exposure arising from foreign currency transactions and follows established risk
management policies.
The Company's exposure to foreign currency risk at the end of the reporting period expressed in Rs. are as follows;
Sensitivity
The sensitivity of profit or loss to changes in the exchange rates arise mainly from foreign currency denominated financial
instruments.
Impact on Profit and Loss for the Impact on Profit and Loss for the
year ended 31st March, 2023 year ended 31st March, 2022
Currency
Gain/(Loss) on Gain/(Loss) on Gain/(Loss) on Gain/(Loss) on
increase decrease increase decrease
1% appreciation / depreciation in
Indian Rupees against following foreign
currencies
Trade payables
USD & CNY (14.96) 14.96 (70.80) 70.80
(14.96) 14.96 (70.80) 70.80
1 58
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Commodity price risk is the risk that future cash flow of the Company will fluctuate on account of changes in market
price of key raw materials. The Company is exposed to the movement in the price of key raw materials in domestic and
international markets. the company has in place policies to manage exposure to fluctuation in the prices of the key raw
materials used in operations.
B) Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that the Company will not be able to settle or meet its obligations on time or at reasonable price.
The Company uses liquidity forecast tools to manage its liquidity. The Company is able to organise liquidity through own
funds and through working capital loans.The Company has good relationship with its lenders, as a result of which it does not
experience any difficulty in arranging funds from its lenders. Table here under provides the current ratio of the Company as
at the year end.
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Total current assets 34,539.87 46,437.18
Total current liabilities 25,436.76 40,360.66
Current ratio 1.36 1.15
STATUTORY REPORTS
Maturities analysis of financial liabilities:
The table below provides details regarding the contractual maturity of financial liabilities :
More than-
Particulars on demand < 1 year 1-3 year 3-5 year Total
5 years
As at 31st March 2023
Borrowings 3,847.41 5,829.96 5,218.65 2,435.67 800.52 18,132.20
Trade payable - 12,172.23 - - - 12,172.23
Other financial liabilities - 1,994.05 - 217.54 - 2,211.59
Lease liabilities (undiscounted) - 27.14 3.52 1.50 6.00 38.16
3,847.41 20,023.37 5,222.17 2,654.71 806.52 32,554.17
More than-
Particulars on demand < 1 year 1-3 year 3-5 year Total
5 years
As at 31st March 2022
Borrowings 6,673.66 10,730.08 5,125.02 3,334.42 523.73 26,386.91
Trade payable - 19,728.49 - - - 19,728.49
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
C) Credit Risk
Credit risk arises when a counterparty defaults on its contractual obligations to pay resulting in financial loss to the Company.
The Company is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities, primarily trade receivables. The credit risks in respect of
deposits with the banks, foreign exchange transactions and other financial instruments are only nominal.
The customer credit risk is managed subject to the Company’s established policy, procedure and controls relating to
customer credit risk management. In order to contain the business risk, prior to acceptance of an order from a customer,
the creditworthiness of the customer is ensured through scrutiny of its financials, if required, market reports and reference
checks. The Company remains vigilant and regularly assesses the financial position of customers during execution of contracts
159
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
The impairment analysis is performed on each reporting period on individual basis for major customers. Some trade receivables
are grouped and assessed for impairment collectively. The calculation is based on historical data of losses, current conditions
and forecasts and future economic conditions. The Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the
carrying amount of each financial asset.
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Total receivables (note 5) 13,141.70 17,257.89
Receivables individually in excess of 10% of the total receivables 3,521.49 6,353.85
Percentage of above receivables to the total receivables of the Company 26.80% 36.82%
Refer note 5 for ageing of trade receivables as at 31st March, 2023 and 31st March 2022.
38 SEGMENT INFORMATION
Operating segment are defined as components of the company about which seperate financial information is available that is
evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker, or decision- making company, in deciding how to allocate resources
and in assessing performance. The Company primarily operates in one business segment- Consumer Electronic Goods and
Components.
39 CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
For the purpose of Capital Management, Capital includes net debt and toal equity of the Company. The Company manages its
capital so as to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern and to optimise returns to shareholders. The capital structure
of the Company is based on management’s judgement of its strategic and day-to-day needs with a focus on total equity so as to
maintain investor, creditors and market confidence.The Company may take appropriate steps in order to maintain, or if necessary
adjust, its capital structure.
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Non-current borrowings (note 15) 8,454.84 8,983.16
Current borrowings (note 15) 6,692.39 14,746.38
Current maturities of long term borrowings (note 15) 2,984.97 2,657.37
Total debts 18,132.20 26,386.91
Less: Cash and cash equivalent (note 12(a)) 371.26 1,398.89
Net Debt (A) 17,760.94 24,988.01
*Total equity (note 13 & note 14) (B) 35,851.87 30,802.20
Gearing ratio (A/B) 49.54% 81.12%
No changes were made in the objectives, policies or processes for managing capital during the year ended 31st March 2023 and
31st March, 2022.
1 60
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Claims against the company not acknowledged as debts
( excluding interest & penalty )
- Central Excise (FY 2008-09 to 2011-12) 765.73 765.73
- Anti-Dumping duty on Import 738.54 738.54
- Claims by third party 45.75 47.59
Guarantees excluding financial guarantees
- HDFC Bank 21,325.00 11,325.00
- ICICI Bank 16,275.00 3,775.00
- Yes Bank 15,000.00 1,500.00
- State Bank of india 7,500.00 -
61,650.03 18,151.86
(i) Excise department has issued show cause notice dated 22nd December, 2011 for Rs 765.73 in respect of CTV sold to ELCOT,
Tamil Nadu ( a Govt. of Tamil Nadu undertaking) during the period February 2009 to October 2011 for free distribution by the
state Govt. to poor section of the people by paying excise duty on the basis of value determined under section 4A instead of
STATUTORY REPORTS
determining the value under section 4 of the Central Excise Act,1944.The department has the contention that sale is institutional
sale & valuation based on MRP under Section 4A is not applicable to the sale to ELCOT. The appeal made by the Company was
allowed by the CESTAT, New Delhi vide order dated 12th March,2014. However, the excise department has filed the appeal
with Supreme Court, which has been admitted by the Supreme Court on 5th January, 2015 by condoning the delay in filing the
appeal. This matter was last time listed on 2nd January, 2017.However, the Excise department filed an Interlocutory Application
seeking early hearing of the appeal on July 11, 2022. The Hon’ble Chief Justice found no merit in the Interlocutory Application
and accordingly, rejected the application filed by the Excise Department. The matter is pending for Final Hearing.
(ii) Directorate of Revenue Intelligence (DRI) had conducted a search on the factory premises of the Company and the residence
of the Promoters on 8th March 2011. The Company has deposited Rs 145 lakhs as anti-dumping duty on import of CPT
during the period from May 2010 to Dec 2010, which is refunded later on. A show cause notice dated 29th May 2015 has
been issued on the company and raised the demand of Anti-Dumping Duty worth Rs. 738.54 lakhs along with interest and
penalty. The Principal Commissioner of custom has passed an order dated 28th February 2017, confirming the demand of
Rs. 738.54 lakhs along with interest & penalty. The Company has filed an appeal before CESTAT, Allahabad Bench on 1st June
2017. The CESTAT vide its order dated 18th June 2019 has allowed the appeal in favour of the Company and refunded the
deposited amount and set aside the order passed by Principal Commissioner of customs, Noida. However, the Department
has filed a Civil Appeal (No. 6544/2020) against the aforesaid Final order of CESTAT, Allahabad dated 18th June 2019. But till
date no hearing was held at Hon’ble Supreme Court and no stay has been granted to the Department.
(iii) NOTICE FOR RECOVERY: The Company have received a Notice under the jurisdiction of West District, Tis Hazari Court,
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Delhi from M/s Polyblends (India) Pvt. Ltd for recovery of outstanding amount of Rs. 43,70,501.19/- with respect to
purchase of plastic raw material and plastic filled compounds. The authorised representative appeared on behalf of the
Company on May 20, 2022 before the Hon’ble Court. The Hon’ble Court directed the Company to file written statements.
The Company filed the written statements. The pleadings in this case are complete and issues are framed. Evidence
by way of affidavit were filed on behalf of plaintiff. Preliminary Enquiry stood closed. The case was listed on February
March 27, 2023 for examination of certain documents. The next date of hearing for final arguments is on July 24, 2023.
iv) NOTICE FOR RECOVERY: The Company have received a Notice under the jurisdiction of West District, Tis Hazari Court,
Delhi from M/s Niyati Industries through Mr. Vijay Jain for recovery of outstanding amount of Rs. 2,04,980.39/- with
respect to job work of re-enforced (Polystyrene) of plastic raw materials. The authorised representative appeared on
behalf of the Company on May 12, 2022 before the Hon’ble Court and filed the written statements. Replication has been
filed on behalf of the plaintiff on July 23, 2022. The pleadings in this case are complete and issues are framed. The case
was listed on May 02, 2023 for examination of documents. The next date of hearing is July 18, 2023.
(iv) Company has given corporate guarantee to banks for borrowings taken by its wholly owned subsidiary (i.e PG Technoplast
Private Limited).
161
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
b) Commitments
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on Capital account 520.20 635.25
and not provided for (Net of advances)
Other Commitments* - 74.40
520.20 709.65
*During the previous year, Company has entered into an agreement with Solar Stream Renewable Services Private Limited to invest Rs.148.80 lakhs in
tranches in the equity shares of the Company & the same has been invested during the year.
41 DETAILS REQUIRED UNDER SECTION 22 OF MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT
ACT, 2006
Based on the intimation received by the Company from its suppliers regarding their status under the Micro,Small and Medium
Enterprises Development Act, 2006, the relavant information is provided here below:
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
The principle amount and the interest due thereon remaining unpaid to any
supplier at the end of each accounting year;
(i) Principal Amount 699.18 932.52
(ii) Interest due on above - -
The amount of interest paid by the buyer in terms of section 16 of Micro, - -
Small and Medium Enterprises Devlopment Act,2006, along with the amount
of the payment made to the suppliers beyond the appointed day during each
accounting year.
The amount of interest due and payable for the year on delay in making payment - -
(which have been paid but beyond the appointed day during the year) but wihout
adding the interest specified under the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
Development Act,2006,
The amount of interest accrued and remaining unpaid at the end of each - -
accounting year; and
The amount of further interest remaining due and payable even in the - -
succeeding years,until such date when the interest due above are actually
paid to the Small enterprise, for the purpose of disallowances of a deductible
expenditure under section 23 of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
Devlopment Act,2006,
1 62
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
The Company has spent `34 Lakhs on CSR Projects / initiatives during the year (Previous year: Nil ), which are summarized as under:
Recent pronouncements Ministry of Corporate Affairs (“MCA”) notifies new standard or amendments to the existing standards
under Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules as issued from time to time. On March 31, 2023, MCA amended the
STATUTORY REPORTS
Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 by issuing the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Amendment Rules,
2023, applicable from April 1, 2023, as below:
Ind AS 1 – Presentation of Financial Statements The amendments require companies to disclose their material accounting policies
rather than their significant accounting policies. Accounting policy information, together with other information, is material when
it can reasonably be expected to influence decisions of primary users of general purpose financial statements. The Company does
not expect this amendment to have any significant impact in its financial statements.
Ind AS 12 – Income Taxes The amendments clarify how companies account for deferred tax on transactions such as leases and
decommissioning obligations. The amendments narrowed the scope of the recognition exemption in paragraphs 15 and 24 of Ind
AS 12 (recognition exemption) so that it no longer applies to transactions that, on initial recognition, give rise to equal taxable and
deductible temporary differences. The Company is evaluating the impact, if any, in its financial statements.
Ind AS 8 – Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors The amendments will help entities to distinguish
between accounting policies and accounting estimates. The definition of a change in accounting estimates has been replaced
with a definition of accounting estimates. Under the new definition, accounting estimates are “monetary amounts in financial
statements that are subject to measurement uncertainty”. Entities develop accounting estimates if accounting policies require
items in financial statements to be measured in a way that involves measurement uncertainty. The Company does not expect this
amendment to have any significant impact in its financial statements.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
No adjusting or significant non-adjusting events have occurred between the reporting date and date of authorization of these
standalone financial statements.
163
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
45 FINANCIAL RATIOS
As at As at
Ratio Numerator Denominator 31st March 31st March , Variance % Remarks
, 2023 2022
Note: 1: Significant increase in profit after tax due to increase in revenue from operation & repayment of long term loans.
Note: 3: Significant decrease in collection period from receivable & credit period has been also reduced.
Note: 4: Significant decrease in payment period made to trade Payable & credit period has been also reduced.
Amount as per
Amount as Amount of
Name of the Bank Particulars Quarter reported in
per books Difference
quarterly returns
1 64
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
Note for discripencies
(a) The difference in inventory is due to goods in transit included in books of accounts which is not considered in DP statements
filled with bankers.
(b) The difference in creditors is due to Letter of credit taken in books of account on the basis of LC open with banks but in DP
statements are taken on baisis of acceptances.
(c) The difference in debtors is due to subsequent adjustment made in the books of account which is not considered in DP
statements filled with bankers.
Amount as per
Amount as Amount of
Name of the Bank Particulars Quarter reported in
per books Difference
quarterly returns
165
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Amount as per
Amount as Amount of
Name of the Bank Particulars Quarter reported in
per books Difference
quarterly returns
(a) The difference in inventory is due to goods in transit included in books of accounts which is not considered in DP statements
filled with bankers.
(b) The difference in creditors is due to Letter of credit taken in books of account on the basis of LC open with banks but in DP
statements are taken on baisis of acceptances.
(c) The difference in debtors is due to subsequent adjustment made in the books of account which is not considered in DP
statements filled with bankers.
Loan to subsidiaries is given for the purpose of meeting their working capital requirements and for general corporate purposes.
Loan to controlled Entity is given for the purpose for investing in shares given to employees under Stock Option Scheme -
2020 in compliance with the SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021.
1 66
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
47 Disclosure required under Section 186(4) of the Companies Act, 2013 (Contd..)
Corporate guarantee provided to banks for borrowings taken by its subsidiary for the purpose of their principal business activities.
i) The Company does not have any Benami property, where any proceeding has been initiated or pending against the Company
for holding any Benami property.
ii) The Company does not have any transactions with companies struck off Company.
iii) The Company does not have any charges or satisfaction which is yet to be registered with ROC beyond the statutory period.
iv) The Company has not traded or invested in Crypto currency or Virtual Currency during the financial year.
v) The Company is not a declared wilful defaulter by any bank or financial Institution or other lender, in accordance with the
STATUTORY REPORTS
guidelines on wilful defaulters issued by the Reserve Bank of India, during the year ended 31 March 2023 and 31 March 2022.
vi) The Company has not advanced or loaned or invested funds to any other person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities
(Intermediaries) with the understanding that the Intermediary shall: (a) directly or indirectly lend or invest in other persons
or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the company (Ultimate Beneficiaries) or (b) provide any
guarantee, security or the like to or on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries.
vii) The Company has not received any fund from any person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities (Funding Party) with the
understanding (whether recorded in writing or otherwise) that the Company shall: (a) directly or indirectly lend or invest in
other persons or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the Funding Party (Ultimate Beneficiaries) or
(b) provide any guarantee, security or the like on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries.
viii) The Company does not have any such transaction which is not recorded in the books of accounts that has been surrendered or
disclosed as income during the year in the tax assessments under the Income Tax Act, 1961 (such as, search or survey or any
other relevant provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961.
49 Previous year figures have been regrouped/reclassified wherever necessary to correspond with the current year's classification/
disclosure.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As per our report of even date attached For and on behalf of Board of Directors
For S.S.Kothari Mehta & Company PG Electroplast Ltd
Chartered Accountants
Firm Registration No. 000756N
167
Consolidated
Financial
Statements
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
to the explanations given to us, and based on the consideration consolidated financial statements for the year ended March
of reports of other auditors on separate financial statements 31, 2023. These matters were addressed in the context of
of such subsidiaries and controlled entity, as were audited our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole,
by the other auditors, the aforesaid consolidated financial and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a
statements give the information required by the Companies separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our
Act, 2013 (“Act”) in the manner so required and give a true description of how our audit addressed the matter is provided
and fair view in conformity with the accounting principles in that context.
generally accepted in India, of the consolidated state of
affairs of the Group and controlled entity as at March 31, We have determined the matters described below to be
2023, of its consolidated profit and other comprehensive loss, the key audit matters to be communicated in our report.
consolidated changes in equity and consolidated cash flows for We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in Auditor’s
the year then ended. responsibilities for the audit of consolidated financial
statements section of our report, including in relation to these
Basis for Opinion matters.
Key audit matters How our audit addressed the key audit matter
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Revenue from the sale of goods (hereinafter referred to as • Evaluating the integrity of the general information and
“Revenue”) is recognized when the Company performs its technology control environment and testing the operating
obligation to its customers and the amount of revenue can effectiveness of key IT application controls.
be measured reliably and recovery of the consideration is
probable. The timing of such recognition in case of sale of • Evaluating the design and implementation of Company’s
goods is when the control over the same is transferred to controls in respect of revenue recognition.
the customer.
• Testing the effectiveness of such controls over revenue cut
off at year-end.
169
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Key audit matters How our audit addressed the key audit matter
The timing of revenue recognition is relevant to the • Testing the supporting documentation for sales transactions
reported performance of the Company. The management recorded during the period closer to the year end and
considers revenue as a key measure for evaluation of subsequent to the year end, including examination of credit
performance. There is a risk of revenue being recorded notes issued after the year end to determine whether revenue
before control is transferred. was recognized in the correct period.
Judgement is involved to determine that the aforesaid • Examined the technical evaluation by third party specialist
capitalization meet the recognition requirement under appointed by management.
lnd AS. specifically in relation to determination of
• Assessed the nature of the additions made to PPE, intangible
whether the criteria for intended use has been met.
assets, capital work-in-progress and intangible asset under
Further, the Company has assessed the useful life of its
development on a test check basis to test whether they
PPE. Assessment of useful life of plant and machinery
meet the recognition criteria of Ind AS 16- Property, Plant
involves management judgement, technical assessment,
and Equipment, including intended use of management.
anticipated technological changes etc.
Revenue Recognition The audit procedures applied by the component auditor of the
component included and were not limited to the following:
a) Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised in the
income statement when the significant risks and Evaluation of internal control activities oven revenue recognition
rewards of ownership have been transferred to the and testing of key controls.
buyer. This normally means when a product has been Testing of accounts receivables by requesting confirmations
delivered to the customer in accordance with agreed from the company’s customers and by reconciling cash payments
delivery terms. Revenue from the sale of services received after the year end against the accounts receivable
is recognised when the service is rendered to the balances at the year end.
customer.
The risk for revenue being recognised in an incorrect period
b) The risk for revenue being. recognised in an incorrect presents a key audit matter due to the financial significance and
period presents a key audit matter due to the financial nature of net sales in the financial statements.
significance and nature of net sales in the financial We assessed that the disclosure of revenue in accordance
statements with IND AS 115 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ are
appropriately presented and disclosed.
1 70
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Other Information related to going concern and using the going concern basis
of accounting unless the respective Board of Directors either
The Holding Company’s Management and Board of Directors are intends to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or
responsible for the other information. The other information has no realistic alternative but to do so.
comprises the information included in the annual report but
STATUTORY REPORTS
As part of an audit in accordance with SAs, we exercise
The Holding Company’s Management and Board of Directors professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism
are responsible for the preparation and presentation of these throughout the audit. We also:
consolidated financial statements in terms of the requirements
of the Act that give a true and fair view of the consolidated • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement
state of affairs, consolidated profit and other comprehensive of the consolidated financial statements, whether due
income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures
consolidated cash flows of the Group including controlled responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that
entity in accordance with the accounting principles generally is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our
accepted in India, including the Indian Accounting Standards opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement
(Ind AS) specified under section 133 of the Act. resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from
error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional
The respective Management and Board of Directors of the omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal
companies included in the Group and controlled entity are control.
responsible for maintenance of adequate accounting records
in accordance with the provisions of the Act for safeguarding • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to
the assets of each Company and for preventing and detecting the audit in order to design audit procedures that are
frauds and other irregularities; the selection and application appropriate in the circumstances. Under section 143(3)
of appropriate accounting policies; making judgments and (i) of the Act, we are also responsible for expressing our
estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and the design, opinion on whether the Holding Company, its subsidiaries
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
implementation and maintenance of adequate internal and its controlled entity has adequate internal financial
financial controls, that were operating effectively for ensuring controls with reference to consolidated financial
accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, relevant statements in place and the operating effectiveness of
to the preparation and presentation of the consolidated such controls.
financial statements that give a true and fair view and are free
• Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error,
used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates
which have been used for the purpose of preparation of the
and related disclosures in the consolidated financial
consolidated financial statements by the Management and
statements made by the Management and Board of
Directors of the Holding Company, as aforesaid.
Directors.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the
• Conclude on the appropriateness of the Management
respective Management and Board of Directors of the
and Board of Directors use of the going concern basis of
companies included in the Group and controlled entity are
accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained,
responsible for assessing the ability of each company to
whether a material uncertainty exists related to events
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters
171
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
We communicate with those charged with governance of Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements
the Holding Company and such other entities included in
the consolidated financial statements of which we are the 1. As required by the Companies (Auditors’ Report) Order,
independent auditors regarding, among other matters, the 2020 (the ‘Order’ or ‘CARO’), issued by the Central
planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit Government of India in terms of sub-section (11) of
findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal section 143 of the Act, based on our audit and on the
control that we identify during our audit. consideration of report of the other auditors on separate
financial statements and the other financial information
We also provide those charged with governance with a of the subsidiaries and its controlled entity, incorporated
statement that we have complied with relevant ethical in India, we give in the “Annexure A” a statement on the
requirements regarding independence, and to communicate matters specified in paragraphs 3(xxi) of the Order.
with them all relationships and other matters that may
reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and 2. As required by Section 143(3) of the Act, based on our audit
where applicable, related safeguards. and on the consideration of report of the other auditor
on separate financial statements of such subsidiaries and
From the matters communicated with those charged with controlled entity as was audited by other auditor, as noted
governance, we determine those matters that were of most in the ‘Other Matters’ paragraph, we report, to the extent
significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements applicable, that:
for the year ended March 31, 2023 and are therefore the key
audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ a) We have sought and obtained all the information and
report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure explanations which to the best of our knowledge and
about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, belief were necessary for the purposes of our audit of
we determine that a matter should not be communicated in the aforesaid consolidated financial statements;
our report because the adverse consequences of doing so
b) In our opinion, proper books of account as required
would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest
by law relating to preparation of the aforesaid
benefits of such communication.
consolidated financial statements have been kept so
far as it appears from our examination of those books
and the report of the other auditor;
1 72
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
c) The consolidated balance sheet, the consolidated ii. The Group and controlled entity did not have
statement of profit and loss (including other any long term contracts including derivative
comprehensive income), the consolidated statement contracts for which there were any material
of changes in equity and the consolidated statement of foreseeable losses;
cash flows dealt with by this Report are in agreement
STATUTORY REPORTS
or in any person(s) or entity(ies), including
controls with reference to consolidated financial foreign entities (‘the intermediaries’), with
statements of the Holding Company, subsidiaries and the understanding, whether recorded in
controlled entity and the operating effectiveness writing or otherwise, that the intermediary
of such controls, refer to our separate Report in shall, whether, directly or indirectly lend or
“Annexure B”; invest in other persons or entities identified
in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of
g) In our opinion and based on the consolidation
the Holding Company, or any such subsidiary
of reports of the other statutory auditors of the
companies or controlled entity or provide
subsidiaries and controlled entity incorporated in
any guarantee, security or the like on behalf
India, the managerial remuneration for the year
the Ultimate Beneficiaries;
ended March 31, 2023 has been paid/provided by
the Holding Company, its subsidiaries and controlled b) The respective managements of the Holding
entity incorporated in India to their directors in Company, its subsidiaries and controlled
accordance with the provision of section 197 read entity incorporated in India whose financial
with schedule V of the Act; statements have been audited under the
Act have represented to us and the other
h) With respect to the other matters to be included in
auditors of such subsidiaries respectively
the Auditor's Report in accordance with Rule 11 of
that, to the best of their knowledge and
the Companies (Audit and Auditor’s) Rules, 2014, in
belief, as disclosed in the Note 46 to the
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
173
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
on behalf of the Funding Party (‘Ultimate using accounting software which has a feature of
Beneficiaries’) or provide any guarantee, recording audit trail (edit log) facility is applicable
security or the like on behalf of the Ultimate to the Company with effect from April 1, 2023,
Beneficiaries; and and accordingly, reporting under Rule 11(g) of
Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 is
c) Based on such audit procedures performed not applicable for the financial year ended March
by us and that performed by the auditors 31, 2023.
of the subsidiaries (including step down
subsidiary) and controlled entity, as
considered reasonable and appropriate in
the circumstances, nothing has come to our
or other auditors’ notice that has caused For S.S. Kothari Mehta & Company
us or the other auditors to believe that the Chartered Accountants
management representations under sub- Firm Registration No. 000756N
clauses (a) and (b) above contain any material
misstatement.
AMIT GOEL
v. No dividend has been declared or paid during Partner
the year by the Company, its subsidiaries and its Membership No: 500607
controlled entity. Place: New Delhi
vi. Proviso to Rule 3(1) of the Companies (Accounts) Date : May 26, 2023
Rules, 2014 for maintaining books of account UDIN: 23500607BGURLD2788
1 74
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Annexure A to the Independent Auditors’ Report to the members of PG Electroplast Limited dated May 26,
2023 on its Consolidated Financial Statements
In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, following company incorporated in India and included
AMIT GOEL
Partner
Date : May 26, 2023 Membership No: 500607
UDIN: 23500607BGURLD2788 Place: New Delhi
STATUTORY REPORTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
175
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Annexure B to the Independent Auditors’ Report to the members of PG Electroplast Limited dated May 26,
2023 on its Consolidated Financial Statements
Report on the Internal Financial Controls under Clause (i) of Sub-section 3 of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the
Act”) as referred to in paragraph 2(f) of ‘Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements’ section.
1 76
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Inherent Limitations of Internal Financial controls Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered
with Reference to Financial Statements Accountants of India (the “Guidance Note”).
STATUTORY REPORTS
Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Date : May 26
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
177
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
As at As at
Particulars Note
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
ASSETS
Non-Current Assets
Property, plant and equipment 3 57,656.99 44,028.77
Capital work-in-progress 3 197.50 488.98
Goodwill 4 0.34 0.34
Other intangible assets 4 122.02 66.78
Financial Assets
Investments 7 217.64 69.02
Other financial assets 8 994.63 837.39
Other non-current assets 9 783.13 553.89
Total Non-Current Assets 59,972.25 46,045.17
Current Assets
Inventories 11 35,338.12 28,603.25
Financial assets
Trade receivables 5 43,787.36 21,332.74
Cash and cash equivalents 12(a) 866.91 2,385.29
Bank balances other than cash and cash equivalents 12(b) 3,095.76 1,533.07
Loans 6 45.83 275.28
Investments 6(b) - -
Other financial assets 8 2,675.94 1,936.63
Other current assets 9 3,661.45 4,304.24
Income tax assets (Net) 10 1,372.91 436.94
Total Current Assets 90,844.28 60,807.44
TOTAL ASSETS 1,50,816.53 1,06,852.61
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
Equity share capital 13 2,274.26 2,122.49
Other equity 14 37,318.52 29,107.31
Total Equity 39,592.78 31,229.80
Liabilities
Non-Current Liabilities
Financial Liabilities
Borrowings 15 22,495.96 17,178.48
Other financial liabilities 18 217.54 178.37
Lease liabilities 20 3,162.21 1,339.81
Deferred tax liabilities (Net) 31 2,817.61 1,655.70
Provisions 16 562.10 447.66
Other liabilities 19 604.73 -
Total Non-Current Liabilities 29,860.15 20,800.02
Current Liabilities
Financial Liabilities
Borrowings 15 31,756.50 21,206.63
Trade payables
- Total outstanding dues of micro and small enterprises 17 2,967.79 1,358.05
- Total outstanding dues other than micro and small enterprises 17 36,027.31 25,562.65
Other financial liabilities 18 5,316.90 4,453.34
Lease liabilities 20 284.24 137.37
Other current liabilities 19 4,072.33 2,013.83
Provisions 16 93.06 90.92
Income tax liabilities (Net) 845.47 -
Total Current Liabilities 81,363.60 54,822.79
Total Liabilities 1,11,223.75 75,622.81
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1,50,816.53 1,06,852.61
Significant Accounting Policies 2
As per our report of even date attached For and on behalf of Board of Directors
For S.S.Kothari Mehta & Company PG Electroplast Ltd
Chartered Accountants
Firm Registration No. 000756N
1 78
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
Total tax expenses 2,007.46 1,162.66
Profit for the year 7,746.86 3,741.56
Other comprehensive income
A. Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent years
Remeasurement gain on the defined benefit plans (3.12) 47.09
Income tax effect 0.08 -
Other comprehensive income for the year (3.04) 47.09
Total comprehensive income for the year 7,743.82 3,788.65
Profit for the year attributable to
Equity share holders of the parent company 7,746.86 3,741.55
Non controlling interests -
Other comprehensive income for the year attributable to
Equity share holders of the parent company (3.04) 47.09
Non controlling interests -
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to
Equity share holders of the parent company 7,743.82 3,788.65
Non controlling interests -
Earnings per equity share of Rupee 10 each
Basic earnings per share 30 35.78 18.08
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As per our report of even date attached For and on behalf of Board of Directors
For S.S.Kothari Mehta & Company PG Electroplast Ltd
Chartered Accountants
Firm Registration No. 000756N
179
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
1 80
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
The above Cash Flow Statement has been prepared under the 'Indirect Method' as set out in the Indian Accounting Standard (Ind
AS 7) "Statement of Cash Flows".
As per our report of even date attached For and on behalf of Board of Directors
For S.S.Kothari Mehta & Company PG Electroplast Ltd
Chartered Accountants
Firm Registration No. 000756N
181
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
B OTHER EQUITY *
1 82
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
Adjustment on termination - - 4.05 - - (4.05) - -
of ESOP
Share based employee - - - - - 339.40 - 339.40
expenses
Balance as at 31st March, (6.25) 23,239.38 13,513.97 - 101.40 470.02 - 37,318.52
2023
As per our report of even date attached For and on behalf of Board of Directors
For S.S.Kothari Mehta & Company PG Electroplast Ltd
Chartered Accountants
Firm Registration No. 000756N
183
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
This note provides a list of the significant accounting The consolidated financial statements comprises the
policies adopted in the preparation of these standalone financial statement of the PG Electroplast Limited ('the
financial statements. These policies have been consistently Parent company') and subsidiaries (collectively "the
applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. Group) as at March 31, 2022. Control is achieved when the
Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from
(a) Basis of preparation and presentation
its involvement with the investee and has the ability to
(i) Compliance with Ind AS affect those returns through its power over the investee.
Specifically, the Group controls an investee if and only if
These consolidated financial statements of the the Group has:
Group have been prepared in accordance with Indian
Accounting Standards (Ind AS) notified under the (i) Power over the investee (i.e. existing rights that give
Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of
(as amended from time to time) and presentation the investee)
requirements of Division II of Schedule III to the
(ii) Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its
Companies Act, 2013, (Ind AS compliant Schedule
involvement with the investee, and
III). These consolidated financial statements are
presented in INR and all values are rounded to the (iii) The ability to use its power over the investee to affect
nearest lakhs, except when otherwise indicated. its returns.
(ii) Historical cost convention Generally, there is a presumption that a majority of voting
rights result in control. To support this presumption and
The financial statements have been prepared on a
when the Group has less than a majority of the voting
historical cost basis except for certain assets and
or similar rights of an investee, the Group considers all
liabilities (including derivative instruments) that are
relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether it
measured at fair values at the end of each reporting
has power over an investee, including
period, as explained in the accounting policies below.
1 84
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
(i) The contractual arrangement with the other vote (ii) Offset (eliminate) the carrying amount of the parent’s
STATUTORY REPORTS
even if this results in the non-controlling interests having
uniform accounting policies for like transactions and other
a deficit balance. When necessary, adjustments are made
events in similar circumstances. If a member of the Group
to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring their
uses accounting policies other than those adopted in the
accounting policies into line with the Group’s accounting
consolidated financial statements for like transactions and
policies. All intra-group assets and liabilities, equity,
events in similar circumstances, appropriate adjustments
income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions
are made to that Group member’s financial statements in
between members of the Group are eliminated in full on
preparing the consolidated financial statements to ensure
consolidation.
conformity with the Group’s accounting policies.
Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess
The financial statements of all entities used for the
of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and
purpose of consolidation are drawn up to same reporting
the amount recognised for noncontrolling interests,
date as that of the parent company, i.e., year ended on
and any previous interest held, over the net identifiable
March 31. When the end of the reporting period of the
assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If the fair value
parent company is different from that of a subsidiary, the
of the net assets acquired is in excess of the aggregate
subsidiary prepares, for consolidation purposes, additional
consideration transferred, the Group re-assesses whether
financial information as of the same date as the financial
it has correctly identified all of the assets acquired and
statements of the parent company to enable the parent
all of the liabilities assumed and reviews the procedures
company to consolidate the financial information of the
used to measure the amounts to be recognised at the
subsidiary, unless it is impracticable to do so or there are
acquisition date. If the reassessment still results in an
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
185
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
• Held primarily for the purpose of trading (iv) Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of
historical cost in a foreign currency are translated
• Expected to be realised within twelve months after
using the exchange rates at the dates of the initial
the reporting period, or
transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair
• Cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being value in a foreign currency are translated using the
exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least exchange rates at the date when the fair value is
twelve months after the reporting period determined. The gain or loss arising on translation of
non-monetary items measured at fair value is treated
All other assets are classified as non-current. in line with the recognition of the gain or loss on
A liability is current when: the change in fair value of the item (i.e., translation
differences on items whose fair value gain or loss is
• It is expected to be settled in normal operating cycle
recognised in OCI or profit or loss are also recognised
• It is held primarily for the purpose of trading in OCI or profit or loss, respectively).
• It is due to be settled within twelve months after the (f) Revenue recognition
reporting period, or
Revenues from contract with customers is recognized
• There is no unconditional right to defer when controls of the goods or services transferred to the
the settlement of the liability for at least customer at an amount that reflects the consideration
twelve months after the reporting period to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange
The terms of the liability that could, at the option of of goods or services. Revenue is stated net of Goods
the counterparty, result in its settlement by the issue and Service tax and net of returns, trade allowances and
of equity instruments do not affect its classification. discounts.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non- Revenue from sale of goods is recognized on transfer
current assets and liabilities. of control of goods to the customers, which is usually
on dispatch of goods to customers premises.
The operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of
assets for processing and their realisation in cash and cash Variable Consideration
equivalents. The Group has identified twelve months as its
The Group recognizes revenue from the sale of
operating cycle.
goods measured at the standalone selling price
(e) Foreign currencies of the consideration received or receivable, net of
returns and allowances, trade discounts and volume
(i) Functional and presentation currency rebates. If the consideration in a contract includes a
variable amount, the Group estimates the amount of
The consolidated financial statements are presented consideration to which it will be entitled in exchange
in Indian rupee (INR), which is Group’s functional and for transferring the goods to the customer. The
presentation currency unless stated otherwise. variable consideration is estimated at contract
inception and constrained until it is highly probable
(ii) Transactions and balances
that a significant revenue reversal in the amount
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur
by the Group’s entities at their respective functional when the associated uncertainty with the variable
currency spot rates at the date the transaction first consideration is subsequently resolved.
qualifies for recognition. However, for practical reasons,
(ii) Sale of services
the Group uses average rate if the average approximates
the actual rate at the date of the transaction. Revenue from services represents the job work
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign services and repairing of moulds performed by the
currencies are translated at the functional currency Group for its customers, Revenue from services is
spot rates of exchange at the reporting date. recognized as per the terms of the contract with the
customer over the period of time when the control of
(iii) Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in
services is transferred to the customers.
the statement of profit and loss on a net basis within
exceptional items.
1 86
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
A contract liability is the obligation to transfer When loans or similar assistance are provided by
goods or services to a customer for which the governments or related institutions, with an interest rate
Group has received consideration (or an amount of below the current applicable market rate, the effect of
consideration is due) from the customer. If a customer this favourable interest is regarded as a government grant.
pays consideration before the Group transfers The loan or assistance is initially recognised and measured
goods or services to the customer, a contract at fair value and the government grant is measured as the
difference between the initial carrying value of the loan and
STATUTORY REPORTS
liability is recognized when the payment is made or
the payment is due (whichever is earlier). Contract the proceeds received. The loan is subsequently measured
liabilities are recognized as revenue when the Group as per the accounting policy applicable to financial liabilities.
performs under the contract (i.e., transfers control of
(h) Income tax
the related goods or services to the customer).
The income tax expense or credit for the period is the
A trade receivable is recognized if an amount of
tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based
consideration that is unconditional (i.e., only the passage
on the applicable income tax rate adjusted by changes
of time is required before payment of the consideration
in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to
is due). Refer to accounting policies of financial assets
temporary differences and to unused tax losses. Income
in section (Financial instruments – initial recognition
Tax expense for the year comprises of current tax and
and subsequent measurement)."
deferred tax.
(iv) Other Income
(i) Current tax
Other income comprise interest income, rental
Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured
income, liabilities no longer required written back,
at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid
refund of electricity duty, government incentive and
to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws
others.
used to compute the amount are those that are enacted
or substantively enacted, at the reporting date where
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
187
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
using either most likely method or expected value same taxation authority on either the same taxable
method, depending on which method predicts better entity or different taxable entities which intend
resolution of the treatment. either to settle current tax liabilities and assets on
a net basis, or to realise the assets and settle the
(ii) Deferred tax liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in
which significant amounts of deferred tax liabilities or
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences
assets are expected to be settled or recovered.
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities
in the consolidated financial statements and the (i) Leases
corresponding tax bases used in the computation of
taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities are generally The Group assesses at contract inception whether a
recognised for all taxable temporary differences. contract is, or contains, a lease. That is, if the contract
Deferred tax assets are generally recognised for conveys the right to control the use of an identified
all deductible temporary differences, the carry asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.
forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses To assess whether a contract conveys the right to control
to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits the use of an identified asset, the Group assesses whether:
will be available against which those deductible (i) the contract involves the use of an identified asset (ii)
temporary differences, the carry forward of unused the Group has substantially all of the economic benefits
tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised. Such from use of the asset through the period of the lease and
deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised (iii) the Group has the right to direct the use of the asset.
if the temporary difference arises from the initial
recognition (other than in a business combination) Group as a lessee
of assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects
The Group’s lease asset classes primarily consist of
neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.
leases for land and buildings. The Group applies a single
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed recognition and measurement approach for all leases,
at the end of each reporting period and reduced to except for short-term leases and leases of lowvalue
the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient assets. The Group recognises lease liabilities to make
taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of lease payments and right-of-use assets representing the
the asset to be recovered. right to use the underlying assets.
Deferred tax liabilities and assets are measured at (i) Right-of-Use assets (ROU)
the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year
The Group recognises right-of-use assets at the
in which the liability is settled or the asset realised,
commencement date of the lease (i.e., the date the
based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been
underlying asset is available for use). Right-of-use
enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the
assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated
reporting period.
depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted
Deferred tax relating to items recognized outside the for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost
statement of profit and loss is recognized outside of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease
the statement of profit and loss (either in other liabilities recognized, initial direct costs incurred, and
comprehensive income or in equity). Deferred tax lease payments made at or before the commencement
items are recognized in correlation to the underlying date less any lease incentives received. Right-of-use
transaction either in OCI or direct in equity. assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over
the lease term.
The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets
reflects the tax consequences that would follow from The Group classifies ROU assets as part of Property,
the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of plant and equipment in Balance Sheet and lease
the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying liability in “ Financial Liability”.
amount of its assets and liabilities.
(ii) Lease liabilities
The Group offsets deferred tax assets and deferred
At the commencement date of the lease, the Group
tax liabilities if and only if it has a legally enforceable
recognises lease liabilities measured at the present
right to set off current tax assets and current tax
value of lease payments to be made over the lease
liabilities and the deferred tax assets and deferred
term. The lease payments include fixed payments
tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the
(including in substance fixed payments) less any lease
1 88
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
incentives receivable, variable lease payments that the contract is classified as a finance lease. All
STATUTORY REPORTS
is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in
adjustment to the borrowing costs.
the lease term, a change in the lease payments (e.g.,
changes to future payments resulting from a change (k) Earnings Per Share (EPS)
in an index or rate used to determine such lease
payments) or a change in the assessment of an option Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the
to purchase the underlying asset. net profit or loss for the period attributable to equity
shareholders by the weighted average number of equity
Lease payments are allocated between principal and shares outstanding during the period. The weighted
finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or average number of equity shares outstanding during the
loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant period is adjusted for events such as bonus issue, bonus
periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of element in a rights issue, share split, and reverse share
the liability for each period. Variable lease payments split (consolidation of shares) if any that have changed
that depend on sales are recognized in profit or loss in the number of equity shares outstanding, without a
the period in which the condition that triggers those corresponding change in resources.
payments occurs.
For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share,
(iii) Short term leases and leases of low-value of assets the net profit or loss for the period attributable to equity
shareholders and the weighted average number of shares
The Group applies the short-term lease recognition
outstanding during the period are adjusted for the effect
exemption to its short-term leases (i.e., those leases
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
189
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
are net of recoverable taxes /duty. Subsequent costs are Depreciation is not recorded on capital work in progress
included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as until construction and installation are complete and the
a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable assets is ready for its intended use.
that future economic benefits associated with the item
will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be (m) Intangible assets
measured reliably.All other repair and maintenance
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on
costs are recognised in statement of profit and loss as
initial recognition at cost. Following initial recognition,
incurred. The present value of the expected cost for the
intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated
decommissioning of an asset after its use is included in the
amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.
cost of the respective asset if the recognition criteria for a
Internally generated intangibles, excluding capitalised
provision are met.
development costs, are not capitalised and the related
Each part of item of property, plant and equipment, expenditure is reflected in profit or loss in the period in
if significant in relation to the total cost of the item, which the expenditure is incurred.
is depreciated separately. Further, parts of plant and
Amortisation is recognised on a straight-line basis over
equipment that are technically advised to be replaced at
their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful life
prescribed intervals/period of operation are depreciated
and amortisation method are reviewed at the end of
separately based on their specific useful life provided
each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in
these are of significant amounts commensurate with the
estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis.
size of the Group and scale of its operations. The carrying
amount of any equipment accounted for as separate asset Estimated useful lives of the intangible assets are as
is derecognised when replaced. follows:
Capital work- in- progress includes cost of property, plant Assets Estimated Useful Life
and equipment under installation / under development Computer Software 6 Years
as at the balance sheet date. Capital work in progress is Product Development 10 Years
stated at cost, net of accumulated impairment loss, if any.
An intangible asset is derecognised on disposal, or when
An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised no future economic benefits are expected from use or
upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are disposal. Gains or losses arising from derecognition of
expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any an intangible asset, measured as the difference between
gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an item the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the
of property, plant and equipment is determined as the asset, are recognised in statement of profit or loss when
difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying the asset is derecognised.
amount of the asset and is recognised in statement of
Research and development costs
profit or loss.
Research costs are expensed as incurred. Development
Depreciation methods, estimated useful lives and residual
expenditures on an individual project are recognised as an
value
intangible asset when the Group can demonstrate:
Depreciation commences when the assets are ready for
(i) the technical feasibility of completing the intangible
their intended use. Depreciation is calculated using the
asset so that the asset will be available for use or sale;
straight-line method to allocate their cost, net of their
residual values, over their estimated useful lives. (ii) its intention to complete and its ability and intention
to use or sell the asset;
Depreciation on Property, Plant & Equipment has been
provided on Straight Line Method (SLM) based on the (iii) how the asset will generate probable future economic
useful life of the assets prescribed in Schedule II of the benefits;
Companies Act, 2013 except in respect of major plant &
machinery, where useful life has been taken as 25 years, (iv) the availability of adequate technical, financial and
as technically assessed. other resources to complete the development and to
use or sell the asset; and
The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation
method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, (v) the ability to measure reliably the expenditure
with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for attributable to asset during its development.
on a prospective basis.
1 90
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
The amount initially recognised for intangible assets is the estimates are reviewed at each reporting date and
(i) Inventories of raw materials, components, stores and A contingent liability is a possible obligation that
STATUTORY REPORTS
spares are valued at lower of cost ( net of recoverable arises from past events whose existence will be
taxes ) and net realizable value. Cost for the purpose of confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of
valuation of such inventories is determined using the one or more uncertain future events beyond the
first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Net realizable value control of the Group or a present obligation that is not
is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course recognized because it is not probable that an outflow
of business less the estimated cost of completion and of resources will be required to settle the obligation. A
the estimated cost necessary to make the sale. contingent liability also arises in extremely rare cases,
where there is a liability that cannot be recognized
(ii) Finished goods and work-in-progress are valued at because it cannot be measured reliably. The Group
lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of does not recognize a contingent liability but discloses
finished goods and work-in-progress includes raw its existence in the financial statements unless the
material costs (net of recoverable taxes), direct cost probability of outflow of resources is remote.
of conversion and proportionate allocation of indirect
costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their (iii) Contingent assets
present location and condition.
Contingent assets are not recognized. However, when
(iii) Traded goods: cost includes cost of purchase and the realization of income is virtually certain, then the
other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their related asset is no longer a contingent asset, but it is
present location and condition. Cost is determined on recognized as an asset.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
191
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
be paid when the liabilities are settled. The liabilities reference to market yields at the end of the reporting
are presented as current benefit obligations in the period on government bonds that have terms
balance sheet. approximating to the terms of the related obligation,
with actuarial valuations being carried out at the end
(ii) Other long-term employee benefit obligations of each annual reporting period.
Other long-term employee benefits includes earned The net interest cost is calculated by applying the
leaves, sick leaves and employee bonus. discount rate to the net balance of the defined
benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets.
Earned leaves
This cost is included in employee benefit expense in
The liabilities for earned leaves are not expected to be the statement of profit and loss. Remeasurement
settled wholly within twelve months after the end of gains and losses arising from experience adjustments
the period in which the employees render the related and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised
service. They are therefore measured at the present in the period in which they occur, directly in other
value of expected future payments to be made in comprehensive income. They are included in retained
respect of services provided by employees up to the earnings in the statement of changes in equity and in
end of the reporting period using the projected unit the balance sheet.
credit method, with actuarial valuations being carried
Defined contribution plans
out at the end of each annual reporting period. The
benefits are discounted using the government bond Defined contribution plans are retirement benefit
yields at the end of the reporting period that have plans under which the Group pays fixed contributions
terms approximating to the terms of the related to separate entities (funds) or financial institutions
obligation. Remeasurements as a result of experience or state managed benefit schemes. The Group has no
adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions further payment obligations once the contributions
are recognised in statement of profit & loss. The have been paid. The defined contributions plans are
obligations are presented as provisions in the balance recognised as employee benefit expense when they
sheet. are due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an
asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction
(iii) Post-employment obligations
in the future payments is available.
The Group operates the following post employment
* Provident Fund Plan & Employee Pension Scheme
schemes:
The Group makes monthly contributions at
* defined benefit plan towards payment of
prescribed rates towards Employees’ Provident
gratuity; and
Fund/ Employees’ Pension Scheme to a Fund
* defined contribution plans towards provident administered and managed by the Government
fund & employee pension scheme and employee of India.
state insurance.
* Employee State Insurance
Defined benefit plans
The Group makes prescribed monthly
The Group provides for gratuity obligations through contributions towards Employees’ State
a defined benefit retirement plan (the ‘Gratuity Insurance Scheme.
Plan’) covering all employees. The Gratuity Plan
* Leave Encashment
provides a lump sum payment to vested employees at
retirement/termination of employment or death of an The Group has recognised liability for short
employee, based on the respective employees’ salary term compensated absences on full cost basis
and years of employment with the Group. with reference to unavailed earned leaves at
the year end. To the extent, the compensated
The liability or asset recognised in the balance sheet
absences qualify as a long term benefit, the
in respect of the defined benefit plan is the present
Group has provided for the long term liability
value of the defined benefit obligation at the end of
at year end as per the actuarial valuation
the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets.
using the Projected Unit Credit Method.
The present value of the defined benefit obligation
Actuarial gains and losses arising from
is determined using projected unit credit method by
adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions
discounting the estimated future cash outflows by
1 92
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
are charged or credited to the Statement of measured as at the date of modification, is recognised
STATUTORY REPORTS
The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled
transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date as subsequently measured at amortised cost,
reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired fair value through other comprehensive income
and the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity (OCI), and fair value through profit or loss.
instruments that will ultimately vest. The expense or credit
The classification of financial assets at initial
in the statement of profit and loss for a period represents
recognition depends on the financial asset’s
the movement in cumulative expense recognised as at
contractual cash flow characteristics and the
the beginning and end of that period and is recognised in
Group’s business model for managing them.
employee benefits expense.
With the exception of trade receivables that do
Service and non-market performance conditions are not not contain a significant financing component
taken into account when determining the grant date fair or for which the Group has applied the practical
value of awards, but the likelihood of the conditions being expedient, the Group initially measures a
met is assessed as part of the Group’s best estimate of the financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of
number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. a financial asset not at fair value through profit
Market performance conditions are reflected within the or loss, transaction costs. Trade receivables that
grant date fair value. Any other conditions attached to do not contain a significant financing component
an award, but without an associated service requirement, or for which the Group has applied the practical
are considered to be non-vesting conditions. Non-vesting expedient are measured at the transaction price
determined under Ind AS 115.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
193
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
A financial asset which is not classified in any Financial liabilities are classified, at initial
of the above categories are subsequently recognition, as financial liabilities at fair value
fair valued through profit or loss. through profit or loss, loans and borrowings,
payables, or as derivatives designated as hedging
* Impairment of financial assets instruments in an effective hedge, as appropriate.
The Group recognizes loss allowances using All financial liabilities are recognised initially at
the expected credit loss (ECL) model for the fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings
financial assets which are not fair valued and payables, net of directly attributable
through profit or loss. For impairment transaction costs.
purposes significant financial assets are
tested on an individual basis, other financial The Group’s financial liabilities include trade and
assets are assessed collectively in groups other payables, loans and borrowings including
that share similar credit risk characteristics. bank overdrafts, financial guarantee contracts
and derivative financial instruments.
The Group recognises life-time expected
losses for all trade receivables. For all other * Subsequent measurement
financial assets, expected credit losses
are measured at an amount equal to the For purposes of subsequent measurement,
12 month expected credit losses or at an financial liabilities are classified in two categories:
amount equal to the life time expected
• Financial liabilities at fair value through
credit losses if the credit risk on the financial
profit or loss
asset has increased significantly since initial
ecognition. The amount of expected credit • Financial liabilities at amortised cost (loans
losses (or reversal) that is required to adjust and borrowings)
the loss allowance at the reporting date to
the amount that is required to be recognised
1 94
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit Group’s senior management determines change
STATUTORY REPORTS
convertible to a known amount of cash and subject to an
EIR. The EIR amortisation is included as finance
insignificant risk of changes in value.
costs in the statement of profit and loss.
(t) Critical accounting estimates, assumptions and
* Derecognition
judgements
The Group derecognizes a financial asset when
The preparation of the Group’s financial statements
the contractual rights to the cash flows from
requires management to make judgements, estimates and
the financial asset expire or it transfers the
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues,
financial asset and the transfer qualifies for
expenses, assets and liabilities, and the accompanying
derecognitionas per Ind AS 109. A financial
disclosures, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities.
liability (or a part of a financial liability) is
Uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could
derecognized from the group’s balance sheet
result in outcomes that require a material adjustment
when the obligation specified in the contract is
to the carrying amount of assets or liabilities affected in
discharged or cancelled or expires.
future periods.
* Offsetting of financial instruments
Other disclosures relating to Group’s exposure to risk and
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset uncertainties includes;
and the net amount is reported in the balance Capital Management Note 39.
sheet if there is a currently enforceable legal right
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
to offset the recognised amounts and there is an Financial risk management objective and policies Note 37.
intention to settle on a net basis, to realise the Sensitivity analysis disclosures note 37.
assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.
Judgements
* Reclassification of financial assets
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies,
The Group determines classification of financial management has made the following judgements, which
assets and liabilities on initial recognition. After have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised
initial recognition, no reclassification is made for in the consolidated financial statements:
financial assets which are equity instruments and
financial liabilities. For financial assets which are Determining the lease term of contracts with renewal
debt instruments, a reclassification is made only and termination options – Group as lessee
if there is a change in the business model for
managing those assets. Changes to the business The Group determines the lease term as the non-
model are expected to be infrequent. The cancellable term of the lease, together with any periods
covered by an option to extend the lease if it is reasonably
195
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
certain to be exercised, or any periods covered by an amount, which is the higher of its fair value less costs
option to terminate the lease, if it is reasonably certain of disposal and its value in use. The fair value less
not to be exercised. costs of disposal calculation is based on available
data from binding sales transactions, conducted
The Group has several lease contracts that include at arm’s length, for similar assets or observable
extension and termination options. The Group applies market prices less incremental costs for disposing
judgement in evaluating whether it is reasonably certain of the asset. The value in use calculation is based on
whether or not to exercise the option to renew or a DCF model. The cash flows are derived from the
terminate the lease. That is, it considers all relevant factors budget for the next five years and do not include
that create an economic incentive for it to exercise either restructuring activities that the Group is not yet
the renewal or termination. After the commencement committed to or significant future investments that
date, the Group reassesses the lease term if there is will enhance the asset’s performance of the CGU
a significant event or change in circumstances that is being tested. The recoverable amount is sensitive to
within its control and affects its ability to exercise or not the discount rate used for the DCF model as well as
to exercise the option to renew or to terminate (e.g., the expected future cash-inflows and the growth rate
construction of significant leasehold improvements or used for extrapolation purposes. These estimates are
significant customisation to the leased asset). most relevant to goodwill and other intangibles with
indefinite useful lives recognised by the Group. The
Estimates and assmptions
key assumptions used to determine the recoverable
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key amount for the different CGUs, including a sensitivity
sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date, analysis, are disclosed in notes to accounts.
that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment
(iv) Share based payments
to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within
the next financial year, are described below. The Group Estimating fair value for share-based payment
based its assumptions and estimates on parameters transactions requires determination of the most
available when the standalone financial statements were appropriate valuation model, which is dependent on
prepared. Existing circumstances and assumptions about the terms and conditions of the grant. This estimate
future developments, however, may change due to market also requires determination of the most appropriate
changes or circumstances arising that are beyond the inputs to the valuation model including the expected
control of the Group. Such changes are reflected in the life of the share option, volatility and dividend
assumptions when they occur. yield and making assumptions about them. For the
measurement of the fair value of equity-settled
(i) Property, plant and equipment
transactions with employees at the grant date. The
External advisor and/or internal technical team assumptions and models used for estimating fair
assesses the remaining useful life and residual value value for share-based payment transactions are
of property, plant and equipment. Management disclosed in Note 33.
believes that the assigned useful lives and residual
(v) Defined benefit plans (gratuity benefits)
values are reasonable.
The cost of the defined benefit gratuity plan and
(ii) Intangibles
the present value of the gratuity obligation are
Internal technical and user team assess the remaining determined using actuarial valuations. An actuarial
useful lives of Intangible assets. Management valuation involves making various assumptions that
believes that assigned useful lives are reasonable.All may differ from actual developments in the future.
Intangibles are carried at net book value on transition. These include the determination of the discount
rate; future salary increases and mortality rates. Due
(iii) Impairement of non-financial assets to the complexities involved in the valuation and
its long-term nature, a defined benefit obligation is
Impairment exists when the carrying value of an
highly sensitive to changes in these assumptions. All
asset or cash generating unit exceeds its recoverable
assumptions are reviewed at each reporting date.
1 96
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
The parameter most subject to change is the discount (vi) Leases- Estimating the incremental borrowing rate
STATUTORY REPORTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
197
1 98
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 31st March, 2023 (All Amounts are in Rupees lakhs, unless otherwise stated)
At 31st March, 2022 13,357.78 32,732.80 1,290.19 627.88 977.29 387.36 1,521.50 1,727.14 52,621.94 488.98
Additions 1,366.48 12,414.72 416.87 173.62 345.85 273.47 - 2,185.57 17,176.58 10,290.09
Disposals/adjustments 9.76 (132.58) - - (38.10) - - (227.60) (388.52) (10,581.57)
At 31st March, 2023 14,734.02 45,014.94 1,707.06 801.50 1,285.04 660.83 1,521.50 3,685.11 69,410.00 197.50
Accumulated Depreciation
At 1st April, 2021 1,146.43 4,486.72 275.87 135.53 312.71 88.03 38.69 125.43 6,609.41 -
Charge for the year 361.42 1,362.77 76.36 51.91 87.97 56.10 9.84 189.72 2,196.10 -
Disposals/adjustments - (180.83) - - (21.75) - - (9.76) (212.34) -
At 31st March, 2022 1,507.85 5,668.66 352.23 187.44 378.93 144.13 48.53 305.39 8,593.17 -
Charge for the year 469.10 2,235.95 108.93 58.16 120.89 111.87 20.82 344.91 3,470.63 -
Disposals/adjustments - (65.96) - - (33.17) - - (211.64) (310.77) -
At 31st March, 2023 1,976.96 7,838.65 461.16 245.60 466.65 256.00 69.35 438.66 11,753.01 -
Net carrying amount
At 31st March, 2022 11,849.93 27,064.14 937.96 440.44 598.36 243.23 1,472.97 1,421.75 44,028.77 488.98
At 31st March, 2023 12,757.06 37,176.29 1,245.90 555.90 818.38 404.83 1,452.15 3,246.46 57,656.99 197.50
These leases of lands have been classified as finance lease in terms of criteria specified in Ind AS 116 leases, including the facts that the market value of the land ( as on the date of
transaction) had been paid to the lessor at the inception of the lease.
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Refer note no. 15 for information on charges created on property, plant and equipment.
Refer note no. 40(ii) for disclosure of contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment.
(iv) The Group has not revalued its Property, Plant & Equipments (including Right to Use assets) or intangible assets or both
during the year.
STATUTORY REPORTS
Amount in CWIP for the period of
CWIP Less than 1 More than 3
1-2 years 2-3 years Total
year years
As at 31st March 2022
Projects in Progress 488.98 - - - 488.98
Projects Temporarily suspended - - - - -
Computer
Particulars Goodwill Total
Softwares
At 1st April, 2021 0.34 99.33 99.67
Additions - 26.71 26.71
Disposals/adjustments - - -
At 31st March, 2022 0.34 126.04 126.38
Additions - 79.68 79.68
Disposals/adjustments - - -
At 31st March, 2023 0.34 205.72 206.06
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Accumulated Depreciation
At 1st April, 2021 - 44.09 44.09
Charge for the year - 15.17 15.17
Disposals/adjustments - - -
At 31st March, 2022 - 59.26 59.26
Charge for the year - 24.44 24.44
Disposals/adjustments - - -
At 31st March, 2023 - 83.70 83.70
Net carrying amount
At 31st March, 2022 0.34 66.78 67.12
At 31st March, 2023 0.34 122.02 122.36
(a) Goodwill is acquired on acquisition of PG Technoplast Private Limited on 17th December 2020 having indefinite useful life.The
company do impairment testing annaualy.
(b) There are no intangible assets under development as at the end of current reporting year and previous year.
199
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
5 TRADE RECEIVABLES
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Current
- Unsecured, considered good 43,787.36 21,332.74
- Unsecured, credit impaired - 34.84
43,787.36 21,367.58
Less: Allowance for trade receivables - (34.84)
Total trade receivables 43,787.36 21,332.74
Note:
(a) Neither trade nor other receivables are due from directors or other officers of the Group either severally or jointly with any
other person. Nor any trade or other receivables are due from firms or private companies in which any director is a partner, a
director or a member, except as mentioned above.
(b) Information about the Group's exposure to credit and currency risks, and loss allowances related to trade receivables are
disclosed in note 37. Provision as disclosed above is on case to case basis as identified by the management.
(c) Trade receivables are no-interest bearing and are generally on terms of 30-90 days of credit period.
2 00
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
6 LOANS
7 INVESTMENTS
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Non-Current
Unquoted
Equity instruments in Others at fair value through profit and loss
14,80,000 (31st March 2022: 248000) equity shares in Solarstream Renewable 148.80 24.80
STATUTORY REPORTS
Services Private Limited
Nil (31st March 2022: 525) equity shares in Indkal Technologies Private Limited - 0.52
148.80 25.33
Quoted
Investment in Mutual Funds at fair value through profit and loss
3212.29 units (31st March 2022: 2073.82 units ) in HDFC index Funds- Sensex plan 17.16 10.90
10533.53 units (31st March 2022: 6775.75 units ) in HDFC Index Funds-Nifty 50 16.99 10.91
plan
26144.59 units (31st March 2022: 17061.38 units ) in ICICI Prudential Bluechip 17.66 11.19
Funuds
32138.68 units (31st March 2022: 20559.62 units ) in Kotak Flexicap Funds-Growth 17.04 10.69
68.84 43.69
Total Non-Current Investments 217.64 69.02
Aggregate book value of quoted investments 68.84 43.69
Aggregate market value of quoted investments 68.84 43.69
Aggregate book value of unquoted investments 148.80 25.33
Aggregate market value of unquoted investments 148.80 25.33
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Non-Current (at amortised cost)
Security Deposits
Unsecured, considered good 536.12 360.65
Bank Deposits
with maturity of more than 12 months 458.51 476.74
994.63 837.39
Deposits of Rs.458.51 lakhs (31st March 2022: Rs.471.44 lakhs) pledged as
margin money with the bank for various type of credit limits.
201
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Current (at amortised cost)
Security Deposits
Unsecured, considered good 34.11 15.62
Interest Receivables
Interest accrued on bank and other deposit 61.59 38.59
Interest accrued on others 11.66 16.67
Government grant and others* 2,568.58 1,865.75
Total other financial assets 2,675.94 1,936.63
* Others includes amount recoverable from Maharashtra Government on acconut of stamp duty paid amounted Rs. 58.76 lakhs (31st March 2022: Rs 59.07
lakhs) and fire claim receivable amounted Rs.55.27 lakhs (31st March 2022: 264.41 lakhs).
9 OTHER ASSETS
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Non-Current (at amortised cost)
Unsecured, considered good
Capital advances 658.12 450.00
IGST Receivable Under Moowr-Capital Good - -
Prepaid expenses 125.01 103.89
783.13 553.89
Current (at amortised cost)
Unsecured, considered good
Advances to suppliers 1,421.58 1,587.58
Balances with Government Authorities 587.92 2,456.44
Prepaid expenses and others 373.56 257.19
IGST Receivable Under Moowr-Raw Material 1,274.74 -
Imprest to employees 2.33 3.03
Other Assets 1.32 -
Unsecured, considered doubtful
Advances to suppliers - 289.32
3,661.45 4,593.56
Less: Allowances for doubtful advance - (289.32)
3,661.45 4,304.24
Total other assets 4,444.58 4,858.13
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Income tax refund for earlier years & Advance tax 1,372.91 436.94
1,372.91 436.94
2 02
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
11 INVENTORIES
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Raw material and components 27,007.09 23,114.69
Work-in-progress 2,630.08 3,005.06
Finished goods 5,687.07 2,485.78
Stores and spares 106.96 83.47
35,431.20 28,689.00
Less: Provision for Slow/Non Moving Inventories (93.08) (85.75)
Total Inventory 35,338.12 28,603.25
(a) The above includes goods in transit as under
Raw material and components 2.34 868.20
(b) The above includes goods at bonded warehouse
Raw material and components - 4,655.73
(c) Refer note 15, for information on hypothecation created on inventory with the bankers against working capital.
(d) The write-down of inventories to net realisable value during the year amounting to Nil (31st March 2022: nil). These are
recognised as expenses during the respective period and included in changes in inventories.
STATUTORY REPORTS
12 CASH AND BANK BALANCES
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Balances with banks
- In current accounts 861.28 2,373.32
Cash on hand 5.63 11.97
Total cash and cash equivalents 866.91 2,385.29
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Bank deposits
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
with maturity of more than 3 months and upto 12 months 3,095.76 1,533.07
Total bank balances other than cash and cash equivalents 3,095.76 1,533.07
Deposits of Rs.2225.88 lakhs (31st March, 2022:Rs.1143.82 lakhs) pledged as margin money with bank for various type of
credit limits.
Deposits with banks are made with banks for varying periods, depending on immediate cash requirement of the Group and to
earn interest at the respective term deposit rates.
203
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
13 SHARE CAPITAL
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
(a) Authorised share capital
3,50,00,000 (31st March, 2022: 3,50,00,000) equity shares 3,500.00 3,500.00
(Par value of Rs. 10 per share)
3,500.00 3,500.00
(b) Issued, Subscribed And Fully Paid Up Share Capital
2,27,42,617 (31st March, 2022:2,12,24,866 ) equity shares 2,274.26 2,122.49
(Par value of Rs. 10 per share)
2,274.26 2,122.49
2. During the year 2021-22, the company on December 10,2021 allotted 3,35,000 equity shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each pursuant to conversion of
3,35,000 share warrants, issued on 31st March, 2021 at an issue price of Rs. 150/- each, by way of preferential allotment to Mr. Anurag Gupta, Mr. Vishal
Gupta and Mr. Vikas Gupta (Promoter Category) and Mr. Arvind Yeshwant Pradhan (Public Category).
**1. During the year 2022-23, the company on September 27, 2022 allotted 1,00,000 equity shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each pursuant to conversion of
1,00,000 share warrants issued on 31st March, 2021 at an issue price of Rs. 150/- each, by way of preferential allotment to Mr. Nikhil Vishnuprasad Bagla
and Mrs. Urmila Nikhil Bagla (Public Category).
2. During the year 2022-23, the company on August 12, 2022 allotted 53,200 Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each to the ‘PG Electroplast Limited
Employees Welfare Trust’ under PG Electroplast Limited Employees Stock Option Scheme - 2020 in compliance with the SEBI (Share Based Employee
Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021.
3. During the year 2022-23, the Company on December 31, 2022 allotted 13,64,551 Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each pursuant to conversion of
10,76,904, 17.96%Compulsorily Convertible Debentures (“CCDs”) allotted on preferential basis on July 01, 2021 and unpaid coupon amount accrued
thereon, at the conversion price of Rs. 337/-, determined as per the SEBI ICDR Regulations
There were no buy back of shares or issue of shares pursuant to contract without payment being received in cash during the
previous 5 years.
The group has only one class of equity shares having a par value of Rs.10 per share. Each shareholder is eligible for one vote
per share held. In the event of liquidation of the group, the equity shareholders are eligible to receive the remaining assets of
the group after distribution of all preferential amounts, in proportion to their shareholding.
(e) Particulars of shareholders holding more than 5% shares of fully paid up equity shares
2 04
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Information relating to Employee Stock Option Plan, including details of option issued, exercised and lapsed during the
financial year and options outstanding as at end of the reporting period are set out in note 33.
STATUTORY REPORTS
14 OTHER EQUITY
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Securities premium 23,239.38 18,509.61
Retained earnings 13,513.97 6,179.83
Other comprehensive income 101.40 104.44
Money received against share Warrants - 37.50
Cumulative Compulsarily Convertible Debentures - 4,069.16
Employee Stock Option reserve 470.02 206.77
Treasurey share (6.25) -
Total other equity 37,318.52 29,107.31
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Opening balance 18,509.61 14,129.86
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Opening balance 6,179.83 2,927.15
Net profit for the year 7,746.86 3,741.56
Less: Dividend on Equity Component of CCCDs (488.88) (488.88)
Amount Transfrred to Securities Premium on excise of ESOPs 72.10 -
Adjustment of forfeiture of ESOP 4.05 -
Closing balance 13,513.97 6,179.83
205
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Opening balance 104.44 57.35
Increased during the year* (3.04) 47.09
Closing balance 101.40 104.44
* Other comprehensive income is increased during the year due to acturial gain on gratuity provision.
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Opening balance 37.50 163.13
Received during the year against issue of share warrants 112.50 376.87
Converted into equity shares during the year (150.00) (502.50)
Closing balance - 37.50
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Opening balance -
Equity Component of CCCDs 4,069.16 3,629.17
Dividend on equity component of CCCDs 439.99 439.99
Add : Amount received on issue of CCCDs 89.39 -
Less:- Conversion into to Equity share capital (4,598.54) -
Closing balance - 4,069.16
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Opening balance 206.78 -
Employee stock option expenses during the year 339.40 206.78
Amount Transfrred to Securities Premium on excise of ESOPs (72.10) -
Adjustment of termination of ESOP (4.05) -
Closing balance 470.02 206.78
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Treasurey share (6.25) -
Closing balance (6.25) -
2 06
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Securities premium is used to record the premium on issue of shares. The reserve can be utilised only for limited purposes
such as issuance of bonus shares in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013.
Retained Earnings are profits that the Group has earned till date less transfer to other reserve, dividend or other
distribution or transaction with shareholders.
The stock option outstanding account is used to recognise the grant date fair value of options issued to employees under
Employee stock option plan.
Other comprehensive income is the acturial gain/(loss) on defined benefit plans (i.e Gratuity) till the date which will not
be reclassified to statement of profit and loss subsequently.
It pertains to the application money received on grant of share warrants, this will be transferred to equity share and
STATUTORY REPORTS
securities premium on conversion into equity share capital.
15 BORROWINGS
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Non-Current (at amortised cost)
Secured
Term loans
- From banks
- Rupees Loans 25,008.18 18,657.65
- From Others * 774.55 706.54
Vehicle loans
- From banks 348.70 178.11
- From Others 90.90 120.55
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unsecured
- Deferred Payment against Plant and Machinery 2,059.89 1,249.92
28,282.22 20,912.77
Less: Current maturity of long term borrowings (5,786.26) (3,734.29)
Total non-current borrowings 22,495.96 17,178.48
* Includes interest free term loan from Uttar Pradesh Financial Corporation Rs 595.84 lakhs ( Previous year: Rs 447.94 lakhs)
207
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
15 BORROWINGS (Contd..)
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Current (at amortised cost)
Secured
Repayable on demand
- From banks 14,161.60 9,399.63
Term & Vehicle loan from banks- Current maturity of borrowings 4,193.40 2,800.74
Term & Vehicle loan from others- Current maturity of borrowings 120.66 109.38
Unsecured
Deferred Payment against Plant and Machinery- Current maturity of borrowings 1,472.20 824.17
Bill discounting
- From banks 11,165.10 4,572.71
- From Others 643.54 3,500.00
Total current borrowings 31,756.50 21,206.63
As at Fair Foreign As at
Interest
Particulars 1st April, Cash Flows Value exchange 31st March,
Amortisation
2022 Change movement 2023
Non current borrowings 20,912.77 7,420.45 - - (50.99) 28,282.23
(including curent maturities of
non current borrowings)
Current borrowings 17,472.34 8,497.90 - - - 25,970.24
As at Fair Foreign As at
Interest
Particulars 1st April, Cash Flows Value exchange 31st March,
Amortisation
2021 Change movement 2022
Non current borrowings 11,767.43 9,096.47 - - 48.87 20,912.77
(including curent maturities of
non current borrowings)
Current borrowings 6,562.69 10,909.65 - - - 17,472.34
2 08
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 31st March, 2023 (All Amounts are in Rupees lakhs, unless otherwise stated)
15 BORROWINGS (Contd..)
A. Term Loan
Secured- From
Banks
1 State Bank of Term loan - - - 39.00 Nil (i). Hypothecation of P&M, Prefabricated building and other utilities
India acquired out of banks finance & Personal guarantee of promoter
directors i.e Mr.Anurag Gupta, Mr.Vishal Gupta and Mr.Vikas
Gupta.
209
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
15 BORROWINGS (Contd..)
3 State Bank of Term loan 776.81 216.00 992.81 216.00 55 monthly installments of Rs.18 lakhs from (i). Hypothecation of P&M, factory land & building situated at
India April 2023 to October 2027 and balance in Khasra no 268 & 275,Raipur, Bhagwanpur, Roorkee, P-4/2 to
November 2027. 4/6 and E-14 & E-15, Site-B, UPSIDC Industrial Area, Surajpur,
Greater Noida of the Company & Personal guarantee of
Monthly interest is being charged at the end promoter directors i.e Mr. Anurag Gupta, Mr. Vishal Gupta and
of each month. Mr. Vikas Gupta.
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
15 BORROWINGS (Contd..)
7 HDFC Bank Term loan 1,344.00 617.66 1,961.67 628.80 (i). Rs.639.82 lakhs,repayable in monthly Secured by way of exclusive charge over land, Building, at I-26
installments of Rs. 20.34 lakhs from & I-27, Site-C, UPSIDC Industrial Area,Surajpur Greater Noida,
April 2023 to December 2024 and Rs. U.P. (Unit 5) and land, Building, at A-20/2. MIDC Supa, District-
30.52 lakhs from January 2025 to May Ahmendnagar Maharastra (Unit 4). Term loan are also secured by
2025 and balance amount in June 2025. way of exclusive charge on plant and machinery situated at Unit 5 of
Greater Noida and specific plant & machinery generated out of the
(ii). Rs.464.36 lakhs, repayable in monthly
term loan, situated at Unit 4 of Ahemednagar, Maharashtra.
installments from April 2023 to
July 2027 and remaining amount in Personal Guarantee are also given by promoter directors i.e.
November 2027. Mr.Anurag Gupta, Mr. Vishal Gupta and Mr. Vikas Gupta.
(iii). Rs.857.48 lakhs, repayable in monthly
installments of Rs. 20.54 lakhs from
April 2023 to June 2026 and balance
in July 2026. Monthly interest is being
charged at the end of each month.
8 HDFC Bank Term loan 4,828.04 742.77 5,570.81 371.39 Repayable in 42 monthly instalments Secured by way of 1st Parri Passu charge over land, Building,
of Rs 61.89 lakhs in the month of April at A-18, Village Supa,Taluka-Parner, Distt.-Ahmednagar,
2023 to September 2026 and 36 monthly Maharashtra-414302 measuring 40011 Sq.mete.
installments of Rs 82.53 lakhs from October Term loan are also secured by way of 1st Parri Passu charge on plant
2026 to September 2029. and machinery situated at Unit-1 at Greater Noida Extention, UP,
Unit-2 at Supa, Ahmednagar.
Personal Guarantee are also given by directors i.e. Mr.Anurag
Gupta, Mr. Vishal Gupta and Mr. Vikas Gupta.
PDC cheque of total santioned loan amount.Corporate Gurantee of
PG Electroplast Ltd is also given.
9 HDFC Bank Term loan 6,500.00 500.00 - - Repayable in 84 monthly instalments of Rs Secured by way of 1st Parri Passu charge over land, Building,
83.34 lakhs in the month of Oct 2023 to at A-18, Village Supa,Taluka-Parner, Distt.-Ahmednagar,
September 2030 Maharashtra-414302 measuring 40011 Sq.mete.
Term loan are also secured by way of 1st Parri Passu charge on plant
and machinery situated at Unit-1 at Greater Noida Extention, UP,
Unit-2 at Supa, Ahmednagar.
Personal Guarantee are also given by directors i.e. Mr.Anurag
Gupta, Mr. Vishal Gupta and Mr. Vikas Gupta.
PDC cheque of total santioned loan amount.Corporate Gurantee of
PG Electroplast Ltd is also given.
211
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
15 BORROWINGS (Contd..)
Sr. Type of As at 31st March 2023 As at 31st March 2022
Bank Name Term of Repayments Security
No. loan Non-Current Current Non-Current Current
10 HDFC Bank Moratorium 71.82 - 71.80 1.01 Repayable in month of June 2025, June Moratorium Loan Covid -19 of deferment of existing term loans at
Loan 2026 and November 2027. Sr. no 7 & interest amount was granted as per Covid -19 Panedemic
Covid -19 Relief by RBI.
converted
from
existing
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
loans
11 HDFC Bank ECGLC-02 1,000.00 500.00 1,500.00 500.00 "Repayable in 36 monthly installments of Secured by extention of second ranking charge over existing
Rs.41.67 lakh from April 2023 to March 2026. primary and collateral securities including mortgages created in
Monthly Interest is being charged at the end favour of the Bank.
of the each month." Personal Guarantee are also given by promoter directors i.e.
12 HDFC Bank ECGLC-03 850.67 77.33 928.00 - "Repayable in 48 monthly installments Mr.Anurag Gupta, Mr. Vishal Gupta and Mr. Vikas Gupta.
of Rs. 19.33 lakh from December 2023 to
November 2027.
Monthly Interest is being charged at the end
of the each month."
13 ICICI Bank Term loan 770.83 250.00 1,020.83 250.00 Repayable in 49 monthly installments of First Pari Passu charge on all current assets of Unit-4 of PG
Rs. 20.83 lakh from April 2023 to April 2027 Electroplast Limited
along with interest. Guaranteed by promoter directors i.e Mr. Anurag Gupta, Mr. Vishal
Gupta & Mr. Vikas Gupta .
14 ICICI Bank Term loan 1,645.60 249.60 1,895.20 104.80 Repayable in 43 monthly instalments of Rs Secured by way of 1st Parri Passu charge over land, Building,
20.80 lakhs in the month of April 2023 to at A-18, Village Supa,Taluka-Parner, Distt.-Ahmednagar,
October 2026 and 36 monthly installments Maharashtra-414302 measuring 40011 Sq.mete.
of Rs 27.80 lakhs from November 2026 to Term loan are also secured by way of 1st Parri Passu charge on plant
October 2029. and machinery situated at Unit-1 at Greater Noida Extention, UP,
Unit-2 at Supa, Ahmednagar.
Monthly Interest is being charged at the end
of the month. Personal Guarantee are also given by directors i.e. Mr.Anurag
Gupta, Mr. Vishal Gupta and Mr. Vikas Gupta.
PDC cheque of total santioned loan amount.Corporate Gurantee of
PG Electroplast Ltd is also given.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 31st March, 2023 (All Amounts are in Rupees lakhs, unless otherwise stated)
15 BORROWINGS (Contd..)
15 Yes Bank Term loan 376.16 53.74 270.00 - Repayable in 48 monthly instalments of Secured by way of exclusive charge by way of hypothecation on
Rs.4.48 lakhs from April 2023 to March 2027 entire existing and future specific assets which are procured out of
and 36 monthly installments of Rs.5.97 lakhs term loan taken from Yes Bank.
from April 2027 to March 2030. Personal Guarantee are also given by directors i.e. Mr.Anurag
Monthly Interest is being charged at the end Gupta, Mr. Vishal Gupta and Mr. Vikas Gupta.
of the month. PDC cheque of total santioned loan amount.Corporate Gurantee of
PG Electroplast Ltd is also given.
16 HDFC Bank Vehicle loan 1.54 5.86 7.40 5.43 Repayment in 15 EMIs Secured by hypothecation of vehicle acquired
17 HDFC Bank Vehicle loan 151.39 79.21 27.62 14.63 Repayment in the range of 20-38 EMIs under the respective vehicle loan.
18 ICICI Bank Vehicle loan 13.67 5.72 - 0.67 Repayment in 37 EMIs
19 ICICI Bank Vehicle loan 19.07 13.63 5.74 2.55 Repayment in range of 24- 37 EMIs
20 Axis Bank Vehicle loan 31.51 27.09 58.60 51.63 Repayment in EMIs ranging from 01 to 21
months
21 Yes Bank Vehicle loan - - - 3.84 Nil
21,163.49 4,193.39 16,035.01 2,800.74
Secured- From
Others
1 Tata Capital Loan 90.01 88.70 178.87 79.72 Repayable in 23 monthly installments from " 1st Charge on machineries purchased from the term loan.
Financial against April 2023 to February 2025. Guaranteed by promoter directors i.e Mr. Anurag Gupta, Mr. Vishal
Services plant Gupta & Mr. Vikas Gupta ."
Limited
2 Uttar Pradesh Interest 595.84 - 447.94 - Repayable in lumpsum after 7 years from "Bank Guarantee of 100% value of loan was issued by State bank
Financial Free Term the date of disbursement without any of india, Noida in favour of lender for entire period of 7 years plus
Corporation loan interest. 6 months delay period interest @ 15% p.a.in case of non payment
Ltd on due date.
Guaranteed by promoter directors i.e. Mr. Anurag Gupta, Mr. Vishal
Gupta & Mr. Vikas Gupta."
3 Vehicle Vehicle loan 31.22 16.93 48.15 15.71 Repayable in 32 Nos EMIs Secured by hypothecation of vehicle acquired under the respective
loan from vehicle loan.
Sundaram
Finance
Limited
213
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
15 BORROWINGS (Contd..)
4 Vehicle Vehicle loan 27.72 15.03 42.75 13.94 Repayment in 32 EMIs Secured by hypothecation of vehicle acquired under the respective
loan from vehicle loan.
Sundaram
Finance
Limited
744.80 120.66 717.72 109.38
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Unsecured-
Deferred
payments
1 Deferred
Payment
against P&M
Haitian Deferred 43.83 161.10 17.88 159.86 Repayable in the range of 9 to 20 monthly
Huayuan Payment installment from April 2023 to Novmber
Machinery 2024.
India Pvt Ltd.
Haitian Deferred 343.44 668.57 151.91 233.47 Repayable in range of 20 monthly
Huayuan Payment instalments
Machinery
India Pvt Ltd.
Haitian Deferred 50.72 163.81 24.68 94.70 Repayable in monthly & quaterly Not Applicable
Huayuan Payment installments.Rs 26.04 lacs repayable in 2
(Hongkong) quaterly installments &
Limited Rs 188.49 lacs repayable in 16 monthly
installments
Haitian Deferred 149.69 478.72 231.29 336.13 Repayable in range of 20 monthly
Huayuan Payment instalments
(Hongkong)
Limited
587.69 1,472.20 425.75 824.17
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 31st March, 2023 (All Amounts are in Rupees lakhs, unless otherwise stated)
15 BORROWINGS (Contd..)
B. Repayable on demand
(v). Hypothecation of all fixed assets except land & building and
specified machinery charged under term loans of Unit-1, 2 & 3.
2 State Bank Working - - - 1,000.00 Repayable on demand
of India Capital
Demand
Loan
3 State Bank Overdraft - 15.81 - 2.67 Repayable on demand
Secured against term deposits.
of India
215
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
15 BORROWINGS (Contd..)
As at 31st March 2023 As at 31st March 2022
Sr. Type of
Bank Name Non- Term of Repayments Security
No. loan Current Non-Current Current
Current
4 HDFC Bank Cash - 670.83 - 1,278.14 Repayable on demand (i). Secured by way of hypothecation of entire current
Credit assets present and future of Unit 4 & 5 of the
Limit Company i.e. PG Electroplast Limited and First PP
5 HDFC Bank Working - 1,500.00 - 2,000.00 Repayable on demand Charge on Current assets of Unit-4 with ICICI Bank
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
15 BORROWINGS (Contd..)
217
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
16 PROVISIONS
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Non-Current
Provision for employee benefits
Gratuity (refer note 32) 282.92 230.63
Compensated absences (refer note 32) 279.18 217.03
562.10 447.66
Current
Provision for employee benefits
Gratuity (refer note 32) 22.62 21.98
Compensated absences (refer note 32) 21.44 18.94
Provision for warranty expenses-Post Sales # 49.00 50.00
93.06 90.92
Total provisions 655.16 538.58
# 1st April 2022 50.00 -
Arising during the year 57.30 72.00
Utilised (42.30) (22.00)
Unused amount reversed (16.00) -
Closing balance as on 31st March 2023 49.00 50.00
17 TRADE PAYABLES
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Current
Total outstanding dues of micro enterprise and small enterprise 2,967.79 1,358.05
Total outstanding dues of creditors other than micro enterprise and small 36,027.31 25,562.65
enterprise
38,995.10 26,920.70
2 18
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
(a) Trade Payables include due to related parties Nil (March 31, 2022:Rs.1.22 lakhs) (refer note 36)
(b) The amounts are unsecured and non interest-bearing and are usually on varying trade term.
(c) For terms and conditions with related parties. (refer to note 36)
(d) Trade payables includes acceptances of Rs. 6587.74 lakhs (March 31, 2022: Rs.8313.28 lakhs)
STATUTORY REPORTS
18 OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Non-Current
Security deposits 5.00 2.06
Deferred cost of Interest Free Loan 212.54 176.31
217.54 178.37
Current
Security deposits -
Deferred cost of Interest Free Loan 64.59 49.84
Interest accrued and due on borrowings 177.45 167.60
Capital creditors 1,223.61 1,692.84
Expenses creditors 2,968.63 1,994.92
Employee benefits & other dues payable # 882.62 548.14
5,316.90 4,453.34
Total other financial liabilities 5,534.44 4,631.71
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
# Other financial liability include due to related parties Rs.30.33 lakhs (31st March, 2022:Rs.25.82 lakhs) (refer note 36)
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Non-Current
Custom Duty Payable- Capital Good MOOWR 604.73 -
604.73 -
Current
Advance from customers 249.64 1,380.16
Statutory dues 3,822.69 633.67
4,072.33 2,013.83
219
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
20 LEASE LIABILITIES
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Non-Current
Leases (refer note 34) 3,162.21 1,339.81
3,162.21 1,339.81
Current
Leases (refer note 34) 284.24 137.37
284.24 137.37
Sale of products: Performance obligation in respect of sale of goods is satisfied when control of the goods is transferred to
the customer, generally on dispatch of the goods and payment is generally due as per the terms of contract with customers.
Sales of services: The performance obligation in respect of services is satisfied over a point of time and acceptance of the
customer. Payment is generally due upon completion of service and acceptance of the customer.
The Company unit located at Supa, Taluka-Parner, MIDC district Ahemdnagar in Maharashtra is eligible for incentives under the
Electronic Policy-2016 of Maharashtra Government and have been availing incentives in the form of Gross SGST refund for the period
of January 2020 to October 2028 . The Company recognises income for such government grants based on Gross SGST payable,
2 20
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
The Company units located at Greater Noida known as Unit-1 & 3 are eligible for incentive under IIEPP-2017 of Uttar Pradesh
Govtt. and letter of comfort has been granted during the current financial year and have been availing incentives in the form
of NET SGST refund on increased turover over base turnover & interest subsidy on term loan taken for Plant & Machinery for
the period of April 2018 to March 2023. During the year Company has recognise income amounting to Rs. 473.23 lakhs and
Rs.119.10 Lakhs based on letter of comfort which receivable from PICUP, UP Government untertaking.
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Contract balances
Trade receivables 43,787.36 21,332.74
STATUTORY REPORTS
Contract Liabilities 249.64 1,380.16
Trade receivable are non-interest bearing and are generally on terms of 30-90 days.
Contract liabilities include advances received from the customers to deliver the finished goods.
22 OTHER INCOME
221
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
2 22
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
Depreciation - ROU 365.73 199.56
3,495.07 2,211.27
29 OTHER EXPENSES
223
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
2 24
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
Income tax expenses recognized in Statement of Profit and Loss:
Reconciliation of income tax expense and the accounting profit multiplied by Group’s tax rate:
225
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Group has carried forward unabsorbed depreciation , having indiefinite time period to adjust against taxable income of the group.
The Group makes contribution in the form of provident funds as considered defined contribution plans and contribution to
Employees Providend Fund Orgnisation.The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid.
Following are the schemes covered under defined contributions plans of the Group:
Provident Fund Plan & Employee Pension Scheme: The Group makes monthly contributions at prescribed rates towards
Employee Provident Fund and Employee Pension Scheme fund administered and managed by Ministry of Labour &
Employment,Government of India.
Employee State Insurance: The Group makes prescribed monthly contributions towards Employees State Insurance Scheme
and payment made to Employee State Insurance Corporation, Ministry of Labour & Employment,Government of India.
The Group has charged the following costs in contribution to Provident and Other Funds in the Statement of Profit and Loss:
(i) The Group provides for gratuity obligations through a defined benefit retirement plan (the ‘Gratuity Plan’) covering all
group employees. The Gratuity Plan provides a lump sum payment to vested employees at retirement termination of
employment or death of an employee, based on the respective employees’ salary and years of employment with the
Group.
2 26
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
The greatest risk to the beneficiary is that there are insufficient funds available to provide the promised benefits.
This may be due to:
b) Risk Parameter
Actuarial valuation is done basis some assumptions like salary inflation,discount rate and withdrawal assumptions. In
case the actual experience varies from the assumptions, fund may be insufficient to pay off the liabilities.
Similarly, reduction in discount rate in subsequent future years can increase the plan's liability. Further, actual
withdrawals may be lower or higher then what was assumptions the valuation,may also impact the plan's liability.
STATUTORY REPORTS
c) Risk of illiquid Assets
Another risk is that the funds, although sufficient, are not available when they are required to finance the benefits.
This may be due to assets being locked for longer period or in illiquid assets.
There may be a risk that the benefit promised is changed or is changeable within the terms of the contract.
ALM risk arises due to a mismatch between assets and liabilities either due to liquidity or changes in interest rates or
due to different duration.
227
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
2 28
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
(vii) The significant actuarial assumptions used for the purposes of the actuarial valuation were as follows:
STATUTORY REPORTS
Gratuity Leave Encashment
Particulars As at As at As at As at
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022 31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Discounting rate 7.49% 7.28% 7.49% 7.28%
Future salary growth rate 10.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00%
Life expectancy/ Mortality rate* 100% of IALM 100% of IALM 100%of IALM 100%of IALM
2012-14 2012-14 2012-14 2012-14
withdrawal rate 5.00% 5.00% 5.00% 5.00%
Method used Projected unit Projected unit Projected unit Projected unit
credit Actuarial credit Actuarial credit Actuarial credit Actuarial
method method method method
* Assumptions regarding future mortality are set based on actuarial advice in accordance with published statistics (i.e. IALM 2012-14 ultimate/PY-
IALM 2012-14 ultimate). These assumptions translate into an average life expectancy in years at retirement age.
The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weigheted principal assumptions is:
Particulars As at As at As at As at
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022 31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Changes in liability for 0.5% increase in (34.02) (26.89) (15.31) (11.78)
discount rate
Changes in liability for 0.5% decrease 37.14 29.38 16.73 12.84
in discount rate
Changes in liability for 1.00% increase 64.49 51.08 33.15 25.33
in salary growth rate
Changes in liability for 1.00% decrease (56.48) (44.56) (28.43) (21.85)
in salary growth rate
Changes in liability for 2.00% increase (24.90) (20.78) (9.84) (7.90)
in withdrawl rate
Changes in liability for 2.00% decrease 31.75 27.28 13.11 10.42
in withdrawl rate
229
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
The average duration of the defined benefit plan obligation at the end of the reporting period is 12 years (31st March
2022: 13 years)
The Plan assets are maintained with Life Insurance Corporation of India.
During the year 2020-21, the Company has establised PG Electroplast Employee Stock Option Scheme 2020 "ESOP 2020" and
the same was approved at the general meeting of the Company held on 28th February 2021. The plan was set up so as to offer
and grant, for the benefit of employees of the Company, who are eligible under "Securities and Exchange Board of India" (SEBI)
(Employee Stock Option Scheme and Employee Stock Purchase Scheme) Guidelines, 1999, option of the Company in one or more
tranches, and on such terms and conditions as may be fixed or determined by the board, in accordance with the law or guidelines
issued by the relevant authorities in this regard;
As per the plan, each option is exercisable for one equity share of face value of Rs. 10 each, at a price to be determined in accordance
with ESOP 2020. ESOP information is given for the number of shares.
(i) Set out below is a summary of options granted and vested during the year under the plan
(ii) Share options outstanding at the end of the year have the following expiry dates and exercise price:
2 30
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
(iii) Fair value of options granted
The fair value at grant date is determined using the Black Scholes Model as per an independent valuer's report having taken
into consideration the market price being the latest available closing price prior to the date of the grant, exercise price being
the price payable by the employees for exercising the option and other assumptions are as below:
231
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
34 Leases
i) The Group’s lease asset primarily consist of leases for land and buildings for offices and warehouses having the various lease
terms. The Group also has certain leases of with lease terms of 12 months or less. The Group applies the ‘short-term lease’
recognition exemptions for these leases.
ii) The carrying value of right to use assets and movement thereof are disclosed in note 3.
iii) The following is the carrying value lease liability and movement thereof;
Particulars Amount
Balance as at 1st April, 2021 152.70
Addition during the year 1,469.44
Finance cost accrued during the year 74.80
Deletion during the year (9.12)
Payment of lease liabilities including interest (210.64)
Balance as at 31st March, 2022 1,477.18
Addition during the year 2,185.57
Finance cost accrued during the year 182.23
Deletion & elimination during the year 2.88
Payment of lease liabilities including interest (401.41)
Balance as at 31st March, 2023 3,446.45
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Current maturity of lease liability 284.24 137.37
Non Current lease liability 3,162.21 1,339.81
v) Amounts recognised in the statement of profit and loss during the year
vi) The Group has applied a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases of a similar assets in similar economic environment with
similar end date.
Set out below, is a comparison by class of the carrying amounts and fair value of the Group’s financial instruments:
2 32
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
The management assessed that cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade payables, other current financial assets
and other current financial liabilities approximate their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these
instruments
STATUTORY REPORTS
i) The Group uses the following hierarchy for fair value measurement of the group’s financials assets and liabilities:
Level 1: Quoted prices/NAV (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities at the measurement date.
Level 2: Other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable,
either directly or indirectly.
Level 3: Techniques which use inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on
observable market data.
233
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
The Group maintains policies and procedures to value financial assets or financial liabilities using the best and most
relevant data available. The fair values of the financial assets and liabilities are included at the amount that would
be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the
measurement date. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values:
1) Fair value of cash and deposits, trade receivables, trade payables, and other current financial assets and liabilities
approximate their carrying amounts largely due to the short term maturities of these instruments.
2) Borrowings are evaluated by the Group based on parameters such as interest rates, specific country risk factors,
credit risk and other risk characteristics. Fair value of variable interest rate borrowings approximates their carrying
values.
Pursuant to compliance of Indian Accounting Standard (IND AS) 24 “Related Party Disclosures”, the relevent information is
provided here below:
i) Other related parties with whom transactions have taken place diuring the year
2 34
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
Mrs. Kanika Gupta (Daughter in law of Mr. Anurag Gupta)
Enterprises in which the Key Management Personnel or relatives of them of the group are interested
235
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
2 36
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
Trade Payable
J B Electronics - - - - - 0.92
PG Electronics - - - - - 0.30
Remuneration Payable
Mr. Vishal Gupta 5.09 - - 4.61 - -
Mr. Vikas Gupta 7.41 - - 4.64 - -
Mr.Anurag Gupta 3.50 - - 3.35 - -
Mr.Sanchay Dubey 0.52 - - 0.49 - -
Mr. Pramod Chimmanlal Gupta 0.96 - - 2.56 - -
Mrs.Sarika Gupta - 1.35 - - 1.32 -
Mr.Vatsal Gupta - 1.31 - - 0.58 -
Mrs. Nitasha Gupta - 1.70 - - 1.32 -
Mrs. Neelu Gupta - 1.35 - - 2.18 -
Mrs. Sudesh Gupta - 1.70 - - 1.32 -
Mr. Pranav Gupta - 2.02 - - 1.12 -
Mr. Aditya Gupta - 2.07 - - 0.78 -
Mrs. Kanika Gupta - - - - 0.64 -
Mr. Raghav Gupta - 1.35 - - 0.74 -
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(a) Remuneration does not include the provision made for gratuity and leave benefits, as they are determined on an acturial
basis for the Group as a whole. Based on the recommendation of the Nomination and remuneration committee, all
decisions relating to the remuneration of the KMPs are taken by the Board of Directors of the Group, in accordance with
shareholders approval, wherever necessary.
(b) All Transactions entered with related parties defined under the Companies Act, 2013 during the year based on the terms
that would be available to third parties. All other transactions were made in the ordinary course of business and at arm's
lengh price.
(c) All outstanding balances are unsecured and are repayable in cash.
237
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
The Group’s principal financial liabilities comprise borrowings, trade other payables. The main purpose of these financial liabilities
is to manage finances for the Group’s operations. The Group’s principal financial assets comprise trade and other receivables and
cash and cash equivalent that arise directly from its operations.
The Group’s activities expose it mainly to market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. The monitoring and management of such risks
is undertaken by the senior management of the group and there are appropriate policies and procedures in place through which
such financial risks are identified, measured and managed in accordance with the Group’s policies and risk objectives. . It is the
Group policy not to carry out any trading in derivative for speculative purposes.
A) Market Risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in
market prices. Market prices comprises three types of risk: currency rate risk, interest rate risk and other price risks, such as
equity price risk and commodity price risk.
Most of the borrowings availed by the Group are subject to interest on floating rate of basis linked to the base rate or
MCLR (marginal cost of funds based lending rate). In view of the fact that the total borrowings of the Group are quite
substantial, the Group is exposed to interest rate risk.
The above strategy of the Group to opt for floating interest rates is helpful in declining interest scenario. Further, most
of the loans and borrowings have a prepayment clause through which the loans could be prepaid with pre payment
premium. The said clause helps the Group to arrange debt substitution to bring down the interest costs or to prepay the
loans out of the surplus funds held. While adverse interest rate fluctuations could increase the finance cost, the total
impact, in respect of borrowings on floating interest rate basis.
With all other variable held constant, the following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in
interest rates on floating rate portion of loans and borrowings as on date.
Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because
of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates relates
primarily to the Group’s operating activities (when revenue or expense is denominated in foreign currency). The Group
evaluates exchange rate exposure arising from foreign currency transactions and follows established risk management
policies.
The Group's exposure to foreign currency risk at the end of the reporting period expressed in Rs. are as follows;
2 38
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
The sensitivity of profit or loss to changes in the exchange rates arise mainly from foreign currency denominated financial
instruments.
Impact on Profit and Loss for the Impact on Profit and Loss for the
year ended 31st March, 2023 year ended 31st March, 2022
Currency
Gain/(Loss) on Gain/(Loss) on Gain/(Loss) on Gain/(Loss) on
appreciation depreciation appreciation depreciation
1% appreciation / depreciation in Indian
Rupees against following foreign currencies
Trade payables
USD (58.82) 58.82 (78.86) 78.86
CNY (8.80) 8.80 (0.05) 0.05
(67.62) 67.62 (78.91) 78.91
Commodity price risk is the risk that future cash flow of the Group will fluctuate on account of changes in market price of
key raw materials. The Group is exposed to the movement in the price of key raw materials in domestic and international
STATUTORY REPORTS
markets. the group has in place policies to manage exposure to fluctuation in the prices of the key raw materials used in
operations.
B) Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that the Group will not be able to settle or meet its obligations on time or at reasonable price.
The Group uses liquidity forecast tools to manage its liquidity. The Group is able to organise liquidity through own funds and
through working capital loans.The Group has good relationship with its lenders, as a result of which it does not experience
any difficulty in arranging funds from its lenders. Table here under provides the current ratio of the Group as at the year end.
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Total current assets 90,844.28 60,807.44
Total current liabilities 81,363.60 54,822.79
Current ratio 1.12 1.11
The table below provides details regarding the contractual maturity of financial liabilities :
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
More than
Particulars on demand < 1 year 1-3 year 3-5 year Total
-5 years
As at 31st March 2023
Borrowings 14,161.60 17,594.91 9,996.41 7,041.98 5,457.57 54,252.46
Trade payable - 38,995.10 - - - 38,995.10
Other financial liabilities - 5,316.90 - 217.54 - 5,534.44
Lease liabilities (undiscounted) - 550.57 1,156.85 1,097.60 1,934.76 4,739.77
14,161.60 62,457.47 11,153.26 8,357.11 7,392.33 1,03,521.77
As at 31st March 2022
Borrowings 9,399.63 11,807.00 7,624.96 5,556.87 3,996.65 38,385.11
Trade payable - 26,920.70 - - - 26,920.70
Other financial liabilities - 4,453.34 - 178.37 - 4,631.71
Lease liabilities (undiscounted) - 246.59 443.78 468.12 896.69 2,055.19
9,399.63 43,427.63 8,068.74 6,203.36 4,893.34 71,992.71
239
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Credit risk arises when a counterparty defaults on its contractual obligations to pay resulting in financial loss to the Group. The
Group is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities, primarily trade receivables. The credit risks in respect of deposits
with the banks, foreign exchange transactions and other financial instruments are only nominal.
The customer credit risk is managed subject to the Group’s established policy, procedure and controls relating to customer
credit risk management. In order to contain the business risk, prior to acceptance of an order from a customer, the
creditworthiness of the customer is ensured through scrutiny of its financials, if required, market reports and reference
checks. The Group remains vigilant and regularly assesses the financial position of customers during execution of contracts
with a view to limit risks of delays and default. Further, in most of the cases, the Group normally allow credit period of 30-90
days to all customers which vary from customer to customer except mould & dies business. In case of mould & dies business,
advance payment is taken before start of execution of the order. In view of the industry practice and being in a position to
prescribe the desired commercial terms, credit risks from receivables are well contained on an overall basis.
The impairment analysis is performed on each reporting period on individual basis for major customers. Some trade receivables
are grouped and assessed for impairment collectively. The calculation is based on historical data of losses, current conditions
and forecasts and future economic conditions. The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the
carrying amount of each financial asset.
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Total receivables (note 5) 43,787.36 21,332.74
Receivables individually in excess of 10% of the total receivables 23,637.22 5,356.00
Percentage of above receivables to the total receivables of the Group 53.98% 25.11%
38 SEGMENT INFORMATION
Operating segment are defined as components of the group about which seperate financial information is available that is
evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker, or decision- making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and
in assessing performance. The Group primarily operates in one business segment- Consumer Electronic Goods and Components.
39 CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
For the purpose of Capital Management, Capital includes net debt and toal equity of the Group. The Group manages its capital so as to
safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern and to optimise returns to shareholders. The capital structure of the Group is based
on management’s judgement of its strategic and day-to-day needs with a focus on total equity so as to maintain investor, creditors and
market confidence.The Group may take appropriate steps in order to maintain, or if necessary adjust, its capital structure.
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Non-current borrowings (note 15) 22,495.96 17,178.48
Current borrowings (note 15) 25,970.24 17,472.34
Current maturities of long term borrowings (note 15) 5,786.26 3,734.29
Total debts 54,252.46 38,385.11
Less: Cash and cash equivalent (note 12(a)) (866.91) (2,385.29)
Net Debt (A) 53,385.54 35,999.83
*Total equity (note 13 & note 14) (B) 39,592.78 31,229.80
Gearing ratio (A/B) 134.84% 115.27%
No changes were made in the objectives, policies or processes for managing capital during the year ended 31st March 2023 and
31st March, 2022.
2 40
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Claims against the group not acknowledged as debts
(excluding interest & penalty)
- Central Excise (FY 2008-09 to 2011-12) 765.73 765.73
- Anti-Dumping duty on Import 738.54 738.54
- Claims by third party 45.75 47.59
1,550.02 1,551.86
(a) Excise department has issued show cause notice dated 22nd December, 2011 for Rs 765.73 in respect of CTV sold to
ELCOT, Tamil Nadu ( a Govt. of Tamil Nadu undertaking) during the period February 2009 to October 2011 for free
distribution by the state Govt. to poor section of the people by paying excise duty on the basis of value determined
under section 4A instead of determining the value under section 4 of the Central Excise Act,1944.The department has the
contention that sale is institutional sale & valuation based on MRP under Section 4A is not applicable to the sale to ELCOT.
The appeal made by the Group was allowed by the CESTAT, New Delhi vide order dated 12th March,2014. However, the
excise department has filed the appeal with Supreme Court, which has been admitted by the Supreme Court on 5th
January, 2015 by condoning the delay in filing the appeal. This matter was last time listed on 2nd January, 2017.However,
the Excise department filed an Interlocutory Application seeking early hearing of the appeal on July 11, 2022. The Hon’ble
STATUTORY REPORTS
Chief Justice found no merit in the Interlocutory Application and accordingly, rejected the application filed by the Excise
Department. The matter is pending for Final Hearing.
(b) Directorate of Revenue Intelligence (DRI) had conducted a search on the factory premises of the parent company and the
residence of the Promoters on 8th March 2011. The group has deposited Rs 145 lakhs as anti-dumping duty on import of
CPT during the period from May 2010 to Dec 2010, which is refunded later on. A show cause notice dated 29th May 2015
has been issued on the group and raised the demand of Anti-Dumping Duty worth Rs. 738.54 lakhs along with interest and
penalty. The Principal Commissioner of custom has passed an order dated 28th February 2017, confirming the demand of
Rs. 738.54 lakhs along with interest & penalty. The group has filed an appeal before CESTAT, Allahabad Bench on 1st June
2017. The CESTAT vide its order dated 18th June 2019 has allowed the appeal in favour of the group and refunded the
deposited amount and set aside the order passed by Principal Commissioner of customs, Noida. However, the Department
has filed a Civil Appeal (No. 6544/2020) against the aforesaid Final order of CESTAT, Allahabad dated 18th June 2019. But
till date no hearing was held at Hon’ble Supreme Court and no stay has been granted to the Department.
(c) NOTICE FOR RECOVERY: The Company have received a Notice under the jurisdiction of West District, Tis Hazari Court,
Delhi from M/s Polyblends (India) Pvt. Ltd for recovery of outstanding amount of Rs. 43,70,501.19/- with respect to
purchase of plastic raw material and plastic filled compounds. The authorised representative appeared on behalf of the
Company on May 20, 2022 before the Hon’ble Court. The Hon’ble Court directed the Company to file written statements.
The Company filed the written statements. The pleadings in this case are complete and issues are framed. Evidence by
way of affidavit were filed on behalf of plaintiff. Preliminary Enquiry stood closed. The case was listed on February March
27, 2023 for examination of certain documents. The next date of hearing for final arguments is on July 24, 2023.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(d) NOTICE FOR RECOVERY: The Company have received a Notice under the jurisdiction of West District, Tis Hazari Court,
Delhi from M/s Niyati Industries through Mr. Vijay Jain for recovery of outstanding amount of Rs. 2,04,980.39/- with
respect to job work of re-enforced (Polystyrene) of plastic raw materials. The authorised representative appeared on
behalf of the Company on May 12, 2022 before the Hon’ble Court and filed the written statements. Replication has been
filed on behalf of the plaintiff on July 23, 2022. The pleadings in this case are complete and issues are framed. The case
was listed on May 02, 2023 for examination of documents. The next date of hearing is July 18, 2023.
ii) Commitments
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on Capital account 530.99 1,403.55
and not provided for (Net of advances)
Other Commitments* - 74.40
530.99 1,477.95
241
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
During the last year, Company has entered into an agreement with Solar Stream Renewable Services Private Limited to invest
Rs.148.80 lakhs in tranches in the equity shares of the Company & the same has been invested during the year.
41 DETAILS REQUIRED UNDER SECTION 22 OF MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT
ACT, 2006
Based on the intimation received by the Group from its suppliers regarding their status under the Micro,Small and Medium
Enterprises Development Act, 2006, the relavant information is provided here below:
As at As at
Particulars
31st March, 2023 31st March, 2022
The principle amount and the interest due thereon remaining unpaid to any
supplier at the end of each accounting year;
(i) Principal Amount 2,967.79 1,358.05
(ii) Interest due on above - -
The amount of interest paid by the buyer in terms of section 16 of Micro, - -
Small and Medium Enterprises Devlopment Act,2006, along with the amount
of the payment made to the suppliers beyond the appointed day during each
accounting year.
The amount of interest due and payable for the year on delay in making payment - -
(which have been paid but beyond the appointed day during the year) but wihout
adding the interest specified under the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
Development Act,2006,
The amount of interest accrued and remaining unpaid at the end of each - -
accounting year; and
The amount of further interest remaining due and payable even in the succeeding - -
years,until such date when the interest due above are actually paid to the Small
enterprise, for the purpose of disallowances of a deductible expenditure under
section 23 of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Devlopment Act,2006,
The amount required to be spent as Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) under Section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013 for the
year ended31st March 2023 is 38.97 Lakhs (Previous Year: Nil) i.e. 2% of average net profits for last three financial years, calculated
as per Section 198 of the Companies Act, 2013.
The Group has spent `40.10 Lakhs on CSR Projects / initiatives during the year (Previous year: Nil ), which are summarized as under:
Amount spent
Sl. No No. Nature of activities
2022-2023 2021-2022
1 Rescue and timely treatment of injured and helpless Birds and animal. 10.00 -
2 Providing and encouraging medical aid and treatment of poor, people, 10.00 -
rending medical care and advice through Gyan chetna eductional
society
3 Eduction and financial assistance to the children woman of weaker 20.10 -
section of society overall development and upliftment through Dnight
wings young foundation
2 42
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Ind AS 1 – Presentation of Financial Statements The amendments require companies to disclose their material accounting policies
rather than their significant accounting policies. Accounting policy information, together with other information, is material when
it can reasonably be expected to influence decisions of primary users of general purpose financial statements. The Company does
not expect this amendment to have any significant impact in its financial statements.
Ind AS 12 – Income Taxes The amendments clarify how companies account for deferred tax on transactions such as leases and
decommissioning obligations. The amendments narrowed the scope of the recognition exemption in paragraphs 15 and 24 of Ind
AS 12 (recognition exemption) so that it no longer applies to transactions that, on initial recognition, give rise to equal taxable and
deductible temporary differences. The Company is evaluating the impact, if any, in its financial statements.
Ind AS 8 – Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors The amendments will help entities to distinguish
between accounting policies and accounting estimates. The definition of a change in accounting estimates has been replaced
with a definition of accounting estimates. Under the new definition, accounting estimates are “monetary amounts in financial
statements that are subject to measurement uncertainty”. Entities develop accounting estimates if accounting policies require
items in financial statements to be measured in a way that involves measurement uncertainty. The Company does not expect this
STATUTORY REPORTS
amendment to have any significant impact in its financial statements.
No adjusting or significant non-adjusting events have occurred between the reporting date and date of authorization of these
consolidated financial statements.
Amount as per
Amount as Amount of
Name of the Bank Particulars Quarter reported in
per books Difference
quarterly returns
Inventory 31st March 2023 9,605.11 9,602.77 2.34
Debtors 31st March 2023 8,127.24 8,082.25 44.99
Creditors-LC creditors 31st March 2023 7,903.60 7,804.69 98.91
only)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
243
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Amount as per
Amount as Amount of
Name of the Bank Particulars Quarter reported in
per books Difference
quarterly returns
Inventory 31st March 2023 2,843.03 2,843.03 -
Debtors 31st March 2023 5,014.46 4,959.10 55.36
Creditors-Trade & LC 31st March 2023 (4,268.62) (4,268.62) -
creditors
Net Total 31st March 2023 3,588.87 3,533.51 55.36
Inventory 31st December 2022 4,765.64 4,765.64 -
Debtors 31st December 2022 5,227.29 5,227.29 -
Creditors-Trade & LC 31st December 2022 (3,142.92) (3,142.92) -
creditors
Net Total 31st December 2022 6,850.01 6,850.01 -
HDFC Bank
Inventory 30th Septermber 2022 6,430.19 6,430.19 -
Debtors 30th Septermber 2022 2,856.73 2,856.73 -
Creditors-Trade & LC 30th Septermber 2022 (4,751.05) (4,751.05) -
creditors
Net Total 30th Septermber 2022 4,535.87 4,535.87 -
Inventory 30th June 2022 6,837.84 6,825.08 12.76
Debtors 30th June 2022 8,273.51 6,972.46 1,301.05
Creditors-Trade & LC 30th June 2022 (9,548.56) (9,548.56) -
creditors
Net Total 30th June 2022 5,562.79 4,248.98 1,313.81
(a) The difference in inventory is due to goods in transit included in books of accounts which is not considered in DP
statements filled with bankers.
(b) The difference in creditors is due to Letter of credit taken in books of account on the basis of LC open with banks but in
DP statements are taken on baisis of acceptances.
(c) The difference in debtors is due to subsequent adjustment made in the books of account which is not considered in DP
statements filled with bankers.
Amount as per
Amount as Amount of
Name of the Bank Particulars Quarter reported in
per books Difference
quarterly returns
Inventory 31st March 2022 7,268.12 7,186.97 81.15
Debtors 31st March 2022 10,538.68 10,538.69 (0.01)
Creditors-LC creditors 31st March 2022 (2,555.87) (2,556.00) 0.13
only)
Net Total 31st March 2022 15,250.93 15,169.65 81.28
Inventory 31st December 2021 5,813.38 5,838.98 (25.60)
Debtors 31st December 2021 8,985.99 8,985.99 0.00
State Bank of India Creditors-LC creditors 31st December 2021 (1,988.01) (1,241.00) (747.01)
only)
Net Total 31st December 2021 12,811.36 13,583.96 (772.60)
Inventory 30th Septermber 2021 6,125.00 6,065.33 59.67
Debtors 30th Septermber 2021 7,608.39 7,608.39 (0.00)
Creditors-LC creditors 30th Septermber 2021 (1,872.70) (1,266.00) (606.70)
only)
Net Total 30th Septermber 2021 11,860.68 12,407.72 (547.03)
2 44
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
STATUTORY REPORTS
Debtors 30th Septermber 2021 3,772.24 3,772.24 -
Creditors-Trade & LC 30th Septermber 2021 (3,117.41) (2,992.55) (124.85)
creditors
Net Total 30th Septermber 2021 5,366.93 5,405.52 (38.59)
Inventory 30th June 2021 4,556.09 4,562.70 (6.61)
Debtors 30th June 2021 2,610.07 2,610.08 (0.01)
Creditors-Trade & LC 30th June 2021 (2,600.91) (2,596.11) (4.80)
creditors
Net Total 30th June 2021 4,565.25 4,576.66 (11.42)
(a) The difference in inventory is due to goods in transit included in books of accounts which is not considered in DP
statements filled with bankers.
(b) The difference in creditors is due to Letter of credit taken in books of account on the basis of LC open with banks but in
DP statements are taken on baisis of acceptances.
(c) The difference in debtors is due to subsequent adjustment made in the books of account which is not considered in DP
statements filled with bankers.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Amount as per
Amount as Amount of
Name of the Bank Particulars Quarter reported in
per books Difference
quarterly returns
HDFC Bank Inventory 31st March 2023 23,028.56 23,028.56 -
Debtors 31st March 2023 30,774.64 30,746.01 28.63
Creditors-Trade & LC 31st March 2023 26,951.84 26,951.84 -
creditors
Net Total 31st March 2023 80,755.04 80,726.41 28.63
Inventory 31st December 2022 22,885.61 22,839.06 46.55
Debtors 31st December 2022 13,473.02 13,466.62 6.40
Creditors-Trade & LC 31st December 2022 (20,474.85) (20,474.85) -
creditors
Net Total 31st December 2022 15,883.78 15,830.83 52.95
245
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Amount as per
Amount as Amount of
Name of the Bank Particulars Quarter reported in
per books Difference
quarterly returns
Inventory 30th Septermber 2022 12,954.19 12,950.18 4.01
Debtors 30th Septermber 2022 2,741.53 2,741.53 -
Creditors-Trade & LC 30th Septermber 2022 (5,203.49) (5,203.49) -
creditors
Net Total 30th Septermber 2022 10,492.23 10,488.22 4.01
Inventory 30th June 2022 8,828.84 8,827.68 1.16
Debtors 30th June 2022 5,628.00 4,942.37 685.63
Creditors-Trade & LC 30th June 2022 (11,646.51) (11,647.28) 0.77
creditors
Net Total 30th June 2022 2,810.33 2,122.77 687.56
(a) The difference in inventory is due to goods in transit included in books of accounts which is not considered in DP
statements filled with bankers.
(b) The difference in debtors is due to amount receivable from group company which is not considered in DP statements
filled with bankers.
Amount as per
Amount as Amount of
Name of the Bank Particulars Quarter reported in
per books Difference
quarterly returns
Inventory 31st March 2022 8,301.88 8,114.20 187.68
Debtors 31st March 2022 5,502.96 5,502.96 -
Creditors-Trade & LC 31st March 2022 8,619.79 8,619.79 -
creditors
Net Total 31st March 2022 22,424.64 22,236.96 187.68
HDFC Bank
Inventory 31st December 2021 3,309.92 3,286.78 23.15
Debtors 31st December 2021 1,997.79 1,997.79 -
Creditors-Trade & LC 31st December 2021 3,605.61 3,605.96 (0.36)
creditors
Net Total 31st December 2021 8,913.31 8,890.53 22.79
(a) The difference in inventory is due to goods in transit included in books of accounts which is not considered in DP
statements filled with bankers.
2 46
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
ii) The Group does not have any transactions with companies struck off Company.
iii) The Group does not have any charges or satisfaction which is yet to be registered with ROC beyond the statutory period.
iv) The Group has not traded or invested in Crypto currency or Virtual Currency during the financial year.
v) The Group is not a declared wilful defaulter by any bank or financial Institution or other lender, in accordance with the
guidelines on wilful defaulters issued by the Reserve Bank of India, during the year ended 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2021.
vi) The Group has not advanced or loaned or invested funds to any other person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities
(Intermediaries) with the understanding that the Intermediary shall: (a) directly or indirectly lend or invest in other persons
or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the company (Ultimate Beneficiaries) or (b) provide any
guarantee, security or the like to or on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries.
vii) The Group has not received any fund from any person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities (Funding Party) with the
understanding (whether recorded in writing or otherwise) that the Company shall: (a) directly or indirectly lend or invest in
other persons or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the Funding Party (Ultimate Beneficiaries) or
(b) provide any guarantee, security or the like on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries.
STATUTORY REPORTS
viii) The Group does not have any such transaction which is not recorded in the books of accounts that has been surrendered or
disclosed as income during the year in the tax assessments under the Income Tax Act, 1961 (such as, search or survey or any
other relevant provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
247
2 48
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 31st March, 2023 (All Amounts are in Rupees lakhs, unless otherwise stated)
47 GROUP INFORMATION
The Consolidated financial statement of the group includes entities as mentioned below;
Net Assets i.e total assets Share in Other Share in Total Comprehensive
Ownership Share in profit and loss
minus total liabilities Comprehensive Income Income
S Country of interest
Name of entity Nature Year Ended As % of As % of Amount As % of Amount As % of
No. Incorporation held by the Amount (Rs. Amount (Rs.
consolidated consolidated (Rs. In consolidated (Rs. In consolidated
group In lakhs) In lakhs)
net assets net assets lakhs) net assets lakhs) net assets
(I) Parent
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
PG Electroplast India Parent 31st March 90.55% 35,851.87 57.06% 4,419.98 -140.79% 4.28 57.13% 4,424.26
Limited Company 2023
31st March 98.63% 30,802.20 88.11% 3,296.78 135.95% 64.02 88.71% 3,360.80
2022
(II) Subsidiaries having
no non-controlling
interest
PG Technoplast India Wholly owned 100.00% 31st March 28.85% 11,423.48 43.09% 3,338.03 240.79% (7.32) 43.01% 3,330.71
Private Limited subsidiary 2023
100.00% 31st March 25.62% 8,000.57 13.37% 500.22 -35.95% (16.93) 12.76% 483.30
2022
PG Plastronics Private India Wholly owned 100.00% 31st March 0.00% 0.65 -0.01% (0.76) 0.00% - -0.01% (0.76)
Limited subsidiary 2023
100.00% 31st March 0.00% (0.60) -0.02% (0.60) 0.00% - -0.02% (0.60)
2022
PG Electroplast Controlled 100.00% 31st March 0.00% (0.24) 0.00% (0.25) - -0.00 (0.25)
Limited Employees Entity 2023
Welfare Trust
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 31st March, 2023 (All Amounts are in Rupees lakhs, unless otherwise stated)
Net Assets i.e total assets Share in Other Share in Total Comprehensive
Ownership Share in profit and loss
minus total liabilities Comprehensive Income Income
S Country of interest
Name of entity Nature Year Ended As % of As % of Amount As % of Amount As % of
No. Incorporation held by the Amount (Rs. Amount (Rs.
consolidated consolidated (Rs. In consolidated (Rs. In consolidated
group In lakhs) In lakhs)
net assets net assets lakhs) net assets lakhs) net assets
48 Previous year figures have been regrouped/reclassified wherever necessary to correspond with the current year's classification/disclosure.
As per our report of even date attached For and on behalf of Board of Directors
For S.S.Kothari Mehta & Company PG Electroplast Ltd
Chartered Accountants
Firm Registration No. 000756N
249
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
PG ELECTROPLAST LIMITED
CIN: L32109DL2003PLC119416
Regd. Office: DTJ-209, 2nd Floor, DLF Tower-B, Jasola, New Delhi-110025
Corp. Office: P-4/2 to 4/6, Site-B, UPSIDC Industrial Area, Surajpur, Greater Noida, Dist. Gautam Budh Nagar, (U.P.)-201306
Email: [email protected] Website: www.pgel.in Phones: +011-41421439 / 0120-2569323
NOTICE is hereby given that the 21st ANNUAL GENERAL SPECIAL BUSINESS:
MEETING of the members of PG ELECTROPLAST LIMITED (the
“Company”) will be held on Saturday, 30th day of September 3. TO APPROVE/RATIFY REMUNERATION OF THE COST
2023 at 02:00 PM through video conferencing or any other AUDITOR FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDING ON
audio-visual means to transact the following business: MARCH 31, 2024 and in this regard to consider and if
thought fit, to pass with or without modification(s), the
following resolution as an ORDINARY RESOLUTION:
ORDINARY BUSINESS:
“RESOLVED THAT pursuant to the provisions of Section
1. To receive, consider and adopt the Audited Financial
148 and other applicable provisions of the Companies
Statements (including Consolidated Financial Statements)
Act, 2013 read with Rule 14 of the Companies (Audit and
of the Company for the financial year ended on March 31,
Auditors) Rules, 2014 and Companies (Cost Records and
2023, the report of the Board of Directors and Statutory
Audit) Rules, 2014 (including any statutory modification(s)
Auditors thereon and in this regard to consider and if
or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force)
thought fit, to pass with or without modification(s), the
and other applicable provisions, if any, the Shareholders
following resolution as an ORDINARY RESOLUTION:
hereby ratify the approved remuneration of H 4,75,000/-
“RESOLVED THAT the Audited Financial Statements (Rupees Four Lakh Seventy-Five Thousand Only) plus
(including Consolidated Financial Statements) of the applicable taxes and reimbursement of out of pocket
Company for the financial year ended March 31, 2023 expenses to be paid to M/s Amit Singhal & Associates,
together with the Report of Board of Directors and the (Firm Registration No. 101073), Cost Accountants, to
Auditors thereon, laid before this meeting, be and are conduct audit of the cost records of the Company for the
hereby considered and adopted.” financial year ending on March 31, 2024 as approved by
the Board of Directors on recommendation of the Audit
2. To re-appoint Mr. Anurag Gupta (DIN:00184361) as a Committee of the Company.”
Director, who retires by rotation and, being eligible, offers
himself for re-appointment and in this regard to consider
and if thought fit, to pass with or without modification(s), By Order of Board of Directors
the following resolution as an ORDINARY RESOLUTION: of PG Electroplast Limited
“RESOLVED THAT pursuant to section 152 of the
Companies Act 2013, Mr. Anurag Gupta (DIN: 001824361),
who retires by rotation at this meeting and being eligible, Sd/-
has offered himself for re-appointment as director of the (Sanchay Dubey)
Company, be and is hereby reappointed as a Director of Date: September 07, 2023 Company Secretary
the Company, liable to retire by rotation.” Place: Greater Noida Membership No. A51305
2 50
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
NOTES:
a) Pursuant to the General Circular No. 10/2022 dated Depository Participants (DP). Changes intimated to the
December 28, 2022, issued by the Ministry of Corporate DP will then be automatically reflected in the Company’s
Affairs (MCA) and Circular SEBI/HO/CFD/PoD-2/P/ record which will help the Company and KFin Technologies
CIR/2023/4 dated January 5, 2023 issued by SEBI Limited, Registrar and Transfer Agent of the Company, to
(hereinafter collectively referred to as “the Circulars”), provide efficient and better services. Members holding
permitted the holding of the Annual General Meeting shares in physical form are also requested to intimate such
("AGM") through Video Conferencing/Other Audio Visual changes to the Company or KFin Technologies Limited.
NOTICE
Means ("VC/OAVM"), without the physical presence of the
Members at a common venue. Accordingly, the AGM of the h) Members holding shares in physical form are mandatorily
Company is being held through VC/OAVM. Instructions for required to dematerialize their holding in order to
attending the meeting through VC/OAVM and remote eliminate all risks associated with physical share
e-voting are attached. certificate. Members can contact the Company or its RTA
i.e. KFin Technologies Limited for further assistance.
b) In line with the various circulars, Notice of the AGM
is being sent only through electronic mode to those i) Members holding shares in physical form, in identical
Members whose email addresses are registered with the order of names, in more than one folio are requested to
Company/ Depositories (”DP”). Members may note that send to the Company's Registrar, the details of such folios
the Notice of AGM will also be available on the Company's together with the share certificates for consolidating their
website (www.pgel.in), website of BSE (www.bseindia. holdings in one folio. A consolidated share certificate
com), NSE (www.nseindia.com) and website of Registrar will be issued to such Members after making requisite
and Transfer Agent of the Company i.e., KFin Technologies changes.
Limited (www.evoting.kfintech.com).
j) In the case of joint holders, the Member whose name
c) Pursuant to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, appears as the first holder in the order of names as per
a member entitled to attend and vote at the Meeting is the Register of Members of the Company will be entitled
entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote on his/ to vote at the AGM.
her behalf and the proxy need not be a Member of the
k) Electronic copy of all documents referred to the
Company. Since this AGM is being held pursuant to the
accompanying Notice of AGM will be available for
aforesaid circulars through VC/OAVM, physical attendance
inspection by members in electronic mode at the
of Members has been dispensed with. Accordingly, the
Company’s website i.e. www.pgel.in.
facility for appointment of proxies by the Members will
not be available for the Annual General Meeting and hence l) The Company has a registered e-mail address investors@
the Proxy Form and Attendance Slip are not annexed to pgel.in for members to mail their queries or lodge
the Notice. Likewise, the Route Map is also not annexed complaints, if any. The Company endeavors to reply to
with this Notice. queries as soon as possible. The Company’s website
www.pgel.in has a dedicated section on Investors.
d) The attendance of the Members attending the AGM
through VC/OAVM will be counted for the purpose of m) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) vide
reckoning the quorum under Section 103 of the Companies Circular (SEBI/HO/MIRSD/DOP1/CIR/P/2018/73) dated
Act, 2013. Members can attend and participate in the April 20, 2018 has mandated the submission of Permanent
Annual General Meeting through VC/OACM only. Account Number (PAN) and Bank details by every
participant in securities market. Members holding shares
e) Institutional / Corporate Shareholders (i.e. other than
in electronic form are mandatorily required to submit their
individuals / HUF, NRI, etc.) are required to send a scanned
PAN and Bank details to their depository participants with
copy (PDF/ JPG Format) of its Board or governing body
whom they are maintaining their Demat accounts. Members
Resolution/Authorization etc., authorizing its representative
holding shares in physical form can submit their PAN and
to attend the AGM through VC / OAVM on its behalf and
Bank details to the Company/RTA. Shareholders who have
to vote through remote e-voting. The said Resolution/
not updated their details are requested to send their PAN
Authorization shall be sent to the company by email through
and Bank details in terms of the above said SEBI Circulars.
its registered email address at [email protected].
n) Pursuant to Section 72 of the Companies Act, 2013,
f) Explanatory Statement pursuant to Section 102 of the
member(s) of the Company may nominate a person in
Companies Act, 2013 is attached and forms part of this
whom the shares held by him/them shall vest in the event
notice.
of his/ their unfortunate death. Member(s) holding shares
g) Members holding shares in electronic form are requested in physical form may file nomination in the prescribed
to intimate all changes pertaining to their bank particulars, Form SH-13 with the Company’s RTA. In respect of shares
nominations, power of attorney, change of address, change held in dematerialized form, the nomination form may be
of name, email address, contact numbers, etc., to their filed with the respective Depository Participant.
251
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
o) Members of the Company holding shares either in s) The Scrutinizer shall, immediately after the conclusion
physical form or in electronic form as on the cut-off of e-voting at the AGM, thereafter unblock the votes
date i.e. Friday, September 22, 2023 may cast their cast through remote e-voting and make, not later than
vote by remote e-Voting. The remote e-Voting period 2 working days of conclusion of the AGM, a consolidated
commences on Tuesday, September 26, 2023 at 9.00 a.m. Scrutinizer Report of the total votes cast in favour or
(IST) and ends on Friday, September 29, 2023 at 5.00 against, if any, to the Chairman or a person authorised by
p.m. (IST). The remote e-Voting module shall be disabled him in writing, who shall countersign the same.
by NSDL/CDSL for voting thereafter. Once the vote on a
resolution is cast by the Member, the Member shall not t) The Results declared along with the Scrutinizer’s Report
be allowed to change it subsequently. The voting rights of shall be placed on the website of the Company at www.
the Members (for voting through remote e-Voting before/ pgel.in and on the website of BSE Limited at www.bseindia.
during the AGM) shall be in proportion to their share of com and National Stock Exchange of India Limited at
the paid-up equity share capital of the Company as on the www.nseindia.com and on the website of KFin at https://
cut-off date, i.e., Friday, September 22, 2023. evoting.kfintech.com, immediately after the declaration
of Result by the Chairman or any person authorized by him
p) Members having any question or query related to agenda/ in writing.
business of AGM are requested to write to the Company
Secretary on the Company's investor email-id investor@ u) Subject to receipt of requisite number of votes, the
pgel.in during the period starting from Tuesday, September Resolution shall be passed on Saturday, September 30,
26, 2023 (09:00 a.m. IST) up to Thursday, September 28, 2023.
2023 (5:00 p.m. IST), so as to enable the management to
v) The Members can join the AGM in the VC/OAVM mode
keep the information ready. Please note that members
15 minutes before and after the scheduled time of the
questions will be answered only if they continue to hold
commencement of the Meeting by following the procedure
the shares as of Friday, September 22, 2023, i.e. the cut-off
mentioned in the Notice. The facility of participation at the
date for e-voting.
AGM through VC/OAVM will be made available to at least
q) Pursuant to the provisions of Section 108 of the 1000 members on a first come first served basis. This will
Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 20 of the Companies not include large Shareholders (Shareholders holding 2%
(Management and Administration) Rules, 2014 (as or more shareholding), Promoters, Institutional Investors,
amended) and Regulation 44 of SEBI (Listing Obligations Directors, Key Managerial Personnel, the Chairpersons
& Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (as of the Audit Committee, Nomination and Remuneration
amended), and the Circulars issued thereof, the Company Committee and Stakeholders Relationship Committee,
is providing facility of remote e-voting to its Members in Auditors etc. who are allowed to attend the AGM without
respect of the business to be transacted at the AGM. restriction on account of first come first served basis.
As per the SEBI circular dated December 9, 2020 on w) The Company has been allotted ISIN INE457L01011 by
e-voting facility, individual members holding securities CDSL and NSDL (for dematerialization of the company’s
in Demat mode are allowed to vote through their demat shares. We hereby request all the members to get their
account maintained with Depositories (NSDL/CDSL) and shares dematerialized.
Depository Participants. Members are advised to update
their mobile number and email Id in their demat accounts INSTRUCTIONS FOR REMOTE E-VOTING FOR AGM
in order to access e-voting facility. THROUGH VC/OAVM:
Individual members holding securities in physical mode Login method for remote e-voting: Applicable only for
are allowed to vote through e-voting platform https:// Individual shareholders holding securities in Demat Form.
evoting.kfintech.com. Other members except individual
members are also allowed to vote through e-voting As per the SEBI circular dated December 9, 2020 on e-Voting
platform https://evoting.kfintech.com. facility provided by Listed Companies, Individual members
holding securities in Demat mode are allowed to vote through
r) Ms. Puja Mishra of M/s Puja Mishra & Co., a Practicing their demat account maintained with Depositories and
Company Secretary (ACS No. 42927, C.P. No.:17148), Depository Participants. Members are advised to update their
has been appointed as “Scrutinizer” to scrutinize the mobile number and email Id in their demat accounts in order to
e-Voting process in a fair and transparent manner and she access e-voting facility.
has communicated her willingness to be appointed.
2 52
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
Login method for Individual member holding securities in demat mode given below:
Amount in lakh
NSDL CDSL
1 User already registered for the IDeAS facility: 1. Existing user who have opted for Easi / Easiest
NOTICE
III. On the new page, enter User ID and Password.
II. Click on New System Myeasi
Post successful authentication, click on “Access to
e-Voting” III. Login with user id and password.
IV. Click on company name or e-Voting service provider IV. The option will be made available to reach e-Voting page
and you will be re-directed to e-Voting service without any further authentication.
provider website for casting the vote during the V. Click on e-Voting service provider name to cast your vote.
remote e-Voting period. 2. User not registered for Easi/Easiest
2. User not registered for IDeAS e-Services I. Option to register is available at https://web.cdslindia.
com/myeasitoken/Registration/EasiestRegistration
I. To register click on link: https://eservices.nsdl.com
II. Proceed with completing the required fields.
II. Select “Register Online for IDeAS”
3. By visiting the e-Voting website of CDSL
III. Proceed with completing the required fields.
I. URL: www.cdslindia.com
3. User not registered for IDeAS e-Services
II. Provide demat Account Number and PAN No.
I. To register click on link: https://eservices.nsdl.com/ III. System will authenticate user by sending OTP on
SecureWeb/IdeasDirectReg.jsp registered Mobile & Email as recorded in the demat
II. Proceed with completing the required fields. Account.
4. By visiting the e-Voting website of NSDL IV. After successful authentication, the user will be provided
links for the respective ESP where the e- Voting is in
I. URL: https://www.evoting.nsdl.com/ progress.
Individual members (holding securities in demat mode) login through their depository participants.
Members can also login using the login credentials of your demat account through your Depository Participant registered with
NSDL/CDSL for e-Voting facility. Once login, you will be able to see e-voting option. Click on e-Voting option and you will be
redirected to NSDL/CDSL Depository site after successful authentication. Click on company name or e-Voting service provider
name and you will be redirected to e-Voting service provider website for casting your vote during the remote e-voting period.
253
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
IMPORTANT NOTE:
Members who are unable to retrieve User ID/ Password are advised to use Forget User ID and Forget Password option available at
above mentioned website.
Amount in lakh
Members facing any technical issue – NSDL Members facing any technical issue - CDSL
Members facing any technical issue in login can contact NSDL Members facing any technical issue in login can contact CDSL
helpdesk by sending a request at [email protected] or call helpdesk by sending a request at helpdesk.evoting@cdslindia.
at toll free no.: 18001020 990 and 1800224430 com or contact at 022-23058738 or 22-23058542-43.
A. Instructions for remote e-voting for Physical cases can login multiple times and vote until they confirm
(Shares held in Physical Mode): the voting on the resolution by clicking “SUBMIT”.
I. Launch internet browser by typing the URL: https:// XI. Corporate/institutional members (i.e. other than
evoting.kfintech.com individuals, HUF, NRI, etc.) are required to send
scanned image (PDF/ JPG format) of certified true
II. Enter the login credentials provided in the email and copy of relevant board resolution/authority letter,
click on Login. etc. together with attested specimen signature of the
duly authorised signatory(ies) who is/are authorised
III. Password change menu appears when you login for
to vote, to the Scrutiniser through email at and may
the first time with default password. You will be
also upload the same in the e-voting module in their
required to mandatorily change the default password.
login. The scanned image of the above documents
IV. The new password should comprise of minimum 8 should be in the naming format ‘PGE_EVENT No’
characters with at least one upper case (A- Z), one
XII. In case of any queries/grievances, you may refer the
lower case (a-z), one numeric value (0-9) and a special
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) for Members at
character (@, #, $, etc.,).
https://evoting.kfintech.com/public/Faq.aspx or call
V. Update your contact details like mobile number, KFin on 1-800-309-4001 (toll free).
email address, etc. if prompted. You may also enter
In case e-mail ID of a Member is not registered with
a secret question and answer of your choice to
the Company/ Depository Participant(s), then such
retrieve your password in case you forget it. It is
Member is requested to register/ update their e-mail
strongly recommended not to share your password
addresses with the Depository Participant (in case of
with any other person and take utmost care to keep it
Shares held in dematerialised form) and inform KFin
confidential.
at the email ID [email protected] (in case of
VI. Login again with the new credentials. Shares held in physical form):
VII. On successful login, the system will prompt you to (i) Upon registration, Member will receive an e-mail
select the “EVENT” i.e. “PG Electroplast Limited.” from KFin which includes details of E-Voting
Event Number (EVEN), USER ID and password.
VIII. On the voting page, enter the number of shares
(which represents the number of votes) as on the (ii) Please follow all steps from Note A above to cast
Cut-off date under “FOR / AGAINST” or alternatively, your vote by electronic means.
you may partially enter any number in “FOR” and
partially “AGAINST” but the total number in “FOR / INSTRUCTIONS FOR VOTING AT AGM:
AGAINST” taken together shall not exceed your total
shareholding as mentioned above. If the member a. Only those members/shareholders, who will be present in
does not indicate either “FOR” or “AGAINST” it will be the AGM through VC/OAVM and have not cast their vote
treated as “ABSTAIN” and the shares held will not be through remote e-voting and are otherwise not barred
counted under either head. from doing so are eligible to vote through e-voting at the
AGM.
IX. Members holding multiple folios s may choose to vote
differently for each folio / demat account. b. However, members who have voted through remote
e-voting will be eligible to attend the AGM.
X. You may then cast your vote by selecting an appropriate
option and click on “Submit. A confirmation box will c. Members attending the AGM shall be counted for the
be displayed. Click “OK” to confirm or “CANCEL” purpose of reckoning the quorum under section 103 of
to modify. Once you confirm the voting on the the Act.
resolution, you will not be allowed to modify your
vote thereafter. During the voting period, members d. Upon declaration by the Chairman about the
commencement of e-voting at AGM, members shall click
2 54
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
on the thumb sign on the left bottom corner of the video e. While all efforts would be made to make the VC/OAVM
screen for voting at the AGM, which will take them to the meeting smooth, participants connecting through mobile
'Instapoll' page. devices, tablets, laptops, etc. may, at times, experience
audio/video loss due to fluctuation in their respective
e. Members may click on the 'Instapoll' icon to reach the networks. Use of a stable Wi-Fi or LAN connection can
resolution page and follow the instructions to vote on the mitigate some of the technical glitches.
resolution(s).
f. Members, who would like to express their views or ask
questions during the AGM will have to register themselves
NOTICE
INSTRUCTIONS FOR MEMBERS FOR ATTENDING/
as a speaker by visiting the URL https://emeetings.kfintech.
JOINING THE AGM:
com/ and clicking on the tab 'Speaker Registration' during
a. Members will be able to attend the AGM through VC/ the period starting from Tuesday, September 26, 2023
OAVM or view the live webcast of AGM provided by KFin (09:00 a.m. IST) up to Thursday, September 28, 2023
at https://emeetings.kfintech.com/ by clicking on the tab (5:00 p.m. IST). Only those members who have registered
'Video Conference' and using their remote e-voting login themselves as a speaker will be allowed to express their
credentials. The link for AGM will be available in member views/ask questions during the AGM.
login, where the EVENT and the name of the Company
The Company reserves the right to restrict the number
can be selected. Members who do not have User ID and
of speakers depending on the availability of time for the
Password for e-voting or have forgotten the User ID and
AGM. Please note that only questions of the members
Password may retrieve the same by following the remote
holding the shares as on cut-off date will be considered.
e-voting instructions mentioned under heading A above.
g. A video guide assisting the members attending AGM either
b. Members are encouraged to join the meeting through
as a speaker or participant is available for quick reference
Laptops with Google Chrome for better experience.
at https://emeetings.kfintech.com/.
c. Further, members will be required to allow camera, if any,
h. Members who need technical assistance before or during
and hence use internet with a good speed to avoid any
the 21st AGM can contact KFin at emeetings@kfintech.
disturbance during the meeting.
com or helpline – call KFin on 1-800-309-4001 (toll free).
d. Members may join the meeting using earphones for better
sound clarity.
255
P G Elect r o p la st L i m i ted
Item No. 3:
The Board of Directors of the Company has appointed M/s Amit Singhal & Associates, Cost Accountants (Firm Registration No:
101073), as Cost Auditors of the Company to audit cost records for the financial year ending on March 31, 2024. The remuneration
payable to M/s Amit Singhal & Associates, Cost Auditors of the Company for the financial year ended March 31, 2024 was
recommended by the Audit Committee to the Board of Directors and subsequently, was considered and approved by the Board of
Directors at its meeting held on August 04, 2023.
In accordance with the provisions of Section 148 of the Act read with the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, the
remuneration payable to the Cost Auditor has to be ratified by the shareholders of the Company. Accordingly, the consent of the
shareholders is sought to pass an ordinary resolution for approval of remuneration payable to Cost Auditors as set out at Item No.
3 of the notice.
None of the Directors and Key Managerial Personnel of the Company and their relatives is interested or concerned in the said
resolution for their appointment.
Sd/-
(Sanchay Dubey)
Date: September 07, 2023 Company Secretary
Place: Greater Noida Membership No. A51305
2 56
A n n u a l R e p ort 20 22 -23
NOTICE
appointment on the
Board
Qualification He holds bachelor’s degree in computer engineering & science from M. S. Ramaiah Institute of Technology,
Bangalore University in 1991.
Industrial Experience He started his career in 1992, with M/s PG Electronics (a partnership firm in the Promoter Group) as a
Partner, where he was responsible for manufacturing of TV components. In 1999, he joined Kushang
Technologies Limited (formerly Kushang Apparels Limited) as a Director, where he was responsible for
all technical functions of the Company.
Association with He joined our Company as Promoter Director in 2003 and became Executive Director - Technical in 2010.
the Company & Job Currently, he is associated as Whole-Time Director of the Company for a period of 3 (three) years, from July
Profile 15, 2022 to July 14, 2025. His responsibilities in our Company include development and implementation of all
technical policies & procedures including all associated production and post-production services, monitoring
of plant & machineries required for production and quality assurance and technology up-gradation as and
when required, executing research & development activities, establishing and supervising operations and
maintenance routines (preventive, general & emergency) and ensuring strict adherence to our quality assurance
policy. He is also the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company as well as at all the general meetings
of the members of the Company.
No. of share held in 29,91,201 (11.49% of paid-up capital)
the Company
Directorship held in - Kushang Technologies Limited
other Companies - P.G.Appliances Private Limited
- Vrinda Infotech Private Limited
- PG Infotel Private Limited
- PG Technoplast Private Limited
- PG Plastronics Private Limited
- Goodworth Electronics Private Limited
Membership/ NIL
Chairmanship of
Committees of other
Companies
Attendance in Board 7 out of 7 Board meetings attended during FY 2022-23.
meetings held during
FY 2022-23
Mr. Anurag Gupta is a relative (Brother) of Mr. Vishal Gupta, Managing Director-Finance and Mr. Vikas Gupta, Managing Director-
Operations of the Company and have no inter-se relationship between other members of the Board and Key Managerial Personnel
of the Company.
For any other information related to Mr. Anurag Gupta, refer to the Report on Corporate Governance, which forms part of this
Annual Report FY 2022-23.
257
Notes
Notes
Notes
PG ELECTROPLAST LIMITED
(CIN: L32109DL2003PLC119416)
Registered office: DTJ209, 2nd Floor, DLF Tower-B, Jasola,
New Delhi - 110025, India
Email: [email protected]/[email protected]
Tel-Fax.: +91 11 41421439
Corporate Office: P-4/2 to 4/6, Site-B, UPSIDC Industrial Area,
Surajpur, Greater Noida, District Gautam Budh Nagar,
Uttar Pradesh - 201306, India
Telephone No: +91 120 2569323
Fax No.: +91 120 2569131
Website: www.pgel.in
PG Electroplast Limited has positioned itself as a key player in the consumer durables industry in India through its diverse product offerings and comprehensive manufacturing solutions. As an Original Design Manufacturer (ODM) specializing in room air conditioners, washing machines, and plastic injection moulding, the company provides end-to-end solutions to major brands. Its robust financial performance, commitment to innovation, and extensive range of services across the value chain further enhance its market position. By launching innovative products tailored to consumer needs and leveraging its R&D capabilities, the company continues to strengthen its presence and competitiveness in the industry .
The quality management systems at PG Electroplast Limited (PGEL) are essential to its operations and have a significant impact on its business partnerships. PGEL places a strong emphasis on compliance with corporate governance and SEBI Listing Regulations, which ensures orderly and efficient business conduct, asset safeguarding, and fraud prevention . By adhering to rigorous safety protocols and quality control processes, PGEL ensures its products meet the highest safety standards, which is crucial for maintaining strong business partnerships with over 50 Indian and global brands . This focus on quality management helps the company tailor solutions to meet customer needs, thereby enhancing customer satisfaction and strengthening business relationships . Additionally, PGEL's commitment to technological advancement and research and development further supports its quality management objectives, allowing the company to offer advanced solutions to clients and retain a competitive edge in the market .
PG Electroplast Limited's financial growth metrics, such as Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) and Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization (EBITDA), indicate the company's operational effectiveness and strategic growth initiatives. The company experienced a revenue surge of 94.3% in FY 2023, driven largely by its product business which constituted 62.0% of total revenues, with major contributions from segments like room air conditioners and washing machines that grew by 255% and 56% respectively . Despite an increase in net debt due to capital expenditure and higher working capital needs, operational margins improved year-on-year thanks to effective cost control and operational leverage . The Return on Net Worth improved significantly as profit growth outpaced net worth enhancement, showcasing improved capital efficiency and financial health . These metrics collectively suggest PG Electroplast Limited's robust operational effectiveness and a strategic approach towards capitalising on high-growth opportunities within the consumer durables sector. Furthermore, the company's financial ratios such as Inventory Turnover and Return on Net Worth have shown improvement, reflecting efficient business scaling and profit maximisation . The focus on enhancing operational efficiency and expanding capacity is aimed at long-term growth and competitive positioning in the market .
PG Electroplast Limited demonstrated significant financial growth in the fiscal year 2022-2023. The company's consolidated sales increased by 95.7%, reaching ₹2,148 crore, reflecting a Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of 35% over the past seven years . PGEL's net profit also grew by 107%, enhancing its Return on Net Worth (RoNW) from 14.82% in FY 2022 to 21.88% in FY 2023 . The company's EBITDA showed strong growth in tandem with revenue, achieving a CAGR of 36% . Despite this growth, operational margins slightly declined to 8.35% due to the higher growth in the low-margin electronics and TV business . The company surpassed ₹20 billion (₹2,000 crore) in consolidated revenues and improved its inventory turnover, reflecting operational efficiencies .
PG Electroplast Limited's commitment to Research and Development (R&D) plays a pivotal role in its product development and market positioning by fostering innovation and ensuring alignment with market demands. The company's continuous investment in R&D leads to the development of new products and enhancements that cater precisely to consumer needs, ultimately solidifying its market presence. By prioritizing R&D, PG Electroplast Limited is able to introduce cutting-edge technology and custom-tailored solutions, which are instrumental in maintaining a competitive edge and achieving significant market traction for its newly launched products .
PG Electroplast Limited has undertaken several initiatives to enhance its manufacturing capabilities, such as significant capital expenditures of around H 155 crores and investing in backward integrated manufacturing plants. These investments facilitate the adoption of technology and process improvements, contributing to increased productivity and efficiency across the value chain. Enhanced manufacturing capabilities allow the company to scale operations, meet evolving consumer demands, and maintain a competitive edge in the consumer durables industry, thereby supporting sustained business growth .
PG Electroplast Limited's business model, which includes Original Design Manufacturing (ODM) and backwards integration, supports its goal of becoming a leading manufacturer in the consumer durables sector by enabling comprehensive solutions that enhance client services. The integration of R&D enhances their capability to introduce market-aligned products, while their focus on quality through certifications and end-to-end capabilities strengthens trust with major brands. This model not only allows them to innovate and cater to diverse market needs but also enables scaling of their operations, thereby reinforcing their leadership aspirations in the sector .
PG Electroplast Limited's integration of innovative technologies and backward integration significantly contributes to its competitive advantage by enhancing its production capabilities and efficiency across the value chain. Their use of cutting-edge technologies in Original Design Manufacturing (ODM) and Original Equipment Manufacturing (OEM), as well as plastic injection moulding, enables them to offer complete end-to-end solutions to consumer durable brands. This strategic incorporation solidifies their position as a trusted partner while maintaining quality and minimizing costs. Moreover, backward integration within their supply chain—from components like plastic moulding to complete product assembly—streamlines their operations and mitigates risks associated with external dependencies .
PG Electroplast Limited's provision of end-to-end services is integral to its overall business success, as it offers comprehensive solutions that cover the entire product lifecycle—from conceptualization and design to final assembly. This capability enables the company to meet the unique needs of over 50 domestic and international brands, strengthening client relationships and enhancing customer loyalty. Additionally, these services position the company as a one-stop solution provider, differentiating it from competitors and allowing for greater market penetration and revenue growth .
PG Electroplast Limited has achieved growth in its products business through several strategies, including broadening their product offerings with a focus on customized models and launching innovative products across different price points. The company reported an extraordinary growth rate of 255% in its Room Air Conditioner business during FY23, reaching a revenue of H 1041 crores, which demonstrates their successful strategy in capturing market demand . Furthermore, their emphasis on expanding their product line with the introduction of Fully Automatic Top Load washing machines has contributed to a 56% year-on-year growth in the washing machine division .